Svec 20 Regulations Me b Tech Syllabus (1)

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
COURSE STRUCTURE
AND
DETAILED SYLLABI
OF
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
FOR
B.TECH REGULAR FOUR YEAR DEGREE PROGRAM
(For the batches admitted from 2020-2021)
&
FOR B.TECH LATERAL ENTRY PROGRAM
(For the batches admitted from 2021-2022)
CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM
SREE VIDYANIKETHAN ENGINEERING COLLEGE

(AUTONOMOUS)
(Affiliated to JNTUA, Ananthapuramu, Approved by AICTE, Programs Accredited by NBA,
Accredited by NAAC with ‘A’ grade)
SREE SAINATH NAGAR, A. RANGAMPET -517102:: NEAR TIRUPATI (A.P)
1
VISION
To be one of the Nation‟s premier Engineering Colleges by achieving the

highest order of excellence in Teaching and Research.
MISSION
 To foster intellectual curiosity, pursuit and dissemination of knowledge.

 To explore students‟ potential through academic freedom and integrity.
 To promote technical mastery and nurture skilled professionals to face
competition in ever increasing complex world.
QUALITY POLICY
Sree Vidyanikethan Engineering College strives to establish a system of

Quality Assurance to continuously address, monitor and evaluate the quality of
education offered to students, thus promoting effective teaching processes for the
benefit of students and making the College a Centre of Excellence for Engineering
and Technological studies.
2
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
VISION
To become and be recognized as a nationwide center of excellence in Mechanical

Engineering and allied areas for acquiring self-reliance through education, engagement
and research
MISSION
 Department of Mechanical Engineering is established to provide students with a

sound Mechanical Engineering education, advance the understanding and application
of Mechanical Engineering principles to work in multicultural and multidisciplinary
environment.
 Engage and impart knowledge to the students for innovative, high-impact and
leading edge research and development of modern Mechanical Engineering science
through contemporary curriculum.
 Maintain a collegial, supportive, and diverse environment that encourages students,

faculty, and staff to achieve to the best of their abilities.
 Train our students by teaching them problem solving, leadership and teamwork
skills, and the value of a commitment, quality and ethical behavior for their
employability.
 Serve the community and industry through proactive knowledge exchange.
3
PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
After few years of graduation, the graduates of B. Tech. (ME) Program will be:
1. Pursuing further education in Mechanical Engineering, business administration, or

other disciplines.
2. In program related industry, allied industry, software industry, and able to start
entrepreneurial ventures related to Mechanical Engineering.
3. Able to recognize the developing technology through life-long learning for solving
problems related to Mechanical Engineering.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the Program, the graduates of B. Tech. (ME) Program will be
able to:
1. Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an

engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
(Engineering knowledge)
2. Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering

problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences. (Problem analysis)
3. Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system

components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations. (Design/development of solutions)
4. Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of

experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the (Conduct
investigations of complex problems) information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern

engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex
engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations. (Modern tool
usage)
6. Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health,

safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to
the professional engineering practice. (The engineer and society)
4
7. Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and
environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for
sustainable development. (Environment and sustainability)
8. Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice. (Ethics)
9. Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams,

and in multidisciplinary settings. (Individual and team work).
10. Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering

community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and
write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations,
and give and receive clear instructions. (Communication)
11. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management

principles and apply these to one's own work, as a member and leader in a team,
to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments. (Project
management and finance)
12. Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in
independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological
change. (Life-long learning)
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the Program, the graduates of B. Tech. (ME) Program will be
able to:
PSO1. Design, develop, analyze and maintain of mechanical systems and processes by
applying the concepts of material science, Manufacturing, Design and Computer
aided Design & Manufacturing technologies
PSO2. Apply the principles of thermodynamics, Fluid mechanics and Heat Transfer in the
thermal design of various components of thermal energy systems and assess the
performance of various thermal energy systems.
PSO3. Identify, define, analyze, formulate, and solve problems related to manufacturing
and service systems for optimized conditions by applying tools of Industrial
Engineering for effective decision making and support purposes.
5
(AUTONOMOUS)
(Affiliated to J.N.T. University Anantapur, Ananthapuramu)
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (SVEC-20)

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM
B.Tech. Regular Four Year Degree Program

(For the batches admitted from the academic year 2020–21)
and
B.Tech. (Lateral Entry Scheme)
(For the batches admitted from the academic year 2021-22)
For pursuing four year undergraduate Degree Program B.Tech offered by Sree
Vidyanikethan Engineering College under Autonomous status and herein after referred to as
SVEC:
1. Applicability:
All the rules specified herein, approved by the Academic Council, shall be in force and
applicable to students admitted from the academic year 2020-2021 onwards. Any
reference to “College” in these rules and regulations stands for SVEC.
2. Extent:
All the rules and regulations, specified hereinafter shall be read as a whole for the
purpose of interpretation and as and when a doubt arises, the interpretation of the
Chairman, Academic Council is final. It shall be ratified by the Academic Council in
the forthcoming meeting. As per the requirements of statutory bodies, Principal, Sree
Vidyanikethan Engineering College shall be the Chairman, Academic Council.
3. Admission:
3.1. Admission into First Year of Four Year B.Tech. Degree Program in
Engineering:
3.1.1. Eligibility: A candidate seeking admission into the First Year of four year B.Tech.
Degree Program should have:
Passed either Intermediate Public Examination (I.P.E.) conducted by the Board of

Intermediate Education, Andhra Pradesh, with Mathematics, Physics and
Chemistry as optional courses (or any equivalent examination recognized by
JNTUA, Ananthapuramu) for admission as per the guidelines of Andhra Pradesh
State Council of Higher Education (APSCHE).
6
3.1.2. Admission Procedure: Admissions shall be made into the first year of four year
B.Tech. Degree Program as per the stipulations of APSCHE, Government of Andhra
Pradesh:
(a) By the Convener, EAMCET, (for Category-A Seats).
(b) By the Management (for Category-B Seats).
(c) By the Management (for 15% Supernumerary Quota) for Persons of Indian
Origin (PIO)/Foreign Nationals (FN)/ Children of Indian Workers in Gulf
Countries/ Overseas Citizen of India (OCI)
3.2. Admission into the Second Year of Four year B.Tech Degree Program in
Engineering (Lateral Entry).
3.2.1. Eligibility: A candidate seeking admission into the Second Year of four year
B.Tech. Degree Program (Lateral Entry) should have:
(i) Passed Diploma in Engineering in the relevant branch conducted by the Board
of Technical Education, Andhra Pradesh (or equivalent Diploma recognized by
JNTUA, Ananthapuramu).
(ii) Candidates qualified in ECET and admitted by the Convener, ECET. In all
such cases for admission, when needed, permissions from the statutory
bodies are to be obtained.
3.2.2. Admission Procedure: 10% of the sanctioned strength in each Program of study
as lateral entry students or as stipulated by APSCHE shall be filled in by the
Convener, ECET.
4. Programs of study offered leading to the award of B.Tech. Degree:
Following are the four year undergraduate Degree Programs of study offered in
various branches in SVEC leading to the award of B.Tech (Bachelor of Technology)
Degree:
1) Civil Engineering
2) Electrical and Electronics Engineering
3) Mechanical Engineering
4) Electronics and Communication Engineering
5) Computer Science and Engineering
6) Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
7
7) Information Technology
8) Computer Science and Systems Engineering
9) Computer Science and Business Systems
10) Computer Science and Engineering (Artificial Intelligence)
11) Computer Science and Engineering (Data Science)
12) Computer Science and Engineering (Artificial Intelligence & Machine Learning)
13) Computer Science and Engineering (Internet of Things)
14) Computer Science and Engineering (Cyber Security)
15) Computer Science and Design
5. Duration of the Program:
5.1. Minimum Duration: The program shall extend over a period of four years leading to
the Degree of Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech) of the JNTUA, Ananthapuramu. The

four academic years shall be divided into eight semesters with two semesters per
year. Each semester shall normally consist of 22 weeks having - Continuous Internal
Evaluation (CIE) and Semester End Examination (SEE), Choice Based Credit System
(CBCS) and Credit Based Semester System(CBSS) as suggested by UGC and
Curriculum/ Course Structure as suggested by AICTE/APSCHE are followed. Provision
is made for lateral entry admission of students into the Second Year of the program in
all the branches of study and they shall be required to satisfy the conditions of
admissions thereto prescribed by the JNTUA, Ananthapuramu and Government of
Andhra Pradesh.
5.2. Maximum Duration:
The student shall complete all the passing requirements of the B.Tech degree program
within a maximum duration of 8 years (6 years for lateral entry), these durations
reckoned from the commencement of the semester to which the student was first
admitted to the program.
6. Structure of the Program:
Each Program of study shall consist of:
(i) HS (Humanities and Social Sciences) Courses

(ii) BS (Basic Sciences) Courses
(iii) ES (Engineering Sciences) Courses
(iv) PC (Professional Core) Courses
(v) PE (Professional Electives)
(vi) OE (Open Electives) Courses
8
(vii) SO (Skill Oriented) Courses
(viii) Mandatory Courses (MC)
(ix) Audit Courses (AC)
(x) Projects (PR) (Internships, Project Work)
S.No Course Category Course Type

HS – Humanities and Social
1. Humanities, Social Sciences and Management.
Sciences
Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry Courses,
2. BS – Basic Sciences
etc.
3. ES – Engineering Sciences Fundamental Engineering courses.
Core courses related to the Parent Discipline/
4. PC – Professional Core
Branch of Engineering.
Elective courses related to the Parent Discipline/
5. PE – Professional Electives
Branch of Engineering.
Electives from other technical and /or emerging
6. OE – Open Electives
courses
Basic and advanced skills related to the domain
7. SO (Skill Oriented) Courses
courses, soft skills course
8. PR - Projects Summer Internships, Internship, Project Work
Induction Program, Environmental Science,
9. MC - Mandatory Courses
Universal Human Values
10. AC - Audit Courses Value Added Courses.
Contact Periods:
The contact periods per week are assigned depending on the complexity and volume of the
course.
7. Credit Courses:
All Courses are to be registered by a student in a Semester to earn Credits. Credits

shall be assigned to each Course in a L: T: P: C (Lecture Hours: Tutorial Hours:
Practical Hours: Credits) Structure, based on the following general pattern.
 Theory Courses: One Lecture Hour (L) per week in a semester: 01 Credit
 Practical Courses: One Practical Hour (P) Per week in a semester: 0.5 Credit
 Tutorial: One Tutorial Hour (T) Per week in a semester: 01 Credit
 Mandatory Courses: No CREDIT is awarded.
 Audit Courses: No CREDIT is awarded.
Student activities like Sports, Study Tour and Guest Lecture etc. shall not carry ANY
Credits.
For Summer Internships, Internship and Project Work, where formal contact periods
are not specified, credits are assigned based on the complexity of the work to be
carried out.
9
The four year curriculum of any B. Tech Program of study shall have a total of
160 credits. However the curriculum for students admitted under lateral entry shall
have a total of 121 credits.
8. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS):
Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) is introduced in line with UGC guidelines in order
to promote:
 Student centred learning

 Students to learn courses of their choice
 Interdisciplinary learning
A Student has a choice of registering for courses comprising program core,

professional electives, open electives, value added, Skill oriented courses etc.
Besides, choice is also offered to students for registering courses to earn Minor in
Engineering/Honors degree.
9. Course Enrollment and Registration
9.1. Each student, on admission shall be assigned to a Faculty Advisor (Mentor) who shall
advice and counsel the student about the details of the academic program and the
choice of courses considering the student's academic background and career
objectives.
9.2. Each student on admission shall register for all the courses prescribed in the
curriculum in the student's first and second Semesters of study. The student shall
enroll for the courses with the help of the student's Faculty Advisor (Mentor). The
enrollment for the courses from II B.Tech I Semester to IV B.Tech I Semester shall
commence 10 days prior to the last instructional day of the preceding semester for
registration process. If the student wishes, the student may drop or add courses
(vide clause 8) 10 days prior to commencement of the concerned semester and
complete the registration process duly authorized by the Chairman, Board of Studies
of concerned department.
9.3. If any student fails to register the courses in a semester, he shall undergo the
courses as per the program structure.
9.4. After registering for a course, a student shall attend the classes, satisfy the
attendance requirements, earn Continuous Assessment marks and appear for the
Semester-end Examinations.
9.5. Elective courses shall be offered by a Department only if a minimum of 40 students

register for that course.
10
10. Break of Study from a Program (Gap Year)
10.1. A student is permitted to go on break of study for a maximum period of two years
either as two breaks of one year each or a single break of two years.
10.2. In case, a student wishes to extend the gap year for one more consecutive year, he
shall be permitted with the prior approval of the Principal on the recommendations of
the Head of the Department prior to the beginning of the semester in which he has
taken break of study.
10.3. The student shall apply for break of study in advance, in any case, not later than the
last date of the first assessment period in a semester. The gap year concept is
introduced for start-up (or) incubation of an idea, National/International Internships,
and professional Volunteering. The application downloaded from the website and
duly filled in by the student shall be submitted to the Principal through the Head of
the department. A committee shall be appointed by the Principal in this regard.
Based on the recommendations of the committee, Principal shall decide whether to
permit the student to avail the gap year or not.
10.4. The students permitted to rejoin the program after break of study shall be governed
by the Curriculum and Regulations in force at the time of rejoining.
The students rejoining in new regulations shall apply to the Principal in the
prescribed format through Head of the Department, at the beginning of the
readmitted semester for registering additional/equivalent courses to comply with the
curriculum in-force.
10.5. The two years period of break of study shall not be counted for the maximum Period
of graduation (i.e the maximum period of graduation is 10 years for Regular
admitted students and 8 years for Lateral Entry admitted students availing Gap
Year).
10.6. If a student has not reported to the college after completion of the approved period
of break of study he is deemed to be detained in that semester. Such students are
eligible for readmission into the semester when offered next.
11. Examination System:

11.1 All components in any Program of study shall be evaluated through internal evaluation and/or
an external evaluation conducted as Semester-end examination.
11
Sl. Examination and
Course Marks Scheme of examination
No. Evaluation
The examination question paper in theory courses
shall be for a maximum of 70 marks.
Semester-end The question paper shall be of descriptive type
examination for with FIVE EITHER/OR type questions, ONE
70 EITHER/OR type question from each unit [totally
3 hours duration
(External evaluation) ten questions from Q. No. 1 to 10)] of which
student has to answer one from each EITHER/OR
type question and shall be evaluated each for 14
marks.
Assignments
One Assignment shall be given to the student for
10 (Internal
10 marks during the semester.
evaluation)
Two mid-term examinations each for 20 marks

shall be conducted. For a total of 20 marks, 80%
of better one of the two and 20% of the other one
are added and finalized, any fraction shall be
rounded off to the higher integer number.
The examination shall be conducted and
1. Theory evaluated for 40 marks and scaled down to 20
marks, any fraction shall be rounded off to the
higher integer number.
Mid-I: After first spell of instruction
Mid-term (I & II Units).
30 Examination of Mid-II: After second spell of instruction (III, IV &
2 hours V Units).
20
duration The question paper shall of descriptive type with
(Internal two parts i.e., Part-A and Part-B. Part-A shall
evaluation) contain 5 short answer questions [Q. No. 1 (a) to
(e)] and evaluated each for 2 marks. Part-B shall
contain three EITHER/OR type questions [totally
six questions from Q. No. 2 to 7)] of which
student has to answer one from each EITHER/OR
type question and shall be evaluated each for 10
marks. Further, in the case of Part-B of Mid-I,
one EITHER/OR type question from each unit and
third either or type question from both the units;
and for Mid-II, one EITHER/OR type question
from each unit.
The examination shall be conducted by the faculty

Semester-end Lab
member handling the laboratory (Examiner-2)
Examination for
70 and another faculty member (Examiner-1)
3 hours duration
appointed by the Chief Controller of
(External evaluation)
Examinations.
Day-to-Day Two laboratory examinations each for 30 marks
2. Laboratory evaluation for which include Day-to-Day evaluation and Practical
Performance in examination shall be evaluated by the faculty
laboratory member. For a total of 30 marks 80% of better
30 20 experiments one of the two and 20% of the other one are
and Record. added and finalized, any fraction shall be rounded
(Internal off to the higher integer number.
evaluation)
12
Sl. Examination and
Course Marks Scheme of examination
No. Evaluation
Mid-I: Shall be conducted just before FIRST mid-
Practical term theory examinations.
Examination
10 Mid-II: Shall be conducted just before SECOND
(Internal mid-term theory examinations.
evaluation)
Mandatory
3. 30 Internal Evaluation Shall be evaluated as given in 11.2.1
courses
Audit
4. - - As detailed in 11.2.2
Courses
The student has to submit MOOC certificate with
percentage of Score earned to the Head of the
5. MOOC 100 - Department at the end of the semester. Based on
the score the equivalent Grade Point and Credits
will be assigned as given in 11.3.
The evaluation shall be done by the Internship

Summer Semester-end Evaluation Committee (IEC) at the end of the
6. 100
Internship evaluation semester as given in 11.4.
At the end of semester the student should submit

7. Internship - - an internship completion certificate as given in
11.5
Continuous evaluation shall be done by the
Internal
100 Project Evaluation Committee (PEC) as given in
evaluation
Project 11.6.1
8. 200
Work Project Work Viva-Voce Examination shall be
Semester-end
100 conducted by a Committee at the end of the
evaluation
semester as given in 11.6.2
11.2 Mandatory Course/ Audit Course Evaluation:
11.2.1. Mandatory Courses:
Mandatory courses carry "ZERO" credits. There shall be NO Semester-end

examination. However, ATTENDANCE in Mandatory courses shall be considered
while calculating aggregate attendance in a semester. The mid-term examination
shall be conducted and evaluated similar to the THEORY courses. The student shall
be declared to have passed the mandatory courses only when HE secures 40%
marks in the internal evaluation. If the student FAILS, a re-examination shall
be conducted for FAILED candidates in the CONSECUTIVE semester. The
performance of the student shall be indicated in the grade sheets
"SATISFACTORY" (or) "NOT SATISFACTORY" as given in 14.1. The student
should pass all the mandatory courses, for the award of B.Tech degree.
13
11.2.2. Audit Courses:
Audit courses carry "ZERO" credits. There shall be NO mid-term and Semester-
end examination. However, ATTENDANCE in Audit courses shall be considered
while calculating aggregate attendance in a semester. The student should study all
the audit courses, and it shall be indicated in the GRADE Sheet.
11.3 Massive Open Online Course (MOOC)
MOOC is a web-based learning aimed at unlimited participation and open access.
11.3.1 A Student shall be permitted to pursue two elective courses under MOOC during
the program of study. The duration of the MOOC shall be for a minimum period of
08 weeks.
11.3.2 The student shall confirm registration by enrolling the course within 10 days prior to
the last instructional day of the current Semester of study along with regular
courses.
11.3.3 The list of courses along with MOOC service providers shall be identified, approved
and notified by the Chairman, BOS and Head of the Department.
11.3.4 The student has to submit MOOC certificate with percentage of Score earned to the
Head of the Department at the end of the semester. Based on the score earned, the
equivalent Grade Point and Credits will be assigned.
11.3.5 Attendance is not applicable for MOOC Course and also attendance will not be
monitored.
11.3.6 If the student fails to submit the MOOC certificate at the end of the semester, his
performance in MOOC will be shown as “Fail” in the Grade sheet. Then the student
shall register for the supplementary examinations and submit the MOOC certificate.
11.4. Summer Internship
11.4.1 Students shall undergo mandatory two summer internships each with a minimum of
Four weeks duration, at the end of second and third year of the Programme. The
internship can be done by the students at Govt. Organizations, construction
agencies, Industries, Research Centres, MNC, Academic Institutes, etc.
11.4.2 The progress of the Internship is monitored by the supervisor periodically.
Evaluation of the summer internships shall be conducted by the Internship

Evaluation Committee (IEC) at the end of semester. A student will be required to
submit a summer internship report to the concerned department and appear for an
14
oral presentation before the IEC. The report and the oral presentation shall carry
40% and 60% weightage respectively.
11.4.3 If any student fails to complete summer internship, he/she will not be eligible for
the award of degree. In such cases, the student shall repeat and complete the
summer internship.
11.5. Internship
11.5.1 In the final semester of program of study, the student should mandatorily undergo
internship for the entire semester and parallelly work on a project with well-defined
objectives. At the end of the semester the candidate shall submit an internship
completion certificate. A student shall also be permitted to submit project report on
the work carried out during the internship.
11.5.2 If any student fails to complete internship, he/she will not be eligible for the award
of degree. In such cases, the student shall repeat and complete the internship.
11.6 Project Work:

11.6.1 Internal Evaluation: The Internal Evaluation shall be made by the Project
Evaluation Committee (PEC) consisting of concerned supervisor and two senior

faculty members, on the basis of TWO project reviews on the topic of the project.
Each review shall be conducted for a maximum of "100" marks. For a total of 100
marks, 80% of better one of the two and 20% of the other one are added and
finalized. The PEC is constituted by the Principal on the recommendations of the
Head of the Department.
11.6.2 Semester-end Evaluation: The Semester-end Project Work Viva-Voce Examination
shall be conducted by a Committee consisting of External examiner (nominated by

the Chief Controller of Examinations), HOD and concerned Supervisor. The
evaluation of project work shall be done at the end of the IV B.Tech II Semester.
Three copies of the dissertation certified in the prescribed format by the concerned
Supervisor and HOD shall be submitted to the Department. One copy is to be
submitted to the Chief Controller of Examinations. The examiner shall be nominated
by the Chief Controller of the Examinations from the panel of SIX examiners
submitted by the Department.
11.7. Eligibility to appear for the Semester-End Examination (SEE):
11.7.1. A student shall be eligible to appear for semester-end examinations if he acquires a
minimum of 40% in each subject and 75% of attendance in aggregate of all the
courses in a semester.
15
11.7.2. Condonation of shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and above
and below 75%) in each semester may be granted by the College Academic
Committee.
11.7.3. Shortage of Attendance below 65% in aggregate shall in no case be condoned.
11.7.4. Students whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any semester are not
eligible to take their semester-end examinations of that class and their registration
shall stand cancelled.
11.7.5. A student shall not be promoted to the next semester unless he satisfies the
attendance requirements of the current semester, as applicable. The student may

seek readmission for the semester when offered next. He shall not be allowed to
register for the courses of the semester while he is in detention. A student
detained due to shortage of attendance, shall have to repeat that semester when
offered next.
11.7.6. A stipulated fee shall be payable to the College towards Condonation of shortage of
attendance.
11.7.7. For the calculation of a student attendance in any semester, the total number of
classes conducted shall be counted as scheduled in the class-work time table.
11.8. Evaluation:
Following procedure governs the evaluation.
11.8.1. Marks for components evaluated internally by the faculty shall be submitted to the
Controller of Examinations one week before the commencement of the Semester-

end examinations. The marks for the internal evaluation components shall be
added to the external evaluation marks secured in the Semester-end
examinations, to arrive at the total marks for any course in that semester.
11.8.2. Performance in all the courses is tabulated course-wise and shall be scrutinized by
the Results Committee and moderation is applied if needed and course-wise marks
are finalized. Total marks obtained in each course are converted into letter grades.
11.8.3. Student-wise tabulation shall be done and individual grade Sheet shall be generated
and issued to the student.
11.9. Recounting /Revaluation/Personal Verification/ Challenging Evaluation:
Students shall be permitted to apply for Recounting /Revaluation/Personal

Verification/ Challenging Evaluation of the Semester-end examination answer
16
scripts within a stipulated period after payment of the prescribed fee. After
completion of the process of Recounting /Revaluation/Personal Verification/
Challenging Evaluation, the records are updated with changes if any, and the
student shall be issued a revised grade sheet. If there are no changes, the student
shall be intimated the same through a notice.
11.10. Supplementary Examination:
In addition to the regular semester-end examinations conducted, the College may

also schedule and conduct supplementary examinations for all the courses of other
semesters when feasible for the benefit of students. Such of the candidates writing
supplementary examinations may have to write more than one examination per
day.
12. Academic Requirements for promotion/completion of regular

B.Tech Program of study:
The following academic requirements have to be satisfied in addition to the

attendance requirements for promotion/completion of regular B.Tech Program of
study.
For students admitted into B.Tech. (Regular) Program:
12.1. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the minimum academic requirements for
each theory course, laboratory course, Internship and project work, if he secures not
less than 35% of marks in the Semester-end examination and a minimum of 40% of
marks in the sum total of the internal evaluation and Semester-end examination
taken together.
12.2. A student shall be promoted from second year to third year of Program of study only
if he fulfills the academic requirement of securing 40% credits (rounded off to lower
integer number) from the following examinations (Irrespective of whether or no the
candidate appears for the semester-end examinations as per the normal course of
study):
a. One regular and two supplementary examinations of I B.Tech I Semester.
b. One regular and one supplementary examinations of I B.Tech II Semester.
c. One regular examination of II B.Tech I Semester.
12.3. A student shall be promoted from third year to fourth year of Program of study only
if he fulfills the academic requirements of securing 40% credits (rounded off to lower
integer number)from the following examinations (Irrespective of whether or not the
study):
17
a. One regular and four supplementary examinations of I B.Tech I Semester.
b. One regular and three supplementary examinations of I B.Tech II Semester.
c. One regular and two supplementary examinations of II B.Tech I Semester.
d. One regular and one supplementary examinations of II B.Tech II Semester.
e. One regular examination of III B.Tech I Semester.
* In case of getting detained for want of credits by sections 12.2 and 12.3 above, the
student may make up the credits through supplementary examinations.
12.4. A student shall register for all the 160 credits and earn all the 160 credits. Marks
obtained in all the 160 credits shall be considered for the calculation of the CLASS
based on CGPA.
12.5. A student who fails to earn 160 credits as indicated in the course structure within
eight academic years from the year of their admission shall forfeit his seat in B.Tech.
Program and his admission stands cancelled.
For Lateral Entry Students (batches admitted from the academic year 2021-2022):
12.6. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the minimum academic requirements for
each theory course, laboratory course, Internship and project work, if he secures not
less than 35% of marks in the Semester-end examination and a minimum of 40% of
marks in the sum total of the internal evaluation and Semester-end examination
taken together.
12.7. A student shall be promoted from third year to fourth year of Program of study only
if he fulfills the academic requirements of securing 40% credits (rounded off to lower
integer number) from the following examinations (Irrespective of whether or not the
study):
a. One regular and Two supplementary examinations of II B.Tech I Semester.
b. One regular and One supplementary examinations of II B.Tech II Semester.
c. One regular examination of III B.Tech I Semester.
Irrespective of whether or not the candidate appears for the semester-end
examination as per the normal course of study and in case of getting detained for
want of credits the student may make up the credits through supplementary
examinations.
12.8. A student shall register for all 121 credits and earn all the 121 credits. Marks
obtained in all the 121 credits shall be considered for the calculation of the CLASS
based on CGPA.
18
12.9. A student who fails to earn 121 credits as indicated in the course structure within six
academic years from the year of their admission shall forfeit his seat in B.Tech
Program and his admission stands cancelled.
13. NCC/NSS Activities:

All students should register for NCC/NSS activities. A student will be required to
participate in an activity for two hours in a week for one semester. Student shall
register during Fourth or Fifth semester of the program of study. Grade shall be
awarded as Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory in the mark sheet on the basis of
participation, attendance, performance and behavior. If a student gets an
unsatisfactory Grade, he/she shall repeat the above activity in the subsequent years,
in order to complete the degree requirements.
14. Minor Degree in a discipline:
The concept of Minor degree is introduced in the curriculum of all B. Tech. programs
offering a Major degree. The main objective of Minor degree in a discipline is to
provide additional learning opportunities for academically motivated students and it
is an optional feature of the B.Tech. Program. In order to earn a Minor degree in a
discipline, a student has to earn 20 extra credits (By studying Six Theory Courses)
from the core courses of the minor discipline.
a. Students having a CGPA of 8.0 or above up to II B.Tech I-Semester without any

backlogs shall be permitted to register for Minor degree by paying the requisite fee.
b. An SGPA and CGPA of 7.5 has to be maintained in the subsequent semesters without
any backlog subjects in order to keep the Minor Degree registration live or else it
shall be cancelled.
c. Students aspiring for a Minor degree must register from III B.Tech I-Semester
onwards and must opt for a Minor in a discipline other than the discipline he is
registered in.
d. A Student shall register for a Minor with Eight credits in III B.Tech I-Semester
(TWO theory courses), Six credits in III B.Tech II-Semester (TWO theory courses-
one from the pool of courses offered and other one through MOOC) and Six credits
in IV B.Tech I-Semester (TWO theory courses- one from the pool of courses
offered and other one through MOOC).
e. The evaluation pattern of the courses offered (for 16 credits) shall be similar to the
regular program courses evaluation. However, the remaining 4 credits must be
acquired through two MOOCs, which shall be domain specific each with 2 credits and
with minimum duration of 08 weeks each.
19
f. The list of courses along with MOOC service providers shall be identified, approved
and notified by the Chairman, BOS and Head of the Department.
g. The student has to submit MOOC certificate with percentage of Score earned to the
Head of the Department at the end of the semester. Based on the score earned, the
equivalent Grade Point and Credits will be assigned. Attendance is not applicable for
MOOC Course and also attendance will not be monitored.
h. Minimum strength required for offering a Minor in a discipline is 40 students.
i. A student registered for Minor degree shall pass in all subjects that constitute the
requirement for the Minor degree program. No class/division (i.e., second class, first
class and distinction, etc.) shall be awarded for Minor degree program.
j. The Minor degree shall be mentioned in the degree certificate as Bachelor of

Technology in XXX with Minor in YYY. For example, Bachelor of Technology in
Computer Science & Engineering with Minor in Title of the Minor Pursued This shall
also be reflected in the transcripts, along with the list of courses taken for Minor
degree program with CGPA mentioned separately.
k. Separate course/class work and time table shall be arranged for the various Minor
degree programs. Attendance regulations for these Minor discipline programs shall
be as per regular courses.
NOTE: Interested meritorious students shall be permitted to register either for Minor
degree in a discipline (or) Honors Degree in a discipline only, but not both.
15. Honors Degree in a discipline:
The concept of Honors degree is introduced in the curriculum for all B. Tech. programs. The
main objective of Honors degree is to provide additional learning opportunities for
academically motivated students in the same or allied discipline and it is an optional feature
of the B. Tech. program. In order to earn Honors degree in a discipline, a student has to
earn 20 extra credits (By studying SIX Theory Courses).
a. Students having a CGPA of 8.0 and above up to II B.Tech I-Semester without any
backlogs shall be permitted to register for Degree with Honors by paying the
requisite fee.
b. An SGPA and CGPA of 7.5 has to be maintained in the subsequent semesters

without any backlog subjects in order to keep the Honors Degree registration live
or else it shall be cancelled.
c. Students aspiring for a Honors degree must register from III B.Tech I-Semester
onwards.
20
d. A Student shall register for a Honors with Eight credits in III B.Tech I-Semester
(TWO theory courses), Six credits in III B.Tech II-Semester (TWO theory
courses- one from the pool of courses offered and other one through MOOC) and
Six credits in IV B.Tech I-Semester (TWO theory courses- one from the pool of
courses offered and other one through MOOC).
e. The evaluation pattern of the courses offered (16 credits) shall be similar to the
regular program courses evaluation. However, the remaining 4 credits must be
acquired through two MOOCs, which shall be domain specific each with 2 credits
and with minimum duration of 8 weeks.
f. The list of courses along with MOOC service providers shall be identified, approved
and notified by the Chairman, BOS, and Head of the Department.
g. The student has to submit MOOC certificate with percentage of Score earned to
the Head of the Department at the end of the semester. Based on the score
earned, the equivalent Grade Point and Credits will be assigned.
h. Attendance is not applicable for MOOC Course and also attendance will not be
monitored
i. Minimum strength required for offering a Honors in a discipline is 10% of the

sanctioned intake.
j. A student registered for Honors degree shall pass in all subjects that constitute
the requirement for the Honors degree program. No class/division (i.e., second
class, first class and distinction, etc.) shall be awarded for Honors degree
program.
k. The Honors degree shall be mentioned in the degree certificate as Bachelor of

Technology (Honors) in XXX. Example, Bachelor of Technology (Honors) in
Computer Science & Engineering. This shall also be reflected in the transcripts,
along with the list of courses taken for Honors degree program with CGPA
mentioned separately.
l. Separate course/class work and time table shall be arranged for the various Honors
degree programs. Attendance regulations for these Honors discipline programs shall
be as per regular courses.
NOTE: Interested meritorious students shall be permitted to register either for Minor degree
in a discipline (or) Honors Degree in a discipline only, but not both.
21
16. Transitory Regulations:
Students who got detained for want of attendance (or) who have not fulfilled
academic requirements (or) who have failed after having undergone the Program in
earlier regulations (or) who have discontinued and wish to continue the Program are
eligible for admission into the unfinished semester from the date of commencement
of class work with the same (or) equivalent courses as and when courses are offered
and they shall be in the academic regulations into which they are presently
readmitted.
A regular student has to satisfy all the eligibility requirements within the maximum
stipulated period of eight years and a lateral entry student within six years for the
award of B.Tech Degree.
17. Grades, Semester Grade Point Average and Cumulative Grade Point
Average:
17.1. Grade System: After all the components and sub-components of any course
(including laboratory courses) are evaluated, the final total marks obtained shall be
converted into letter grades on a "10 point scale" as described below.
% of Marks obtained Grade Description of Grade Grade Points (GP)
≥90 A+ Outstanding 10
≥80 to <90 A Excellent 9
≥70 to < 80 B Very Good 8
≥ 60 to < 70 C Good 7
≥ 50 to < 60 D Fair 6
≥ 40 to < 50 E Satisfactory 5
< 40 F Fail 0
Absent N Absent 0
For Mandatory Courses

≥40 P Satisfactory -
<40 I Not Satisfactory -
For NCC/NSS Activities

Participated P Satisfactory -
Not Participated I Not Satisfactory -
For Internship
Submission of Certificate P Completed
Non-Submission of Certificate I Incomplete
22
Pass Marks:
A student shall be declared to have passed theory course, laboratory course, and project
work if he secures minimum of 35% marks (Rounded off to lower integer number) in
external examination, and a minimum of 40% marks in the sum total of internal
evaluation and external examination taken together. Otherwise, he shall be awarded fail
grade - 'F' in such a course irrespective of internal marks. 'F' is considered as a fail grade
indicating that the student has to pass the Semester-End Examination in that course in
future and obtain a grade other than 'F' and 'N' for passing the course.
For the Mandatory Courses, if the student obtained 40% or more marks, then his
performance shall be indicated as “P” (SATISFACTORY), otherwise the performance shall
be indicated as “I” (NOT SATISFACTORY) in the grade sheet.
For the NCC/NSS Activities, if the student participate in the activities, then his
performance shall be indicated as “P” (SATISFACTORY), otherwise the performance shall
be indicated as “I” (NOT SATISFACTORY) in the grade sheet.
For the Internship, if the student submit Certificate, then his performance shall be
indicated as “P” (COMPLETED), otherwise the performance shall be indicated as “I”
(INCOMPLETE) in the grade sheet.
17.2. Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA): SGPA shall be calculated as given below
on a "10 point scale" as an index of the student's performance:
SGPA 
 (C X GP)
C
Where "C" denotes the "credits" assigned to the courses undertaken in that semester
and "GP" denotes the "grade points" earned by the student in the respective courses.
Note: SGPA is calculated only for the candidates who appeared in the semester-end
regular examinations in a particular semester:
17.3. Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA):

The CGPA shall be calculated for a candidate who appeared in the Semester-end
examination (including Regular & Supplementary) till that semester. The CGPA shall
be displayed in the Grade sheet of the Regular Semester-end examinations and also
in the consolidated Grade Sheet issued at the end of the program. The CGPA is
computed on a 10 point scale as given below:
CGPA 
 (C X GP)
C
23
Where, C denotes the credits assigned to courses undertaken up to the end of the
Program and GP denotes the grade points earned by the student in the respective
courses.
Both SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to 2 decimal points and reported in
the transcripts.
As per AICTE regulations, conversion of CGPA into equivalent percentage as follows:
Equivalent Percentage = (CGPA – 0.50) x 10
18. Grade Sheet: A grade sheet (Marks Memorandum) shall be issued to each student
indicating the SGPA and CGPA, provided if he passed all the courses registered in the
regular semester-end examinations.
19. Consolidated Grade Sheet: After successful completion of the entire Program of
study, a Consolidated Grade Sheet indicating performance of all academic years shall
be issued as a final record. Duplicate Consolidated Grade Sheet shall also be issued,
if required, after payment of requisite fee.
20. Award of Degree: The Degree shall be conferred and awarded by Jawaharlal
Nehru Technological University Anantapur, Ananthapuramu on the recommendations
of the Chairman, Academic Council, SVEC (Autonomous).
20.1. Eligibility:
A student shall be eligible for the award of B.Tech Degree if he fulfills all the
following conditions:
 Registered and successfully completed all the components prescribed in the

Program of study to which he is admitted.
 Successfully acquired the minimum required credits as specified in the curriculum

corresponding to the branch of study within the stipulated time.
 Obtained CGPA greater than or equal to 4.0 (Minimum requirement for declaring
as passed).
 Has NO DUES to the College, Hostel, Library etc. and to any other amenities
provided by the College.
 No disciplinary action is pending against him.
24
20.2. Award of Class: Awarding of Class is based on CGPA.
Awarding of Class
CGPA Secured Class Awarded
≥7.5 First Class with Distinction
≥6.5 and <7.5 First Class
≥5.5 and <6.5 Second Class
≥5.0 and <5.5 Pass Class
21. Additional Academic Regulations:
21.1. A student may appear for any number of supplementary examinations within the
stipulated time to fulfill regulatory requirements for award of the degree.
21.2. In case of malpractice/improper conduct during the examinations, guidelines shall be

followed as given in the ANNEXURE-I.
21.3. When a student is absent for any examination (Mid-term or Semester-end) he shall
be awarded zero marks in that component (course) and grading shall be done
accordingly.
21.4. When a component is cancelled as a penalty, he shall be awarded zero marks in that
component.
22. Withholding of Results:

If the candidate has not paid dues to the College/University (or) if any case of
indiscipline is pending against him, the result of the candidate shall be withheld and
he shall not be allowed/promoted to the next higher semester.
23. Re-Registration for Improvement of Internal Marks:
Following are the conditions to avail the benefit of improvement of internal marks.
23.1. The candidate should have completed the 4 years of B.Tech course work and obtained
examinations results from I B.Tech I Semester to IV B.Tech II semester.
23.2. Out of the courses the candidate has failed in the examinations due to internal
evaluation marks secured being less than 40%, the candidate shall be given a chance
for improvement of internal evaluation marks in the failed theory courses.
23.3. This provision is only for Theory courses. The candidate has to register for the chosen
courses and fulfil the academic requirements (i.e. a student has to attend the classes
regularly and appear for the mid-examinations and satisfy the attendance
requirements to become eligible for appearing at the semester-end examinations).
25
23.4. For each course, the candidate has to pay a fee of Rs. 10,000/- and the amount is to
be remitted in the form of D.D. in favor of the Principal, Sree Vidyanikethan
Engineering College payable at Tirupati along with the requisition through the
concerned Head of the Department.
23.5. In the event of availing the provision of Improvement of Internal evaluation

marks, the internal evaluation marks as well as the Semester-end Examinations
marks secured in the previous attempt(s) for the re-registered courses shall
stand cancelled.
24. Amendments to Regulations:

The Academic Council of SVEC(Autonomous) reserves the right to revise, amend or
change the Regulations, Scheme of Examinations, and / or Syllabi or any other policy
relevant to the needs of the society or industrial requirements etc., with the
recommendations of the concerned Board(s) of Studies.
25. General:
The words such as "he", "him", "his" and "himself" shall be understood to include all
students irrespective of gender connotation.
Note: Failure to read and understand the regulations is not an excuse.
26
ANNEXURE-I
GUIDELINES FOR DISCIPLINARY ACTION FOR MALPRACTICES /

IMPROPER CONDUCT IN EXAMINATIONS
Nature of Malpractices/Improper
Rule Punishment
conduct
No.
If the candidate:
1. Possesses or keeps accessible in Expulsion from the examination hall and
(a) examination hall, any paper, note book, cancellation of the performance in that course
programmable calculators, Cell phones, only.
pager, palm computers or any other form
of material concerned with or related to
the course of the examination (theory or
practical) in which he is appearing but has
not made use of (material shall include
any marks on the body of the candidate
which can be used as an aid in the course
of the examination)
(b) Gives assistance or guidance or receives it Expulsion from the examination hall and
from any other candidate orally or by any cancellation of the performance in that course
other body language methods or only of all the candidates involved. In case of an
communicates through cell phones with outsider, he will be handed over to the police and
any candidate or persons in or outside the a case is registered against him.
exam hall in respect of any matter.
2. Has copied in the examination hall from Expulsion from the examination hall and
any paper, book, programmable cancellation of the performance in that course
calculators, palm computers or any other and all other courses the candidate has already
form of material relevant to the course of appeared including practical examinations and
the examination (theory or practical) in project work and shall not be permitted to appear
which the candidate is appearing. for the remaining examinations of the courses of
that Semester.
The Hall Ticket of the candidate is to be cancelled.
3. Impersonates any other candidate in The candidate who has impersonated shall be
connection with the examination. expelled from examination hall. The candidate is
also debarred for four consecutive semesters
from class work and all Semester-end
examinations. The continuation of the course by
the candidate is subject to the academic
regulations in connection with forfeiture of seat.
The performance of the original candidate who
has been impersonated, shall be cancelled in all
the courses of the examination (including labs
and project work) already appeared and shall not
be allowed to appear for examinations of the
remaining courses of that semester. The
candidate is also debarred for four consecutive
semesters from class work and all Semester-end
examinations, if his involvement is established.
Otherwise, The candidate is debarred for two
consecutive semesters from class work and all
Semester-end examinations. The continuation of
the course by the candidate is subject to the
academic regulations in connection with forfeiture
of seat. If the imposter is an outsider, he will be
handed over to the police and a case is registered
against him.
27
Rule Punishment
conduct
No.
If the candidate:
4. Smuggles in the Answer book or Expulsion from the examination hall and
additional sheet or takes out or arranges cancellation of performance in that course and all
to send out the question paper during the the other courses the candidate has already
examination or answer book or additional appeared including practical examinations and
sheet, during or after the examination. project work and shall not be permitted for the
remaining examinations of the courses of that
semester. The candidate is also debarred for two
of seat.
5. Uses objectionable, abusive or offensive Cancellation of the performance in that course
language in the answer paper or in letters only.
to the examiners or writes to the
examiner requesting him to award pass
marks.
6. Refuses to obey the orders of the Chief In case of students of the college, they shall be
Controller of Examinations/Controller of expelled from examination halls and cancellation
Examinations/any officer on duty or of their performance in that course and all other
misbehaves or creates disturbance of any courses the candidate(s) has (have) already
kind in and around the examination hall or appeared and shall not be permitted to appear for
organizes a walk out or instigates others the remaining examinations of the courses of that
to walk out, or threatens the Controller of semester. If the candidate physically assaults the
Examinations or any person on duty in or invigilator/Controller of the Examinations, then
outside the examination hall of any injury the candidate is also debarred and forfeits his/her
to his person or to any of his relations seat. In case of outsiders, they will be handed
whether by words, either spoken or over to the police and a police case is registered
written or by signs or by visible against them.
representation, assaults the Controller of
Examinations, or any person on duty in or
outside the examination hall or any of his
relations, or indulges in any other act of
misconduct or mischief which result in
damage to or destruction of property in
the examination hall or any part of the
College campus or engages in any other
act which in the opinion of the officer on
duty amounts to use of unfair means or
misconduct or has the tendency to disrupt
the orderly conduct of the examination.
7. Leaves the exam hall taking away answer Expulsion from the examination hall and
script or intentionally tears of the script or cancellation of performance in that course and all
any part thereof inside or outside the the other courses the candidate has already
examination hall. appeared including practical examinations and
project work and shall not be permitted for the
semester. The candidate is also debarred for two
of seat.
8. Possess any lethal weapon or firearm in Expulsion from the examination hall and
cancellation of the performance in that course
28
Rule Punishment
conduct
No.
If the candidate:
the examination hall. and all other courses the candidate has already
appeared including practical examinations and
project work and shall not be permitted for the
semester. The candidate is also debarred and
forfeits the seat.
Note: Whenever the performance of a student is cancelled in any course(s) due to Malpractice, he
has to register for Semester-end Examinations in that course(s) consequently and has to fulfill all the
norms required for the award of Degree.
29
SVEC20 CURRICULUM
Course Structure for B.Tech. in Mechanical Engineering

(Effective from the Academic year 2020-21 onwards)
Mandatory Induction Program 03 Weeks Duration
Physical Activity
Creative Arts
Literary
Induction program offered before
commencement of the I-Semester
Proficiency Modules
course work
Lectures by Eminent People
Visits to Local Areas
Familiarization to Department/Branch and

Innovations
30
Sree Sainath Nagar, Tirupati – 517 102.
SVEC20 - B. Tech. (ME) Course Structure
I B.Tech. – I Semester
Course Contact Scheme of
Category Periods per Examination
Sl. Subject
Course Title week C Max. Marks
No. Code
Int. Ext. Total
L T P Total
Marks Marks Marks
Differential Equations and
1. 20BT1BS01 BS 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Multivariable Calculus
2. 20BT1BS02 Engineering Chemistry BS 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Basic Electrical and
3. 20BT10201 ES 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Electronics Engineering
Material Science and
4. 20BT10301 ES 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Engineering
5. 20BT1BS31 Engineering Chemistry Lab BS - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
Computer Aided
6. 20BT10331 ES - 1 4 5 3 30 70 100
Engineering Drawing
7. 20BT10332 Engineering Workshop ES - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
Material Science and
8. 20BT10333 ES - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
Engineering Lab
Spoken English (Audit
9. 20BT1HSAC AC1 2 - - 2 - - - -
Course)
Total: 14 1 13 28 19.5 240 560 800
I B.Tech. – II Semester
Contact Scheme of
Course Periods per Examination
Sl. Subject
Course Title Category week Max. Marks
No. Code C
Int. Ext. Total
L T P Total
Marks Marks Marks
Transformation
1. 20BT2BS01 Techniques and Linear BS 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Algebra
2. 20BT1BS04 Applied Physics BS 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
3. 20BT1HS01 Communicative English HS 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100

Programming in C and
4. 20BT20541 ES 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Data Structures
Basic Engineering
5. 20BT20301 ES 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Mechanics
6. 20BT1BS33 Applied Physics Lab BS - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
Communicative English
7. 20BT1HS31 HS - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
Lab
Programming in C and
8. 20BT20551 ES - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
Data Structures Lab
9. 20BT1MC01 MC 2 - - 2 - 30 - 30
(Mandatory Course)
Total: 17 - 09 26 19.5 270 560 830
31
II B.Tech I–Semester
Contact Scheme of
Periods per Examination
S. Course Credits
Course Title Week Max. Marks
No. Code (c)
Int. Ext. Total
L T P Total
Marks Marks Marks
Numerical Methods,
1. 20BT3BS01 Probability and 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Statistics
Engineering
2. 20BT30301 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Thermodynamics
3. 20BT30302 Kinematics of Machinery 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Manufacturing
4. 20BT30303 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Technology
5. 20BT30304 Strength of Materials 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Strength of Materials
6. 20BT40133 - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
Lab
Computer Aided
7. 20BT30331 - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
Machine Drawing
Manufacturing 1.5
8. 20BT30332 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Technology Lab
9. 20BT3HS31 Soft Skills Lab - 1 2 3 2 30 70 100
Total 21.5 270 630 900
10. 20BT3MC01 Environmental Science 2 - - 2 - 30 - 30
II B.Tech II–Semester
Contact Periods Scheme of

Examination
S. Course per Week Credits
Course Title Max. Marks
No. Code (C)
Int. Ext. Total
L T P Total
Marks Marks Marks
1. 20BT40301 Dynamics of Machinery 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Engineering Metrology
2. 20BT40302 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
and Machine Tools
Fluid Mechanics and
3. 20BT40303 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Machines
4. 20BT40304 Thermal Engineering-I 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
5. Open Elective-1 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Fluid Mechanics and
6. 20BT30132 - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
Hydraulic Machinery Lab
Engineering Metrology
7. 20BT40331 - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
Lab
8. 20BT40332 Machine Tools Lab - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
MATLAB for Mechanical
9. 20BT40333 - 1 2 3 2 30 70 100
Engineers Lab
Total 21.5 270 630 900
10. 20BT315AC Design Thinking 2 - - 2 - - - -
32
III B.Tech I–Semester
Contact Scheme of
S. Course Credits
No. Code (C)
Int. Ext. Total
L T P Total
Marks Marks Marks
1. 20BT50301 Design of Machine Elements 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
2. 20BT50302 Operations Research 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
3. 20BT50303 Thermal Engineering-II 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Professional Elective- 1
20BT50304 Automobile Engineering
20BT50305 Compressible Fluid Flow
20BT50306 Engineering Metallurgy
4. 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Statistical Inference and
20BT50307
Modeling
20BT50308 Tool Design
20BT50309 Tribology
5. Open Elective-2 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
6. 20BT50331 Design and Dynamics Lab - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
7. 20BT50332 Thermal Engineering Lab - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
8. 20BT51551 Internet of Things Lab 1 2 3 2 30 70 100
9. 20BT50333 Summer Internship-I - - - - 1.5 - 100 100
Total 21.5 240 660 900
Foundations of
10. 20BT503AC 2 - - 2 - - - -
Entrepreneurship
11. 20BT4NS01 NCC/NSS Activities - - - - - - - -
33
III B.Tech II–Semester
Contact Scheme of
S. Course Credits
No. Code (C)
Int. Ext. Total
L T P Total
Marks Marks Marks
Computer Aided Design and
1. 20BT60301 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Manufacturing
2. 20BT60302 Heat Transfer 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Industrial Engineering and
3. 20BT60303 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Management
Professional Elective-2
20BT60304 Casting and Welding Technology
20BT60305 Composite Materials
20BT60306 Design of Transmission systems
4. 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
20BT60307 Gas Turbines and Jet Propulsion
20BT60308 Internal Combustion Engines
Quality Management and
20BT60309
Reliability Engineering
Automotive Fuels and
20BT60310
Combustion
Design of Pressure Vessels and
20BT60311
Piping Systems
5. 20BT60312 Mechanical Behavior of Materials 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Non-Traditional machining
20BT60313
processes
20BT60314 Optimization Techniques
Refrigeration and Air
20BT60315
Conditioning
6. Inter disciplinary Elective-1
Artificial Intelligence and
20BT60316
Robotics
20BT60317 Automotive Electronics
Industrial Automation and
20BT60318
Control Systems
3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
7. Machinery Fault Diagnosis and
20BT60319
Signal Processing
Non-Conventional Energy
20BT60320
Sources
Programmable logic controller in
20BT60321
Automation
Computer Aided Design and
8. 20BT60331 - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
Manufacturing Lab
9. 20BT60332 Heat Transfer Lab - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
10. 20BT60333 Simulation and Analysis Lab 1 2 3 2 30 70 100
Total 23 270 630 900
11. 20BT5MC01 Professional Ethics 2 - - 2 - 30 - 30
34
IV B.Tech I–Semester
Contact Scheme of
S. Course Credits
No. Code (C)
Int. Ext. Total
L T P Total
Marks Marks Marks
Principles of Business
1. 20BT5HS02 Economics and 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Accountancy
2. 20BT70301 Operations Management 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Computational Fluid
20BT70302
Dynamics
20BT70303 Finite Element Method
3. Material Processing 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
20BT70304
Techniques
20BT70305 Power Plant Engineering
20BT70306 Supply Chain Management
20BT70307 Sustainable Manufacturing
20BT70308 Cryogenics
Design of Automotive
20BT70309
components
4. Hybrid and Electric 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
20BT70310
Vehicles
20BT70311 Project Management
20BT70312 Rapid Prototyping
20BT70313 Surface Engineering
Inter disciplinary Elective-2
Microelectromechanical
20BT60410
Systems
20BT70314 Hydraulics and Pneumatics
Industrial Internet of
20BT70315
Things
5. 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Instrumentation and
20BT70316
Control systems
20BT70317 Mechatronics
Soft Computing
20BT70318 Techniques in Mechanical
Engineering
Industrial Automation and
6. 20BT70331 - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
Robotics Lab
Manufacturing systems
7. 20BT70332 and Operations - - 3 3 1.5 30 70 100
Management Lab
Heating, Ventilation and
8. 20BT70333 1 2 3 2 30 70 100
Air Conditioning Lab
9. 20BT70334 Summer Internship-II 1.5 - 100 100
Total 21.5 240 660 900
10. 20BT703AC 3D Printing and Design 2 - - 2 - - - -
35
IV B.Tech II–Semester
Contact Periods Scheme of Examination

S. per Week Credits Max. Marks
Course Code Course Title
No. (C) Int. Ext. Total
L T P Total
Marks Marks Marks
1. 20BT80331 Project Work - - - - 12 100 100 200
2. 20BT80332 Internship - - - - - - - -
Total - - - - 12 100 100 200
LIST OF COURSES FOR

OPEN ELECTIVE–1 AND OPEN ELECTIVE-2
Course Course
Open Elective -1 Open Elective -2
Code Code
20BT4BS01 Material Science 20BT4HS01 Banking and Insurance
Business Communication and Cost Accounting and Financial
20BT4HS02 20BT4HS03
Career Skills Management
Entrepreneurship for Micro, Small
20BT4HS04 20BT4HS05 Gender and Environment
and Medium Enterprises
20BT4HS06 German Language 20BT4HS07 Indian Economy
20BT4HS08 Indian History 20BT4HS09 Life Skills
20BT4HS10 Personality Development 20BT4HS11 Indian Tradition and Culture
20BT4HS12 Women Empowerment 20BT4HS13 Constitution of India
20BT40205 Reliability and Safety Engineering 20BT50106 Disaster Mitigation and Management
20BT40105 Environmental Pollution and Control 20BT50107 Sustainable Engineering
Planning for Sustainable
20BT40106 20BT50108 Contract Laws and Regulations
Development
20BT40107 Rural Technology 20BT50310 Global Strategy and Technology
20BT40305 Human Resource Management 20BT50311 Management Science
20BT50506 Ethical Hacking 20BT40502 Cyber Laws and Security
20BT51205 AI in Healthcare 20BT50206 Intellectual Property Rights
20BT51501 Bioinformatics 20BT50406 Green Technologies
36
I B. Tech. - I Semester
(20BT1BS01) DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS
(Common to All Branches)
Int. Marks Ext. Marks Total Marks L T P C

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE REQUISITE: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Ordinary Differential Equations; Partial Differential Equations; Multivariable Calculus
(Differentiation); Multivariable Calculus (Integration); Multivariable Calculus (Vector
Calculus).
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
CO1. Solve the higher order linear differential equations and identify solutions by analytical
methods related to various engineering problems involving electrical circuits.
CO2. Formulate and solve partial differential equations for engineering problems.
CO3. Determine maxima and minima of functions of two variables and analyze their
behaviour at extreme values.
CO4. Evaluate and apply multiple integrals to determine areas of plane curves.
CO5. Identify solenoidal and irrotational vector fields and apply vector integral theorems in
evaluating areas and volumes.
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I: ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (9 Periods)

Ordinary Differential Equation: Order and Degree of Differential Equation; Second and
higher order linear differential equations with constant coefficients: Non-Homogeneous
equations with R.H.S terms of the type e , sin ax , cos ax , polynomials in x ,
ax
eaxV ( x) and xV ( x) ; method of variation of parameters; Equations reducible to linear

differential equations with constant coefficients: Cauchy‟s homogeneous and Legendre‟s
linear equations; Applications to L-C-R Circuit problems.
UNIT II: PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (9 Periods)
Formation of PDE, solutions of first order linear PDEs, Solution to homogenous and non-
homogenous linear partial differential equations of second and higher order by
complimentary function and particular integral method, method of Separation of variables in
Cartesian coordinates.
UNIT III: MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS (DIFFERENTIATION) (9 Periods)
Partial derivatives, Chain rule, Total derivative, Jacobian, Maxima and Minima of functions of
two variables, Lagrange‟s method of undetermined multipliers.
37
UNIT IV: MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS (INTEGRATION) (9 Periods)
Evaluation of Double integrals (Cartesian and polar coordinates), Change of order of
integration (Cartesian form only); Evaluation of Triple integrals; Change of variables: double
integration from Cartesian to polar coordinates, Triple integration from Cartesian to
spherical polar coordinates; Areas enclosed by plane curves.
UNIT V: MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS (VECTOR CALCULUS) (9 Periods)
Vector Differentiation: Scalar and Vector fields: Gradient of a scalar field, directional
derivative, divergence of a vector field, solenoidal vector, curl of a vector field, irrotational
vector, Laplacian operator. Vector Integration: Line integral - circulation-work done,
Surface integral and Volume integral; Vector integral theorems: Theorems of Green, Gauss
and Stokes (without proofs)-Problems related to theorems.
Total Periods: 45
Topics for self-study are provided in the lesson plan
TEXTBOOKS:
1. T. K. V. Iyengar, B. Krishna Gandhi, S. Ranganatham and M. V. S. S. N. Prasad,

Engineering Mathematics, vol-1, S. Chand and Company, 13th edition, 2014.
2. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna publishers, 44th edition,
2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Dennis G. Zill and Warren S. Wright, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jones and
Bartlett, 6th edition, 2011.
2. R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Alpha Science
International Ltd., 6th edition, 2017.
3. Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons, 9 th edition,
2006.
38
I B. Tech. – I Semester
(20BT1BS02) ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
(Common to CE, ME, CSE, CSSE, IT, CSE(IOT), CS&D and CSE(CS))

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE REQUISITE: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Water Treatment; Atomic Structure and Bonding Theories; Electrochemistry and
Applications; Corrosion; Instrumental Methods and Applications; Fuel chemistry and
Lubricants.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze and solve problems associated with hardness of water, boiler troubles and
address the societal, health and safety issues related to quality of water.
CO2. Apply the basic knowledge of quantum mechanical approach to atomic structure and
bonding theories to identify shapes of different molecules.
CO3. Apply the basic knowledge of corrosion phenomenon to identify solutions for control
of corrosion and demonstrate competency in the basic concepts of electrochemical
cells.
CO4. Demonstrate the basic knowledge of instrumental methods and their applications in
the structural analysis of materials.
CO5. Apply the basic knowledge of fuel chemistry and lubricants to identify the quality of
fuels and lubricants.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: WATER TREATMENT (10 periods)
Introduction, types of water, Impurities in water and their consequences. Hardness of
water, units of hardness, disadvantages of hardness, measurement of hardness by EDTA
method, numerical problems on measurement of hardness of water; Boiler troubles;
softening of water– Ion exchange process, zeolite process, desalination of brackish water by
reverse osmosis, specifications of potable water as per WHO and BIS standards. Fluoride in
ground water: Effects on human health, defluoridation method – Nalgonda method; merits
and demerits of various defluoridation methods.
UNIT II: ATOMIC STRUCTURE AND BONDING THEORIES (9 periods)
Quantum-mechanical model of atom, Schrodinger wave equation, significance of Ψ and Ψ2 ,
applications to particle in a box; Molecular orbital theory – bonding in homo and hetero
nuclear diatomic molecules – energy level diagrams of N2, O2, NO and CO; Π-molecular
orbitals of butadiene and benzene; VSEPR theory and molecular shapes.
39
UNIT III: ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND APPLICATIONS (9 periods)
Introduction, Electrode potential, Nernst equation, reference electrode-Calomel electrode,
electrochemical cell; Battery– Leclanche cell, lithium ion batteries; Fuel cells- Hydrogen-
oxygen fuel cell, Solid-oxide fuel cell.
Corrosion: Introduction, Definition, types of corrosion- wet (galvanic corrosion,
concentration cell corrosion) and dry corrosion, Factors influencing corrosion, control of
corrosion- sacrificial anodic protection, Impressed current cathodic protection, electroplating
method (Nickel).
UNIT IV: INSTRUMENTAL METHODS AND APPLICATIONS (9 periods)
Introduction to spectroscopy–types of energy present in molecules, types of spectra, UV-Vis
spectroscopy – principle (Beer-lamberts Law), types of electronic transitions, chromophore,
auxochrome, Bathochromic shift, Hypsochromic shift, Instrumentation of UV-Vis
spectrophotometer, applications; Infrared spectroscopy – principle, types of vibrational
modes, group frequencies, Instrumentation of IR spectrophotometer, applications; principle
and applications of physicochemical methods (SEM, TEM, X-ray diffraction).
UNIT V: FUEL CHEMISTRY AND LUBRICANTS (8 Periods)
Fuel chemistry: Types of fuels, calorific value, numerical problems based on calorific
value; Liquid fuels - cracking of oils (Thermal and Fixed-bed catalytic cracking), knocking
and anti-knock agents, Octane and Cetane values, Synthetic petrol: Fischer-Tropsch method
and Bergius process.
Lubricants: Definition, functions of lubricants, mechanism of lubrication, classification of
lubricants and their applications, properties of lubricants – viscosity and viscosity index ,
flash and fire points, cloud and pour points, Aniline points, neutralization number and
mechanical strength.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. P. C. Jain & Monika Jain, Engineering Chemistry, DhanpatRai Publishing Company (P)
Ltd, New Delhi, 16th edition, 2013.
2. K.N. Jayaveera, G.V. Subba Reddy and C. Ramachandriah, Engineering
Chemistry,Mc.Graw Hill Publishers, New Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. J. D. Lee, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford University Press, 5th edition 2010.
2. Skoog and West, Principles of Instrumental Analysis, Thomson, 6th edition, 2007.
3. Peter Atkins, Julio de Paula and James Keelar, Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, Oxford
University Press, 10th edition, 2010.
40
(20BT10201) BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
(Common to ME, EEE, ECE, EIE, CSE, CSSE, IT, CSE(AI), CSE(DS), CSE(AI&ML), CSE(IOT),
CS&D and CSE(CS))

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Principles of Electrical Systems; AC & DC Machines; Semiconductor Devices and Op-Amps.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze electrical circuits by applying the conceptual knowledge of circuit concepts.
CO2. Demonstrate knowledge on various generation technologies, protection devices,
safety procedures and BEE standards.
CO3. Demonstrate knowledge on characteristics and applications of transformers and AC
machines.
CO4. Demonstrate knowledge on characteristics and applications of diode, BJT and Op-
amps.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS-I (9 Periods)

Basic electrical sources: DC-Battery, AC sources–Single loop generator; Single phase and
three phase supply; Electrical circuit elements (R, L and C), Ohm‟s law, Kirchhoff‟s laws,
Representation of sinusoidal waveforms, peak and RMS values, phasor representation,
reactive power, apparent power, real power, energy and power factor.
UNIT II: PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS-II (9 Periods)
Significance of Power factor and power factor correction, most economical power factor.
Typical layout of electrical grid; Typical layout and operation of Hydro, Thermal and Solar
Power Plants; Fuse, circuit breaker (MCB, MCCB, RCCB, ELCB), relay (elementary
treatment); Inverter and UPS. Energy Efficiency (Star rating) standards by BEE.
UNIT III: TRANSFORMERS AND MACHINES (10 Periods)
Construction and working of a single phase transformer, EMF Equation; Construction,
working and applications of Permanent Magnet DC Motor, Brushless DC Motor, three phase
induction motor; construction, working and applications of stepper motor, resistor start &
capacitor start and run single phase induction motor.
UNIT IV: SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES (9 Periods)
PN Junction diode, Characteristics, applications - half wave and full wave rectifier. Zener
diode, characteristics, application – Regulator. BJT - operation, configurations,
characteristics.
41
UNIT V: OP-AMPS (8 Periods)
Operational Amplifier: Block diagram of Op-Amp, equivalent circuit, Op-Amp AC and DC
Characteristics, Inverting and Non-Inverting modes. Applications - Adder, Comparator,
Integrator and Differentiator.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Ashfaq Hussain, Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering, Dhanpatrai & Co. (P) Ltd.,
3rd edition, New Delhi, 2009.
2. R. L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Electronics Devices and Circuits, PHI,
11th edition, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. M.S. Naidu, S. Kamakshaiah, Introduction to Electrical Engineering,Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, New Delhi, 2007.
2. D. Roy Chowdhury, Linear Integrated Circuits, New Age International Pvt. Ltd.,
4th edition, 2011.
42
(20BT10301) MATERIAL SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Engineering Chemistry
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Materials Structure and Constitution of Alloys; Heat treatment of steels; Properties of
ferrous materials and its alloys; Properties of non-ferrous materials and its alloys;
Properties and applications of Ceramics, Polymers and Composite materials.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1. Analyze the structural, constitutional characteristics of alloys and calculate atomic
packing factor of different structures.
CO2. Analyze the properties of materials and enhance the same through heat treatment
processes.
CO3. Demonstrate knowledge of ferrous materials and its alloys for engineering
applications.
CO4. Demonstrate knowledge of Non-ferrous materials and its alloys for engineering
applications.
CO5. Demonstrate knowledge of Ceramics, Polymers, and Composite materials for suitable
engineering applications.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: MATERIALS STRUCTURE AND CONSTITUTION OF ALLOYS (10 periods)
Materials Structure: Space lattice, Unit cells and Metallic crystal structures (SC, BCC, FCC
and HCP), Crystal defects: Point, Line, Interstitial and Volume, Primary and secondary
bonding in materials.
Constitution of Alloys: Necessity of Alloying, Gibbs's phase and Hume Rothery rule, Iron-
Iron-carbide diagram and its microstructural aspects.
UNIT II: HEAT TREATMENT OF STEELS (9 periods)
Annealing, Normalizing, Tempering, Carburization and Hardening- Austempering,
Martempering, Carburizing, Nitriding, Cyaniding, Carbo-Nitriding, Flame and Induction
Hardening, Vacuum and Plasma Hardening, Time-Temperature-Transformation Diagrams
and Continuous Cooling Transformation Diagrams.
UNIT III: FERROUS MATERIALS AND ALLOYS (9 periods)
Steels: Structure, properties, classifications and applications of plain steels, Specifications
of steels, Structure, properties, classifications and applications of low alloy steels, Hadfield
manganese steels, Stainless steel and Tool steels.
Cast iron: Structure, properties and applications of Gray cast iron, White cast iron,
Malleable cast iron, Nodular cast iron and Alloy cast iron.
43
UNIT IV: NON-FERROUS MATERIALS AND ALLOYS (6 periods)
Structure, properties and applications of Copper and its alloys, Aluminium and its alloys,
Titanium and its alloys, Nickel and its alloys, Magnesium and its alloys, Refractory and
Precious metals.
UNIT V: CERAMICS, POLYMERS AND COMPOSITES MATERIALS (11 periods)
Ceramics: Classifications, Properties and Applications, Glass-ceramics, Polymers:
Classification, Properties and Applications, Polymerization Reaction, Composites:
Classifications, Properties and Applications of Polymer matrix composites, Ceramic matrix
composites, Metal matrix composites and Nanocomposites.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. V. Raghavan, Materials Science & Engineering, Prentice Hall of India, 5 th edition,

2004.
2. R. Balasubramaniam, Callister‟s Materials Science & Engineering, John Wiley and
sons, 2nd edition, 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Sidney H. Avner, Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, Tata McGraw Hill, 2 nd edition,

1997.
2. George E Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, Tata McGraw Hill, 3 rd edition, 2013.
3. Kodigre V D, Material Science and Metallurgy, Everest Publishing House, 31st edition,
2011.
44
I B.Tech. - I Semester
(20BT1BS31) ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
(Common to CE, ME, CSE, CSSE, IT, CSE(IOT), CS&D and CSE(CS))

30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE REQUISITE: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Estimation of hardness ground water sample, alkalinity, dissolved oxygen of water samples,
Iron, residual chlorine in drinking water and Strength of an acid in Pb-Acid battery by
volumetric methods; Instrumental methods like conductivity meter, potentiometer, PH
meter and colorimeter; Measurement of viscosity of lubricants; and Determination of the
influence of pH on metallic corrosion.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Apply analytical skills for the quantitative estimation of materials through volumetric
methods of analysis and address the societal, health issues related to quality of
water.
CO2. Develop analytical skills for the quantitative estimation of materials through
instrumental methods of analysis.
CO3. Work independently and in teams to solve problems with effective communication.
List of Experiments
A minimum of any Ten experiments are to be conducted among the following:
1. Determination of hardness of ground water sample
2. Determination of alkalinity of Water sample
3. Estimation of Dissolved Oxygen in water by Winkler‟s method.
4. Estimation Fe (II) by Dichrometry
5. Estimation of residual chlorine in drinking water
6. Conductometric titration of strong acid Vs strong base
7. Estimation of Ferrous ion by Potentiometry
8. Determination of percentage of Iron in Cement sample by colorimetry
9. Determination of strength of acid by pH metric method
10. Determination of Viscosity of liquids by Ostwald‟s viscometer
11. Determination of Strength of an acid in Pb-Acid battery
12. Determination of the influence of pH on metallic corrosion
45
TEXTBOOK:
1. Engineering Chemistry lab Manual (SVEC-20)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. K. Mukkanti, Practical Engineering Chemistry, BS Publications, 2013.
2. K.N. Jayaveera, K.B. Chandra Sekhar, Chemistry laboratory manual, S.M.
Enterprises Limited, 2013.
46
(20BT10331) COMPUTER AIDED ENGINEERING DRAWING
(Common to CE, ME, EEE, ECE, EIE, CSE(IOT) and CS&D)

30 70 100 - 1 4 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Engineering drawing conventions; Importance of engineering drawing; fundamental
concepts of sketching; computer aided drafting and different types of projections of
geometric entities (both 2D and 3D) through computer aided drafting packages.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Apply the principles of engineering drawing, Methods and CAD tools to draw the
Geometries, Curves and Orthographic projections used to communicate in
engineering field.
CO2: Develop lateral surfaces of solids and draw Isometric views of given objects for
engineering communication using principles of engineering drawing and CAD tools.
CO3: Work independently or in teams to solve problems with effective communication
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND DESIGN
Principles, significance -Conventions in drawing-lettering - BIS conventions-Dimensioning
principles and conventional representations.
Exercises:
1. Practice exercise on Basic Lettering and Dimensioning
2. Practice exercise on Conventional representations
Introduction to AutoCAD: Basic drawing and editing commands: line, circle, rectangle,
erase, view, undo, redo, snap, object editing, moving, copying, rotating, scaling, mirroring,
layers, templates, polylines, trimming, extending, stretching, fillets, arrays, dimensions.
Exercises:
3. Practice exercise using basic drawing commands
4. Practice exercise using editing commands
CONICS, CURVES, PROJECTION OF POINTS, LINES AND PLANES

Conics & Special Curves: Conic sections including the rectangular hyperbola- eccentricity
method only; Cycloid, Epicycloid and Hypocycloid, Involutes.
47
Exercises:
5. Practice exercises on Ellipse, Parabola, Hyperbola and Rectangular Hyperbola
6. Practice exercises on Cycloid, Epicycloid, Hypocycloid and Involutes
PROJECTION OF POINTS, LINES AND PLANES

Projection of points in any quadrant, lines inclined to one or both planes, finding true
lengths, angle made by line, Projections of regular plane surfaces.
Exercises:
7. Practice exercises on Projection of points
8. Practice exercises on projection of lines inclined to one plane
9. Practice exercises on projection of lines inclined to both planes
10. Practice exercises on Projections of regular plane surfaces
PROJECTION OF SOLIDS AND SECTION OF SOLIDS

Projection of solids: Projection of regular solids inclined to one plane.
Sections of solids: Section planes and sectional view of right regular solids- prism,
cylinder, pyramid and cone, True shapes of the sections.
Exercises:
11. Practice exercises on Projections of regular solids
12. Practice exercises on Sections of solids
DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES
Development of surfaces: Development of surfaces of right regular solids-prism, cylinder,
pyramid, cone and their sectional parts.
Exercises:
13. Practice exercises on Development of surfaces of right regular solids
ORTHOGRAPHIC AND ISOMETRIC PROJECTIONS

Orthographic Projections: Systems of projections, conventions and application to
orthographic projections.
Isometric Projections: Principles of isometric projection- Isometric scale; Isometric views:
lines, planes, simple solids.
Exercises:
14. Practice exercises on Orthographic Projections
15. Practice exercises on Isometric Projections
48
TEXTBOOKS:
1. D. M. Kulkarni, A. P. Rastogi, A. K. Sarkar, Engineering Graphics with AutoCAD, PHI
Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, Revised edition, 2010.
2. N. D. Bhatt and V. M. Panchal, Engineering Drawing, Charotar Publishing House,
Gujarat, 51st edition, 2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS/LABORATORY MANUALS:

1. Sham Tickoo, AutoCAD 2013 for Engineers and Designers, Dreamtech Press, 2013.
2. M. H. Annaiah & Rajashekar Patil, Computer Aided Engineering Drawing, New Age
International Publishers, 4th edition, 2012.
49
(20BT10332) ENGINEERING WORKSHOP

30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Knowledge on various workshop hand and power tools; hands on
experience in different manufacturing trades such as fitting, carpentry, sheet metal forming
and foundry; Demonstration on dismantling and assembling of various two wheeler parts,
power tools in machining and metal joining, basics of plumbing and working of 3D printer.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Design and model various basic prototypes in the trade of fitting such as square/half
round mating, V- mating and dovetail mating from the given MS workpieces using
fitting tools.
CO2: Develop different prototypes in the carpentry trade such as cross lap joint, dovetail /
bridle joints and Mortise and Tenon joint using carpentry tools.
CO3: Design and model different prototypes in the sheet metal forming trade such as
rectangular tray, square vessel/cylinder, Funnel as per the dimensions using sheet
metal forming tools.
CO4: Develop sand mold using single piece pattern and split piece pattern in the foundry
trade using foundry tools.
CO5: Develop electric circuits for series and stair case connections.
CO6: Demonstrate the knowledge on power tools, plumbing operation, 3D printing
technology involved in different engineering applications.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
FITTING: Conduct a detailed study on various aspects in fitting trade which includes the
details of fitting operations, safety precautions, types of tools, tool holders, miscellaneous
tools, care and maintenance of hand tools, marking and measurement tool, and finishing
tool.
Exercises :
1. Make a square/half round mating from the given MS workpieces
2. Make a V- mating from the given MS workpieces
CARPENTRY: Conduct a detailed study on various aspects in carpentry trade which includes
the details of types of wood, carpentry tools, wood working techniques, types of joints,
safety precautions, and care and maintenance of tools.
50
Exercises:
3. Prepare a cross lap joint
4. Prepare dovetail / bridle joints
SHEET METAL FORMING: Conduct a detailed study on various aspects in sheet metal
forming which includes the details of sheet materials, hand tools, sheet
metal fabrication, and safety and precautions
Exercises:
5. Fabricate a rectangular tray as per the dimensions
6. Fabricate square vessel/cylinder as per the dimensions
FOUNDRY: Conduct a detailed study on various aspects in foundry which includes the
details of moulding sand, properties of moulding sand, types of patterns and pattern,
materials, foundry tools, and safety and precautions
Exercises:
7. Prepare a sand mold, using the given single piece pattern (stepped
pulley/cube)
8. Prepare a sand mold, using the given split piece pattern (pipe bent/dumbbell)
ELECTRICAL WIRING: Prepare electrical wiring with associated devices such as switches,
distribution boards, sockets, and light fittings in a structure considering safety standards for
design and installation.
Exercises:
9. Prepare electrical circuits with Series.
10. Prepare electrical circuits with Stair case connections.
DEMONSTRATION:
11. Demonstrate the usage of power tools.
12. Demonstrate the plumbing operation and identify the essential tool and
materials required for plumbing.
13. Demonstrate the working of 3D printer
Note: Student shall perform any Twelve Exercises
51
1. P. Kannaiah and K. L. Narayana, Workshop Manual, SciTech Publishers, 2009.
2. K. Venkata Reddy, Workshop Practice Manual, BS Publications, 2008.
3. V. Ramesh Babu, Engineering Workshop Practice, V R B Publishers Private Limited,
2009.
ADDITIONAL LEARNING RESOURCES:

1. R. K. Jain, Production Technology, Khanna Publishers, 17th edition, 2012.
2. Kalpakjian, Serope, Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, Pearson Education,
7th edition, 2014.
52
(20BT10333) MATERIAL SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING LAB

30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES:
Intermediate Physics, Intermediate Chemistry
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Characterization of microstructures of steels, cast irons and non-ferrous metals; heat
treatment procedures; data acquisition and recording; grain size analysis; phase
segmentation; non-destructive tests.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze metallographic study of various metals using tools & software.
CO2. Determine the mechanical properties of heat treated materials using tools &
equipment.
CO3. Apply non-destructive methods to identify and analyze the metal defects.
CO4. Work individually or in a team to solve problems with effective communication.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
(Note: Student shall perform minimum of Twelve experiments.)
1. Study of metallurgical instruments & microscope
2. a) Preparation of specimen using cold setting die
b) Preparation of specimen using hydraulic press
3. Preparation and study of the microstructure of cast irons
4. Preparation and study of the microstructure of carbon steels
5. Preparation and study of the microstructure of Non-Ferrous Alloys
6. Study of the microstructures of heat treated steels
7. Measurement of hardness of heat treated and untreated steels
8. Determination of hardenability of steel by Jominey End Quench Test
9. Determination of grain size, and phase distribution of specimens (any four
materials) by Material Plus software
10. Experiment on Ultrasonic flaw detection
11. Experiment on Magnetic particle inspection
12. Experiment on Die-penetration
13. Study on Eddy current testing
REFERENCE BOOKS / LAB MANUALS:
1. Material Science and Engineering Lab Manual (SVEC-20)
53
I B.Tech. - I Semester
(20BT1HSAC) SPOKEN ENGLISH
(Audit Course)

- - - 2 - - -
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Grammar; Functional English; Paragraph writing; Letter writing and Email writing.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge of grammar and vocabulary in writing effective formal letters
and e-mails.
CO2. Communicate effectively by applying appropriate speaking and writing techniques by
examining and applying functional English.
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I: GRAMMAR (6 periods)

Active voice and Passive voice – Auxiliary modals - Question Forms: Wh-word, Embedded,
Yes/No - Disjunctive/Tags - Spotting Errors
UNIT II: FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH (6 periods)
Vocabulary Building: (Vegetables, groceries, fruits, Parts of human body, relations)
Greetings - Introduction - Self and others - Story telling - Speaking Activities
UNIT III: PARAGRAPH WRITING (6 periods)
Topic sentence - cohesion and coherence - Unity - adequate development - Introduction to
types - Compare-Contrast - Problem & Solution, Cause & Effect, Classification & Illustrative.
UNIT IV: LETTER WRITING (6 periods)
Components of an Effective Letter - Communication in everyday life - Personal
Correspondence, Internal Communication - Career and Employment Letters
UNIT V: EMAIL WRITING (6 periods)
Do‟s & Don‟ts - Tips for email effectiveness - Email Jargon - Sample Emails
Total Periods: 30
54
TEXTBOOKS:
1. L. Adinarayana and V. Prakasam, Spoken English, Neelkamal Publications Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2008
2. Ram Bhasker Raju, The Complete Book on Spoken English, Goutham Buddha
Publications, Hyderabad, 2002.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1. Sabina Pillai, Spoken English for my World, Oxford University Press, New Delhi,
2016.
2. K. R. Lakshminarayanan, Speak in English, Scitech Publications, Chennai, 2009.
ADDITIONAL LEARNING RESOURCES

 https://www.britishcouncil.in/programmes/english-
partnerships/state/skillsprojects/AP-English-Skills.
 https://www.fluentu.com/blog/english/websites-to-learn-english/
55
I B. Tech. - II semester
(20BT2BS01) TRANSFORMATION TECHNIQUES AND LINEAR ALGEBRA
(Common to All Branches)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITE: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Fourier Series and Fourier Transforms; Laplace Transforms; Inverse Laplace Transforms;
Linear Algebra-I (Matrices); Linear Algebra-II (Vector Spaces).
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Construct the Fourier series for periodic functions and demonstrate the use of Fourier
series and Fourier transform to connect the frequency and time domain systems.
CO2. Solve initial and boundary value problems in engineering fields through Laplace
Transform techniques.
CO3. Apply the matrix theory in solving system of linear equations and determine the
Eigen values and Eigen vectors.
CO4. Demonstrate the knowledge of Linear Transformations to intelligent systems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: FOURIER SERIES AND FOURIER TRANSFORMS (9 Periods)

Fourier series: Determination of Fourier coefficients, Euler‟s formulae, convergence of
Fourier series (Dirichlet‟s conditions), Fourier series in (0,2 ), ( ,  ) ; Fourier series of even
and odd functions; Half-range Fourier sine and cosine expansions in (0,  ) ; Fourier integral
theorem (statement only), Fourier sine and cosine integrals; Fourier transforms, Fourier
sine and cosine transforms, Inverse Fourier transforms.
UNIT II: LAPLACE TRANSFORMS (9 Periods)
Definition of Laplace transforms, existence conditions, Laplace transforms of standard
functions, Properties of Laplace transforms (without proofs), Laplace transforms of
derivatives, Laplace transforms of integrals, multiplication by t n , division by t , Laplace
transforms of periodic functions, Laplace transforms of unit step function and unit impulse
function.
UNIT III: INVERSE LAPLACE TRANSFORMS (9 Periods)
Inverse Laplace transforms by different methods; Convolution theorem (without proof),
inverse Laplace transforms by convolution theorem; Applications of Laplace transforms to
ordinary differential equations of first and second order with constant coefficients.
UNIT- IV: LINEAR ALGEBRA-I (MATRICES) (9 Periods)
Rank of a matrix: echelon form; Linear systems of equations: solving system of
Homogeneous and Non-Homogeneous equations; Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a
56
matrix and properties (without proofs), Diagonalization of a matrix by orthogonal
transformation.
UNIT- V: LINEAR ALGEBRA-II (VECTOR SPACES) (9 Periods)
Vector spaces, Linear dependence and independence of vectors, basis, dimension, Linear
transformations (maps), range and kernel of a linear map, rank and nullity, inverse of a
linear transformation, rank-nullity theorem (without proof).
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
Engineering Mathematics-II, S. Chand & Company, 10th edition, 2016.
2. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna publishers, 44th edition,
2017.
3. David Poole, Linear Algebra: A Modern Introduction, Brooks/Cole, 2nd edition, 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. B. V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw hill, 1 st edition, 2017.
2. V. Krishna Murthy, Mainra and Arora: An Introduction to Linear Algebra, Affiliated
East-West Press, 1993.
57
I B. Tech. – II Semester
(20BT1BS04) APPLIED PHYSICS

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Fiber optics; Acoustics; Ultrasonics; Kinematics; Kinetics; Thermal Physics and Modern
Engineering Materials.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Understand the electromagnetic wave propagation in various types of Optical
Fibers.
CO2. Apply the basic knowledge of acoustics and ultrasonics to provide solutions for
various engineering problems.
CO3. Analyze and solve the problems associated with kinetics and kinematics.
CO4. Acquire the basic knowledge in several heat transfer mechanisms and heat
conduction through the compound media.
CO5. Demonstrate the knowledge on characteristics and applications of modern
engineering materials.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: FIBER OPTICS (8 periods)
Introduction, structure of an optical fiber, total internal reflection, acceptance angle,
acceptance cone and numerical aperture, modes of propagation, classification of optical
fibers, V-number (qualitative), fabrication of optical fiber by double crucible technique,
applications of optical fibers, sensors (temperature, displacement, liquid level detector).
UNIT II: ACOUSTICS AND ULTRASONICS (9 periods)
Acoustics - Introduction, classification of sound, sound intensity level (decibel),
reverberation, reverberation time, Sabine‟s formula (qualitative), absorption coefficient and
its determination, , factors affecting acoustics and their remedies, basic requirements of an
acoustically good hall.
Ultrasonics - Introduction to ultrasonic waves, production of ultrasonic waves by
magnetostriction method, piezoelectric method, detection of ultrasonics (qualitative),
industrial applications (ultrasonic welding, ultrasonic soldering and ultrasonic drilling).
UNIT III: KINEMATICS AND KINETICS (10 periods)
Kinematics of particles – Introduction, Rectilinear motion (displacement-time curve,
velocity-time curve, acceleration-time curve), curvilinear motion (velocity and angle of
projection, equation of trajectory path, horizontal range) - inclined projection (equation of
trajectory, maximum height, time of flight of projectile, horizontal range, angle of
projection).
58
Kinetics - Bodies in rectilinear translation, kinetics of bodies rotating about fixed axis,
work, energy, power, work-energy equation for translation.
UNIT IV: THERMAL PHYSICS (8 periods)
Introduction, modes of heat transfer (conduction, convection and radiation), coefficient of
thermal conductivity, rectilinear flow of heat along a uniform bar, thermal conductivity of
bad conductor (Lee‟s disc method), heat conduction through compound media (materials in
series and parallel).
UNIT-V: MODERN ENGINEERING MATERIALS (10 periods)
Metallic glasses - Introduction, preparation of metallic glasses by RF sputtering technique,
properties (structural, thermodynamic, mechanical, electrical, chemical and optical),
applications of metallic glasses.
Shape memory alloys (SMA) – Introduction, shape memory effect and its types,
characteristics of SMA, properties of NiTi alloy, applications of SMA.
Composites - Introduction, types and applications.
Total periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. M. N. Avadhanulu, P. G. Kshirsagar, T. V. S. Arun Murthy, A Textbook of Engineering
Physics, S. Chand Publications, 11th edition, 2019.
2. S. S. Bhavikatti and K. G. Rajashekarappa, Engineering Mechanics, New Age
International Publishers, 2nd edition, 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. B. K. Pandey and S. Chaturvedi, Engineering Physics, Cengage Learning, 2012.
2. Brij Lal and N. Subrahmanyam, Heat and Thermodynamics, S. Chand and Company Ltd.,
1995.
3. William D. Callister, Jr. David, G. Rethwisch, Material Science and Engineering, 9th
Edition, Wiley 2013.
59
I B. Tech. - II Semester
(20BT1HS01) COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to Communication; Active Listening; Effective Speaking; Reading and Technical
Writing.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge of English language, examining and applying the aspects
of Process of communication, Paralinguistic features, Skimming, Scanning, and
Elements of style in writing.
CO2. Analyze the modes and techniques of listening, speaking, reading, writing and
apply them appropriately to communicate effectively with the engineering
community and society.
CO3. Apply reading and writing techniques in preparing documents by examining SQ3R
Technique, Writer‟s Block, and Précis Writing.
CO4. Communicate effectively in Conferences, Symposia, Seminars and in formal and
real time situations by applying appropriate speaking techniques learnt by
examining different communication styles used in similar contexts.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION (9 periods)
Introduction – Language as a Tool of Communication – Communicative Skills (Listening,
Speaking, Reading and Writing) – Effective Communication – Modes of Communication –
Barriers to Communication (classification)
UNIT II - ACTIVE LISTENING (9 periods)
Introduction – Traits of a Good Listener – Listening Modes – Types of Listening – Barriers to
Effective Listening – Listening for General Content and Specific Information
UNIT III: EFFECTIVE SPEAKING (9 periods)
Introduction – Achieving Confidence, Clarity and Fluency – Paralinguistic Features – Barriers
to Speaking – Types of Speaking – Conferences; significance, planning and preparation and
procedure – Symposia and Seminars - Persuasive Speaking
UNIT IV: READING (9 periods)
Introduction – Reading and Interpretation – Intensive and Extensive Reading – Critical
Reading – Techniques for Good Comprehension – SQ3R Reading Technique – Study Skills
60
UNIT V: TECHNICAL WRITING (9 periods)
Introduction – Language – Elements of Style – Techniques for Good Technical Writing –
Paragraphs Construction – Essays: types, Steps to Essay Writing and Checklist – Précis
Writing
Total Periods: 45
Topics for Self-study are provided in the Lesson Plan
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Meenakshi Raman & Sangeetha Sharma, Technical Communication, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Ashraf Rizvi, Effective Technical Communication, McGraw-Hill Education (India) Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2018.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Sanjay Kumar & Pushp Lata, Communication Skills, Oxford University Press, New
Delhi, 2013.
2. Rajendra Pal and J. S. Korlahalli, Essentials of Business Communication, Sultan
Chand and Son, New Delhi, 2010.

1. https://www.skillsyouneed.com/ips/active-listening.html: A useful summary of what
active listening skills are.
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Active_listening: Wikipedia entry about active listening.
3. https://www.forbes.com/sites/womensmedia/2012/11/09/10-steps-to-effective-
listening/#4b27a2503891: Ten steps to Active Listening (by Forbes magazine).
4. https://goo.gl/t1Uqrt: 20 tips for organizing a conference.
5. https://goo.gl/kPMr9u: 10 important issues for speakers at a conference.
6. https://goo/gl/C5bDvv: Wikihow guide to organizing a conference.
61
(20BT20541) PROGRAMMING IN C AND DATA STRUCTURES
(Common to CE, ME, EEE, ECE and EIE)
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
A Course on Basic Mathematics
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Algorithms; Flowcharts; Introduction to C language; Operators and expressions; Input and
output functions; Control statements; Arrays; Strings; Functions; Pointers; User-defined
data types; Linked lists; Overview of data structures; Stack; Queue; Searching algorithms;
Sorting algorithms.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Develop flowcharts, algorithms for given problems.
CO2. Design algorithmic solutions by analyzing programming problems and using
appropriate C language constructs.
CO3. Apply linear data structures such as arrays, linked lists, stacks, queues for
efficient data organization and manipulation.
CO4. Select appropriate techniques for searching and sorting problems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO C PROGRAMMING (8 periods)
Introduction to Algorithms and Flowcharts: What is an algorithm, Different ways of
stating algorithms, Key features of algorithm, What are variables, Subroutines, Flowcharts,
Strategy for designing algorithms, Tracing an algorithm to depict logic, Specification for
converting algorithms into programs.
Basis of C Programming: Introduction, Structure of a C program, Concept of a variable,
Data types in C, Program statement, Declaration, How does the computer store data in
memory, Tokens, Operators and expressions, Expressions revisited, Type conversion in C.
UNIT II - INPUT AND OUTPUT, CONTROL STATEMENTS (9 periods)
Input and Output: Basic screen and keyboard I/O in C, Non-formatted input and output,
Formatted input and output functions.
Control Statements: Specifying test condition for selection and iteration, Writing test
expression, Conditional execution and selection, Iteration and repetitive execution, goto
statement, Special control statements, Nested loops.
UNIT III: ARRAYS AND STRINGS, FUNCTIONS (10 periods)
Arrays and Strings: One-dimensional array – Declaration, Initialization, Manipulation;
Multi-dimensional arrays – Declaration, Initialization, Manipulation; Strings – Declaration,
Initialization, String input/output, Character manipulation, String manipulation; Arrays of
strings – Declaration, Initialization, Manipulation.
62
Functions: Concept of function, Using functions, Call by value mechanism, Working with
functions, Passing arrays to functions, Scope and extent, Storage classes, Recursion.
UNIT IV – POINTERS, USER-DEFINED DATA TYPES, LINKED LISTS (10 periods)
Pointers in C: Understanding memory addresses, Address operator (&), Pointer, Arrays
and pointers, Pointers and strings, Pointer arithmetic, Pointers to pointers, Array of
pointers, Pointers to an array, Two-dimensional arrays and pointers, Dynamic memory
allocation.
User-Defined Data Types: Structures - Declaration, Initialization, Accessing members,
Arrays of structures, Arrays within structure, Structures and pointers, Structures and
functions; Enumeration types.
Linked Lists: Single linked lists – Definition, Representation, Operations, Inserting a node,
Deleting a node; Applications of linked lists, Disadvantages of linked lists, Array versus
linked list revisited.
UNIT V – DATA STRUCTURES (8 periods)
Basic Data Structures: Overview of data structures, Stack – Definition, Array
representation, Implementation of stack operations using arrays; Queue - Definition, Array
representation, Implementation of queue operations using array.
Searching and Sorting: Linear Search, Binary Search, Bubble sort, Selection sort.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Pradip Dey and Manas Ghosh, Programming in C, Oxford University Press, 2018.
2. Debasis Samanta, Classic Data Structures, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Byron S Gottfried and Jitender Kumar Chhabra, Programming with C, 4th Edition,
McGraw Hill Education, 2019.
2. Yashavant Kanetkar, Let Us C, 17th Edition, BPB Publications, 2020.

 E. Balagurusamy, Programming in C, 7th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2014.
 R. G. Dromey, How to Solve it by Computer, Pearson Education, 2007.
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/104/106104128/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/103/106103069/
63
(20BT20301) BASIC ENGINEERING MECHANICS

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: -
Applied Physics
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Statics of Particles and Rigid Bodies; Support Reactions; Analysis of Perfect Frames;
Friction; Centroid, Centre of Gravity and Moment of Inertia; kinetics and Vibrations
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze the equilibrium of forces in static particles, rigid bodies, and effect of
friction by applying the principles of Engineering Mechanics, and solve the
problems..
CO2. Analyze composite areas and bodies to find centroid, centre of gravity and
moment of inertia.
CO3. Apply D‟Alembert‟s Principle for analyzing the kinetics of rigid bodies.
CO4. Apply the basic principles of Simple Harmonic Motion and vibrations to solve
problems in mechanical systems
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT – I: STATICS OF PARTICLES (9 Periods)
Basic concepts, System of units, System of concurrent coplanar forces in plane, Resultant of
forces, Laws of mechanics, Parallelogram and triangular law of forces, Equilibrium of forces,
Lami‟s theorem, Vectorial representation of forces, Vector operations of forces –addition,
subtraction, dot product, cross product of vectors, principle of transmissibility.
UNIT – II: STATICS OF RIGID BODIES (9 Periods)
Moment of a force, Varignon‟s theorem, Moment of a couple, Vectorial representation of
moments and couples, Coplanar non-concurrent forces, Equilibrium of rigid bodies, Types of
supports and loads, Types of frames, Perfect frame analysis, Method of joints, Method of
sections, Principle of virtual work.
UNIT – III: FRICTION (9 Periods)
Frictional force, Types of friction, Laws of friction, Co-efficient of friction, Angle of friction,
Angle of repose, Cone of friction, Applications: Body on horizontal/inclined plane, Two
bodies in contact, Ladder friction, Wedge friction.
UNIT–IV: CENTROID, CENTRE OF GRAVITY AND MOMENT OF INERTIA
(9 Periods)
Centroids of simple and composite areas, centre of gravity of bodies, Theorems of Pappus
and Guldinus, Parallel axis and perpendicular axis theorems, Moment of Inertia of
Composite areas, Radius of gyration – Section modulus, Mass Moment of Inertia of simple
and composite masses.
64
UNIT–V: KINETICS AND MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS (9 Periods)
Kinetics of Rigid Bodies:
Introduction, Problems on D‟Alembert‟s principle, Impulse-momentum equation, Kinetics of
circular motion, Rotation.
Mechanical Vibrations:
Definitions, Concepts – Simple Harmonic Motion – Free vibrations – Simple, compound and
Tortional pendulum – Numerical problems.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. S. S. Bhavikatti and K. G. Rajashekarappa, Engineering Mechanics, New Age

International (P) Ltd., 3rd Edition, 2009.
2. A. K. Tayal, Engineering Mechanics Statics and Dynamics, Umesh Publications, Delhi,
14th edition, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. S. Rajasekaran and G. Sankarasubramanian, Engineering Mechanics – Statics and

Dynamics, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 3rd Edition, 2009.
2. Arthur P. Boresi and Richard J. Schmidt, Engineering Mechanics - Statics and
Dynamics, Cengage Learning, 1st Edition, Indian Edition, 2008.
3. K. Vijaya Kumar Reddy and J. Suresh Kumar, Singer’s Engineering Mechanics -
Statics and Dynamics, BS Publications, 3rd Edition, 2010.
4. S. Timoshenko, D. H. Young and J. V. Rao, Engineering Mechanics, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education Pvt. Ltd., Revised 4th Edition, Special Indian Edition, 2007.
65
(20BT1BS33) APPLIED PHYSICS LAB

30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE REQUISITE: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Determination of acceleration due to gravity using Compound Pendulum; Moment of inertia
of a Flywheel; rectangular body using Bifilar Pendulum; Rigidity Modulus of a wire using
Torsional Pendulum and frequency of electrically vibrating tuning fork; Thermal conductivity
of a bad conductor (Lee‟s disc method); Seebeck Effect using Thermocouple; Verification of
Newton's Law of Cooling for any two liquids; Characteristics of Optical fiber; Experimental
determination of carrier concentration and energy gap of a material by varying
temperatures and Determination of spring constant of springs using Coupled Oscillator.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the experimental procedures to compute the frequency of a tuning
fork, hall coefficient, energy gap, moment of inertia, rigidity modulus and thermal
conductivity of materials.
CO2. Apply skills to plot various characteristic curves of an optical Fiber and also
determine thermal conductivity, thermo emf and energy gap.
CO3. Work independently and in teams to solve problems with effective communication.
List of Experiments:
A minimum of Ten experiments are to be conducted among the following:
1. Determination of moment of inertia of a bar and acceleration due to gravity -
Compound Pendulum.
2. Moment of inertia of a Flywheel.
3. Bifilar Pendulum - Moment of inertia of a rectangular body.
4. Melde‟s Experiment – Determine the frequency of electrically driven tuning fork.
5. Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor (Lee‟s disc method).
6. Estimate the acceptance angle of an optical fiber.
7. Verification of Newton's Law of Cooling for any two liquids.
8. Determination of number of charge carriers per unit volume and hall coefficients of a
given material using Hall Effect.
9. Rigidity Modulus of a material of a wire - Torsional Pendulum
10. Thermocouple - Seebeck Effect.
11. Determine the energy gap of a material by varying temperatures.
12. Determination of spring constant of springs using Coupled Oscillator.
66
TEXTBOOK:
1. Applied Physics Lab Manuel (SVEC-20)
REFERENCES:
1. Balasubramanian S, Srinivasan M.N and Ranganathan, A Textbook of Practical
Physics, R. Sultan Chand & Sons, 2017.
2. https://vlab.amrita.edu/index.php?sub=1&brch=194&sim=354&cnt=1
67
I B.Tech. - II Semester
(20BT1HS31) COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH LAB

30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE REQUISITE: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Just a Minute, Elocution/Impromptu; Phonetics; Vocabulary Building; Grammar; Giving
Directions; Role Plays; Public Speaking; Letter Writing; Describing Objects; Listening
Comprehension; Information Transfer and Reading Comprehension.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge of Phonetics by examining and applying sounds of
English through Phonetics.
CO2. Analyze sentence structures by applying and demonstrating knowledge of
Vocabulary and Grammar.
CO3. Apply appropriate listening and reading skills by analyzing the context, and
demonstrate through listening comprehension and reading comprehension.
CO4. Function effectively as an individual and as a member in diverse teams examining
and applying speaking skills in Just A Minute and Role Play.
CO5. Communicate effectively applying appropriate writing and speaking techniques by
examining and demonstrating knowledge through Describing Objects,
Information Transfer and Letter Writing in formal and real time situations.
*First ten exercises are mandatory among the following:
List of Exercises:
1. Just a Minute, Elocution/Impromptu
Steps to be followed – Useful tips – Dos & Don‟ts – Preparation – Examples
2. Phonetics
Sounds of English – Consonants – Vowels – Speech Organs – Phonetic Transcription –
Word Accent – Basics of Intonation
3. Vocabulary Building
Prefixes & Suffixes – Synonyms & Antonyms – Phrasal verbs – Idioms – One word
substitutes – Words often confused
4. Grammar
Tenses –Nouns – Word order and error correction
5. Giving Directions
Useful phrases – Sample conversations - Exercises
68
6. Role Plays
Useful tips – Dos & Don‟ts – Exercises – Role Plays for practice
7. Public Speaking
Stage presence – Voice control – Body Language – Rehearsals – Audience – Delivery -
Dos & Don‟ts – Project Submission
8. Letter Writing
Introduction – Objective – Formats – Types – Exercises
9. Describing Objects
Jargon – Useful Phrases – Do‟s & Don‟ts – Exercises
10. Listening Comprehension
Introduction – Types of listening – Practice – Benefits of listening – Exercises
11. Information Transfer
Tables – Pie Charts – Venn Diagrams – Graphs – Flow Charts – Steps to be followed –
Exercises
12. Reading Comprehension
Introduction – Types of reading – Inferring – Critical analysis – Exercises
TEXTBOOK:
1. Communicative English Lab, SVEC
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. D. Sudha Rani, A Manual for English Language Laboratories, Pearson, Noida, 2010.
2. Nira Kumar, English Language Laboratories, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.
SUGGESTED SOFTWARES:
1. SoftX
2. Speech Solutions
3. English Pronunciation Dictionary by Daniel Jones
4. Learning to Speak English 8.1, The Learning Company – 4 CDs.
5. Mastering English: Grammar, Punctuation and Composition.
6. English in Mind, Herbert Puchta and Jeff Stranks with Meredith Levy, Cambridge.
7. Dorling Kindersley Series of Grammar.
8. Language in Use 1, 2 & 3
9. Cambridge Advanced Learner's Dictionary - 3rd Edition
10. Centronix – Phonetics
11. Let‟s Talk English, Regional Institute of English South India.
69
1. https://goo.gl/IjE45p: Amazon India site – with thousands of different product
descriptions
2. https://goo.gl/3ozeO6: 15 ways to calm your nerves before giving a presentation.
3. https://goo.gl/p20ttk: useful site for more language about introducing yourself.
4. https://goo.glsvMHZ1: information and advice about describing line graphs
5. https://goo.gl/NqFJuc: an informative presentation about using line graphs
70
(20BT20551) PROGRAMMING IN C AND DATA STRUCTURES LAB
30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES:
A course on “Programming in C and Data Structures”
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Hands on practice in developing and executing simple programs using C Programming
constructs – Control statements, Arrays, Strings, Functions, Pointers, Structures, Single
linked lists, Stack, Queue, Searching and Sorting.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Design algorithmic solutions by analyzing programming problems and using
appropriate C language constructs.
CO2. Implement linear data structures such as arrays, linked lists, stacks, queues for
efficient data organization and manipulation.
CO3. Select appropriate techniques for searching and sorting problems.
CO4. Work independently and communicate effectively in oral and written forms.
LIST OF EXERCISES:
1. a) Let a and b are two integer variables whose values are 10 and 13 respectively.
Write a program to evaluate the following arithmetic expressions.
i) a + b ii) a–b iii) a * b iv) a/b v) a % b
b) Write a program to evaluate the following algebraic expressions after reading
necessary values from keyword.
i) (ax + b)/(ax – b)
ii) 2.5 log x + Cos 320+ | x2 + y2|
iii) x5 + 10 x4 + 8 and x3 + 4 x + 2
iv) aekt
2. a) Mr. Gupta deposited Rs.1000 in a bank. The bank gives simple interest at the
rate of 15% per annum. Write a program to determine the amount in Mr.
Gupta‟s account at the end of 5 years. (Use the formula I = PTR / 100)
b) A cashier has currency notes of denominations Rs.10, Rs. 50 and Rs. 100. If the
amount to be withdrawn is input in hundreds, find the total number of notes of
each denomination the cashier will have to give to the withdrawer.
c) In a town, the percentage of men is 52. The percentage of total literacy is 48. If
total percentage of literate men is 35 of the total population; write a program to
find the total number of illiterate men and women if the population of the town
is 8000.
71
3. a) Write a program that prints the given three integers in ascending order using if
- else.
b) Write a program to calculate commission for the input value of sales amount.
Commission is calculated as per the following rules:
i) Commission is NIL for sales amount Rs. 5000.
ii) Commission is 2% for sales when sales amount is >Rs. 5000 and<=Rs.
10000.
iii) Commission is 5% for sales amount >Rs. 10000.
c) If cost price and selling price of an item is input through the keyboard, write a
program to determine whether the seller has made profit or incurred loss. Also
determine how much profit or loss he incurred in percentage.
4. a) An insurance company calculates premium as follows:
i) If a person's health is excellent and the person is between 25 and 35 years
of age and lives in a city and is a male then premium is Rs.4 per thousand
and the policy amount cannot exceed Rs.2 lakhs.
ii) If a person satisfies all the above conditions and is female then the
premium is Rs.3 per thousand and the policy amount cannot exceed Rs.1
lakh.
iii) If a person's health is poor and the person is between 25 and 35 years of
age and lives in a village and is a male then premium is Rs.6 per thousand
and the policy cannot exceed Rs. 10000.
iv) In all other cases the person is not insured.
Write a program to determine whether the person should be insured or not,
his/her premium rate and maximum amount for which he/she can be insured.
b) Write a program, which takes two integer operands and one operator as input
from the user, performs the operation and then prints the result. (Consider the
operators +, -, *, /, %. Use switch statement)
5. a) Write a program to find the sum of individual digits of a positive integer.
b) A Fibonacci sequence is defined as follows: The first and second terms in the
sequence are 0 and 1. Subsequent terms are found by adding the preceding two
terms in the sequence. Write a program to generate the first N terms of the
sequence.
6. a) Write a program to find the largest and smallest number in a given list of
integers.
b) Write a program to perform addition of two matrices.
c) Write a program to determine whether the given string is palindrome or not.
7. a) Write a program using functions to perform the following operations:
i) To convert a given decimal number into binary number
ii) To convert a given binary number into decimal number
b) Write a program using functions insert a sub-string in main string at a specified
position.
8. a) Write a C program to print the elements of an array in reverse order using
pointers.
b) Write a program to accept the elements of the structure as: Employee-name,
Basic pay. Display the same structure along with the DA, CCA and Gross salary
for 5 employees.
Note: DA=51% of Basic pay, CCA=Rs.100 consolidated.
72
9. A college has N number of students and the following details of all the students
are maintained – register number, name, branch, phone number. Write a
program to store the details of the students using a singly linked list. Develop
functions to perform the following operations on the data.
i) Insert new student‟s details
ii) Display the details of the students
iii) Delete a given student‟s information
10. a) Develop a menu driven program to perform the following operations on a stack
of integers (Array implementation of stack with maximum size MAX)
i) Push an element
ii) Pop an element
iii) Display the status
iv) Demonstrate overflow and underflow situations
b) Develop a menu driven program to perform the following operations on a queue
of characters (Array implementation of queue with maximum size MAX).
i) Insert an element
ii) Delete an element
iii) Display the status
iv) Demonstrate overflow and underflow situations
11. Store register numbers of students who attended placement training program in
a random order in an array. Write a function to search whether a student has
attended placement training program or not using
a) Linear Search
b) Binary Search
12. Given marks of N number of students in mathematics subject, write a program
to display the marks of students in ascending order using
a) Bubble Sort
b) Selection Sort
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Pradip Dey and Manas Ghosh, Programming in C, Oxford University Press, 2018.
2. Debasis Samanta, Classic Data Structures, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Byron S Gottfried and Jitender Kumar Chhabra, Programming with C, 4th Edition,
McGraw Hill Education, 2019.
2. Yashavant Kanetkar, Let Us C, 17th Edition, BPB Publications, 2020.
73
I B. Tech. - II Semester
(20BT1MC01) UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES
(Mandatory Course)

30 - - 2 - - -
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Process for Value Education; Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in Myself!; Harmony
in Family and Society- Human Relationship; Harmony in the Nature and Existence –
Coexistence; Implications of Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional Ethics.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Understand Values and skills for sustained happiness and prosperity.
CO2. Analyse realistic implications of a Holistic understanding of ethical human
conduct, trustful and mutually fulfilling human behaviour.
CO3. Apply holistic approach in personal life and profession through a positive
understanding of the Human reality and existence.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: VALUE EDUCATION (6 Periods)
Human Values-Introduction; Self-Exploration - Natural Acceptance; Human Aspirations-
Right understanding- the current scenario: understanding and living in harmony.
UNIT II: HUMAN BEING AND SELF (6 Periods)
Understanding human being - I‟ and the material „Body‟; needs of Self („I‟) and „Body‟-
happiness and physical facility; Body as an instrument of „I‟ - characteristics and activities of
„I‟ and harmony in „I‟; harmony of I with the Body.
UNIT III: FAMILY, THE SOCIETY AND THE NATIONS (6 Periods)
Values in human relationship (nine universal values) - foundational values of relationship;
Difference between intention and competence; Difference between respect and
differentiation; harmony in the society; Universal harmonious order in society.
UNIT IV: HARMONY WITH THE NATURE (6 Periods)
Harmony in the Nature; Interconnectedness and mutual fulfilment - the four orders of
nature - Recyclability and Self-regulation; Existence as Co-existence; Holistic perception of
harmony and existence.
UNIT V: HARMONY WITH PROFESSIONAL ETHICS (6 Periods)
Acceptance of human values; Ethical Human Conduct; Basis for Humanistic Education;
Competence in professional ethics; Case studies: Holistic technologies, Management Models
and Production Systems; Socially and ecologically responsible engineers, technologists and
managers - enriching institutions and organizations.
Total Periods: 30
74
TEXTBOOKS:
1. R R Gaur, R Sangal, G P Bagaria, Human Values and Professional Ethics, Excel Books,
New Delhi, 2010
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. JeevanVidya: EkParichaya, A Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan, Amarkantak, 1999.
75
II B. Tech. - I Semester
(20BT3BS01) NUMERICAL METHODS, PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
(Common to CE, ME, CSE, CSSE, IT, CSE (AI), CSE (DS) and CSBS)

30 70 100 3 -- -- 3
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Numerical solutions of equations; interpolation; numerical differentiation and integration;
random variables; mathematical expectations; probability distributions; test of hypothesis.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Provide solutions for equations, derivatives and integrals through numerical
methods for the given data.
CO2. Identify the types of random variables and determine their probabilities &
mathematical expectation.
CO3. Apply the concept of probability distributions to solve engineering problems.
CO4. Analyze the hypothesis by applying statistical testing methods.
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I: NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS OF EQUATIONS AND INTERPOLATION
(8 Periods)
Solutions of algebraic and transcendental equations: Regula-falsi method, Newton-Raphson
method; Interpolation: Forward and backward differences, interpolation using Newton‟s
forward and backward difference formulae, Lagrange‟s interpolation formula, partial
fractions using Lagrange‟s interpolation formula.
UNIT II: NUMERICAL DIFFERENTIATION AND INTEGRATION (9 Periods)
Numerical differentiation using Newton‟s forward and backward interpolation formulae;
Numerical integration using Simpson‟s 1/3rd and 3/8th rules; Numerical solutions of first
order ordinary differential equations using Taylor‟s series method, fourth order Runge-Kutta
method.
UNIT III: RANDOM VARIABLES AND MATHEMATICAL EXPECTATIONS (8 Periods)
Random Variables: Discrete and continuous random variables, distribution function of
random variable, properties, probability mass function, probability density function;
mathematical expectation, properties of mathematical expectation, mean and variance.
UNIT IV: PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS (9 Periods)
Discrete probability distributions: Binomial, Poisson- mean, variance, standard deviation
(without derivations); Continuous probability distributions: Normal, uniform and exponential
distributions- mean, variance, standard deviation (without derivations), area under the
normal curve.
76
UNIT V: TEST OF HYPOTHESIS (11 Periods)
Population and sample, parameter and statistic, null and alternative hypothesis, Type I and
Type II errors, level of Significance, critical region, degrees of freedom; Large sample test:
Tests of significance for proportions and means; Small sample test: Student‟s t-test- single
mean, difference of means; F-test for equality of population variance; Chi-Square test for
independence of attributes.
Total Periods: 45
Topics for self-study are provided in the lesson plan.
TEXTBOOKS:
Mathematical Methods, S. Chand & Company, 5th edition, 2016.
Probability and Statistics, S. Chand & Company, 5th edition, 2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 44th edition,
2017.
2. P. Kandasamy, K. Thilagavathy, K. Gunavathi, Numerical Methods, S. Chand and
Company, 2nd edition, Reprint 2012.
3. S. C. Gupta and V. K. Kapoor, Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, Sultan
Chand and Sons Publications, 11th edition, 2012.
77
(20BT30301) ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Applied Physics and Engineering Chemistry.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Thermodynamic system; Energy interactions; Heat and work Transfer in flow and non- flow
systems; Laws of thermodynamics; Reversible and irreversible processes; Entropy;
Equation of state; Pure substance; Thermodynamic Relations; Gases and gas mixtures and
Gas power cycles.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Analyze thermodynamic systems using thermodynamic laws and estimate the
thermodynamic properties during energy interactions in engineering application.
CO2: Calculate the properties of steam using PVT diagrams, H-S diagrams and steam
tables considering steam power plant.
CO3: Determine the properties of ideal gases, real gases and gas mixtures using gas laws,
volumetric analysis and gravimetric analysis for engineering applications.
CO4: Analyze the air stand cycles using P-V and T-S diagrams used in power generation
systems and estimate the performance characteristics it.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: BASIC CONCEPTS AND FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS (9 periods)
Microscopic and macroscopic point of view, Thermodynamic systems, Control volume,
Thermodynamic properties, Processes, Cycle, Homogeneous and Heterogeneous systems,
Thermodynamic equilibrium, Quasi-static process, Work transfer and Heat transfer, Point
and path function, Zeroth law of thermodynamics.
First Law of Thermodynamics: First law for a closed system undergoing a cycle, change
of state, Limitations of first Law, Perpetual motion machine (PMM1) of first kind, Energy a
property of system, First law applied to a flow process - steady flow energy equation
(SFEE).
UNIT II: SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS (9 periods)
Second Law of Thermodynamics: Energy reservoir, Kelvin Planck and Clausius
statements of second law and their equivalence, PMM of second kind, Heat engine,
Refrigerator, Heat pump, Reversibility and Irreversibility, Carnot cycle, Carnot‟s theorem,
Absolute thermodynamics temperature scale.
Entropy and Availability: Introduction, Clausius theorem, Clausius inequality, Entropy as
a property, Principle of entropy increase and applications, Third law of thermodynamics.
Availability and irreversibility, Available Energy, Maximum Work in a Reversible Process,
Availability in Non - Flow and Flow Processes.
78
UNIT III: PURE SUBSTANCE AND THERMODYNAMIC RELATIONS (9 periods)
Properties of pure substances: Introduction, P-V, P-T and T-S Diagrams for a Pure
Substance, Quality and Dryness Fraction, Use of Steam Tables and Mollier Chart for
thermodynamic properties.
Thermodynamic Relations: T-dS relations, Helmholtz and Gibbs functions, Gibbs
relations, Maxwell relations, Joule-Thomson coefficient, coefficient of volume expansion
UNIT IV: PROPERTIES OF GASES AND GAS MIXTURES (9 periods)
Properties of gases: Ideal and real gas comparison- Equations of state for ideal and real
gases- Reduced properties-Compressibility factor-.Principle of Corresponding states.
Properties of gas mixtures: Ideal gas, equation of state, Mole Fraction, Mass fraction,
Gravimetric and volumetric Analysis, Dalton‟s Law of partial pressure, Equivalent Gas
constant and Molecular Internal Energy, Enthalpy, Specific Heats and Entropy of Mixture of
perfect Gases and Vapour.
UNIT V: POWER CYCLES (9 periods)
Otto cycle, Diesel cycle and Dual cycle; Comparison of Otto, Diesel and Dual cycles -
Description and representation on P–V and T-S diagram, Stirling cycle, Ericsson cycle, Joule
cycle representation on P–V and T-S diagram.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. P. K. Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, TMH, 6th Edition, 2017.
2. Chatttopadhyay, Engineering Thermodynamics, Oxford Publishers, 2nd edition,
2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Yunus Cengel & Boles, Thermodynamics–An Engineering Approach, TMH, 8th
Edition, 2015
2. Dr.R.Yadav, Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, Central publishing
House, 7th Edition, 2004.
Note: Steam Tables with Mollier Chart shall be supplied during examination.
79
(20BT30302) KINEMATICS OF MACHINERY

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Basic Engineering Mechanics and Computer Aided Engineering Drawing.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Basic concepts and description of various plane mechanisms; Calculation of Displacement;
Velocity and acceleration of simple plane mechanisms; Straight line mechanisms; Steering
mechanisms; Hooke‟s joint; Concepts of Gears and Gear trains; Preparation of cam profiles.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Calculate degrees of freedom of kinematic pairs, kinematic chains and its inversions
used in machines for engineering applications.
CO2. Demonstrate the knowledge on straight line motion mechanisms for exact straight
line motion and approximate straight line motion conditions.
CO3. Analyze steering gear mechanisms for correct steering and Hookes joints for uniform
velocity ratios.
CO4: Analyze the gears to avoid interference and gear trains to find the velocity and
number of teeth of its components.
CO5. Draw the profile of the cam based on follower motons and calculate the velocity and
acceleration of the follower.
CO6: Analyze planar mechanisms for displacement, velocity and acceleration of different
Points of it using relative velocity and Instantaneous center methods.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: MECHANISMS AND MACHINES (8 Periods)
Elements or Links, Classification- Rigid, Flexible and Fluid link; Types of kinematic pairs-
Sliding, Turning, Rolling, Screw and Spherical pairs, Lower and Higher pairs, Closed and
Open pairs; Constrained motions- Completely, Partially or successfully and incompletely
constrained motion; Kinematic chain, Types of joints- Binary, Ternary and Quaternary
joints; Number of Degrees of Freedom, Kutzbach and Grubler‟s Criteria, Inversions of plane
mechanisms- Quadric cycle, Single slider and Double slider crank chains.
UNIT II: STRAIGHT LINE, STEERING GEAR MECHANISMS AND HOOKE’S JOINT
(10 periods)
Pantograph, Exact Straight Line Motion Mechanisms- Peaucellier, Hart and Scott Russell‟s
mechanism; Approximate Straight Line Motion Mechanisms- Modified Scott Russell‟s
mechanism, Watt‟s, Grasshopper, Tchebicheff‟s and Robert mechanisms; Steering
mechanisms, Condition for correct steering, Davis Steering gear and Ackerman steering
gear mechanisms, Single and double Hooke‟s joints.
80
UNIT III: GEARS AND GEAR TRAINS (11 Periods)
Friction wheels and toothed gears, Types, Law of gearing, Sliding velocity of teeth, Forms of
teeth- Cycloidal, Involute profiles; Expressions for path of contact and arc of contact,
Contact ratio, Phenomena of interference, Condition for minimum number of teeth to avoid
interference, Gear trains - Simple, Compound, Reverted and Epicyclic gear train; Compound
Epicyclic Gear Train (sun and planet wheel), Differential gearbox for automobile.
UNIT IV: CAMS (8 Periods)
Introduction to cams and followers, Types, Terminology, Types of follower motion, Cam
profile- For uniform velocity, SHM, Cycloidal and Uniform acceleration- and retardation of
Knife edge, Roller followers (axis of follower passes through the axis of camshaft and
offset), Maximum velocity and maximum acceleration during outward and return stroke.
UNIT V: VELOCITY AND ACCELERATION ANALYSIS OF MECHANISMS (8 Periods)
Instantaneous center of rotation, Centrode and Axode, Relative motion between two bodies,
Kennedy theorem (Three centers in line), Instantaneous center method to determine
angular
velocity of links and linear velocity of point, Relative velocity method to determine velocity
and acceleration diagrams for four bar mechanism, Slider-crank mechanism and its
inversions, Coriolis component of acceleration.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. S. S. Rattan, Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Tata McGraw Hill Education,
4thEdition, 2016.
2. R.S. Khurmi, Theory of machines, S.Chand Publications, 14th Revised Edition, 2012
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ballaney. P. L., Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Khanna Publishers, 2005
2. Joseph Edward Shigley and John Joseph Uicker,Jr., Theory of Machines and
Mechanisms, MGH, 4th Edition, New York, August 2013.
3. Bevan T, Theory of Machines, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 2002.
81
(20BT30303) MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Course on Material Science and Engineering
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to manufacturing processes; casting, welding, cutting of metals, metalworking
processes, forging processes, extrusion of metals, Sheet Metal Operations and Plastic
Processing.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Design the gating system using the knowledge of foundry.
CO2. Demonstrate the knowledge on casting process, cast defects and operational
procedures required in manufacturing the cast part.
CO3. Demonstrate the operational and procedural steps required in sheet metal
process for manufacturing of sheet metal parts.
CO4. Demonstrate knowledge on welding processes required for weld parts.
CO5. Demonstrate knowledge on plastic processing and its sequences operations
required for manufacturing a plastic product.
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I: FOUNDRY (9 Periods)
Introduction, Sand mould making procedure, Types of Patterns, Pattern Materials, Pattern
Allowances, Gates and Risers, Design of Gating systems, Properties of Moulding Sand,
Testing of Moulding Sand, Moulding Machines, Cores - Types of Cores and Applications,
Melting furnaces: Blast and Cupola Furnaces.
UNIT II: SPECIAL CASTING PROCESSES (9 Periods)
Introduction, Special Casting Processes – Shell Moulding, Carbon Dioxide Moulding, Casting,
Precision Investment Casting, Permanent Mould Casting, Full Mould Casting, Die Casting,
Centrifugal casting, Continuous Casting, Cleaning and Finishing of Castings - Inspection and
Testing of Castings, Casting Defects.
UNIT III: METAL FORMING PROCESSES AND SHEET METAL OPERATIONS
(9 Periods)
Metal forming processes: Introduction, Hot Working and Cold Working, Forging, Extrusion
– Direct, Indirect and Tube Extrusion; Rolling – Types of Rolling Mills; Drawing –Rod, Wire
and Tube Drawing.
Sheet Metal Operations: Shearing operations, Types of dies - Progressive Die, Compound
Die and Combination Die, Special sheet metal forming processes – Explosive Forming,
Magnetic Pulse Forming, Electro-Hydraulic Forming.
82
UNIT IV: METAL WELDING PROCESSES (9 Periods)
Introduction, Classification of Welding Processes - Arc Welding, TIG Welding, MIG Welding,
Submerged Arc Welding; Gas Welding Process – Types of Flames; Resistance Welding –
Spot Welding, Seam Welding; Thermit Welding, Electron Beam Welding, Laser Beam
Welding, Ultrasonic Welding, Welding Defects - Causes and Remedies; Destructive and
Nondestructive Testing of Welds, Soldering and Brazing.
UNIT V: PLASTIC PROCESSING (9 Periods)

Introduction, Plastics – Properties of Plastics, Additives in Plastics; Types of Plastics-
Thermoforming Plastics, Thermosetting Plastics; Injection Moulding, Blow Moulding,
Compression Moulding, Transfer Moulding, Extrusion Process, Calendering, Casting of
Plastics, Plastic Product Design
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. P.N.Rao, Manufacturing Technology, Vol.1, TMH, 4th Edition, 2013
2. Kalpakjian, Serope, Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, Pearson Education,
7th Edition, 2014.
3. Hazra Choudary S.K. and Hazra Choudary A.K., Elements of Workshop Technology,
Vol I, Media Promoters, 12th Edition, 2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. R.K.Jain, Production Technology, Khanna Publishers, 17th Edition, 2010.
2. Rosenthal, Principles of Metal Castings, McGraw-Hill Professional Publishing,
3rdEdition, 2013.
3. MikellP.Groover, Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing, Materials, Processes and
Systems, John Wiley and Sons, 9th Edition,2007.
83
(20BT30304) STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Course on Basic Engineering Mechanics.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Analysis of stresses and strains of mechanical and structural components; Shear force and
Bending moment of beams; Bending and Torsional stresses and Deflection beams.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Calculate stresses, strains and elastic constants of structural member subjected
to external loading.
CO2. Draw shear force and bending momentum diagrams for beams and articulate
stresses in beam structure under transverse loading.
CO3. Estimate the torsional shear stress and deflection on circular shafts subjected
torsion and find principal stresses from mohr‟s circle diagram.
CO4. Analyze deflections of cantilever and simply supported beams using Double
Integration method and Macaulay‟s method
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS (8 Periods)
Types of Stresses, Strains, Hooke‟s law, Stress–Strain diagram, Working Stress, Factor of
safety, Lateral strain, Poisson‟s ratio, Volumetric strain, Elastic Moduli and relationship
between them, Bars of Varying section, Composite bars, Temperature stresses, Strain
energy.
UNIT II: SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT (10 Periods)
Concept of shear force and bending moment, S.F and B.M. diagrams for cantilever, Simply
supported, Overhanging beams subjected to Point loads, Uniformly distributed loads,
Uniformly varying loads and combination of these loads, Point of contra flexure.
UNIT III: BENDING AND SHEAR STRESSES (10 Periods)
Theory of simple bending, Bending equation, Determination of flexural stresses for simple
cases, Section modulus, Shear stress formula, Shear stress distribution across various
beams & sections - Rectangular, Circular, Triangular, I, T sections.
UNIT IV: TORSION (8 Periods)
Theory of pure torsion, Torsion Equation, Torsional moment of resistance, Polar section
modulus; Torsion of Circular shafts- Pure Shear-Transmission of power by circular shafts,
Shafts in series, Shafts in parallel.
Mohr’s circle: Principal stresses and Mohr‟s circle for Biaxial Stresses – like stresses and
unlike stresses; Mohr‟s circle for Complex Stresses.
84
UNIT - V: DEFLECTION OF BEAMS (9 Periods)
Relationship between curvature, slope and deflection, Slope and deflection of cantilever and
simply supported beams by Double Integration method and Macaulay‟s method
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. S.Ramamrutham, R.Narayanan, Strength of Materials, Dhanpat Rai Publications,
14th Edition, 2011.
2. Ferdinand L. Singer & Andrew, Strength of Materials" Addison Wesley publisher,
4th Edition, 1990.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. James M.Gere, Stephen Timoshenko, Mechanics of Materials, CBS Publications, 2nd
Edition, 2004.
2. Beer, ýJohnston & Dewolf, Mechanics of Materials, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 3rd
Edition, 2004.
3. R.K.Rajput, Strength of materials, S. Chand Publications, Revised Edition, 2006.
85
(20BT40133) STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LAB
(Common to CE and ME)
30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES:
Course on Mechanics of Solids/Strength of Materials.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Tests on strength of materials: Tension test; Compression test; Bending test; Shear test;
Torsion test; Hardness test; Verification of Maxwell reciprocal theorem.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Evaluate the strength of materials such as steel, timber, metal using appropriate
tools/techniques to solve complex problems in accordance with codal provisions
ensuring safety.
CO2. Evaluate the load-deflection behavior for the materials used in beams and springs
using appropriate tools/techniques to solve complex problems in accordance with
codal provisions ensuring safety.
CO3. Perform material testing individually or in a team besides communicating effectively
in written, oral and graphical forms on strength of materials.
1. Tension test on mild steel/HYSD bar
2. Compression test on wood/bricks/mild steel
3. Compression test on coiled spring
4. Tension test on coiled spring
5. Bending test on carriage spring
6. Brinell and Rockwell hardness tests
7. Charpy and Izod impact tests
8. Shear test on mild steel
9. Bending test on simply supported beam
10. Bending test on cantilever beam
11. Bending test on fixed beam
12. Bending test on continuous beam
13. Bending test on overhanging beam
14. Verification of Maxwell‟s reciprocal theorem
15. Torsion test on mild steel
Note: Minimum 12 experiments shall be conducted.
SVEC 20 Strength of Materials Lab Manual.
86
(20BT30331) COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING
30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES:
A Course on Computer Aided Engineering Drawing.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Principles of machine drawing; Sectional views; Tolerances; Thread profiles; Bolted joints;
Locking arrangements for nuts; Foundation bolts; Keys; Assembling and Disassembling;
Part drawing.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to: .
CO1: Develop suitable drawing views of machine elements and simple parts using CAD
software.
CO2: Draw assembled views for the part drawings with suitable tolerances using
conventions and CAD software.
CO3: Work independently and Communicate about the assembly and part drawings
through the computer aided drawings.
SYLLABUS:
1. Exercises on machine drawing conventions using drafting software.
(Any three exercises)
a) Conventional representation of materials.
b) Conventional representation of machine components.
c) Conventional representation sectional views.
d) Conventional representation of limits, Fits and tolerances-form and positional
tolerances and machining symbols.
e) Conventional representation of dimensioning on the drawings.
2. Exercises on drawing of machine elements and simple parts using drafting
software. (Any three exercises )
a) Types of thread profiles-Square, Metric, ACME, Worm.
b) Bolted joints-Hexagonal bolt and nut, Square bolt and nut.
c) Locking arrangements for nuts-Locking by split pin, castle nut.
d) Foundation bolts- Eye, Bent and Rag foundation bolts.
e) Keys-Saddle key, Sunk key, Woodruff key, Kennedy key.
f) Riveted joints-Single riveted lap joints, Butt joints with single cover straps(Chain
and zigzag using snap head riveters).
87
3. Assembly drawings.
Drawing of assembled views for the part drawings of the following, using conventions
and easy drawing proportions. Representation of limits, fits and tolerances on
assembly drawings. (Any three assembly drawings represented with dimensional and
geometric tolerances)
a) Stuffing box
b) Pipe vice
c) Eccentric
d) Screw jack
4. Part drawings.
Preparation of part drawing representing limits fits and tolerances and surface finish
indications (Below mentioned part drawings ONLY).
a) Petrol Engine connecting rod
b) Single tool post
c) Plummer block
SVEC 20 Computer Aided Machine Drawing Manual.
88
(20BT30332) MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LAB
30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES:
Course on Material Science and Engineering
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Provides skill on sand testing; Pattern making; Mould preparation; Metal casting;
Mechanical press working; Welding; Sheet metal works; Plastic moulding; Manufacturing of
composites.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Develop cast components using sand/die/stir casting process considering
societal and safety issues.
CO2. Develop welding joints using given welding process for the given design
requirements considering societal and safely issues and simulate the welding
process.
CO3. Develop sheet metal components with metal forming techniques using fly press
and hydraulic press machines considering safely and societal issues.
CO4. Develop different components using plastic molding based on the given design
requirements considering societal and safety issues.
CO5. Work independently or in teams to solve problems with effective
communication
List of Experiments:
1. Determination of grain fineness number of sand using Sieve Shaker.
2. Determination of moisture content, clay content, permeability of moulding sand.
3. Preparation of green sand moulding arrangement and metal casing of solid pattern.
4. Preparation of green sand moulding arrangement and metal casing of split pattern.
5. Design and making a solid pattern using wood turn lathe.
6. Manufacturing of composites by using Stir-Casting.
7. Simulation of welding.
8. Development of Lap joint and butt joint using arc welding process.
9. Development of Lap joint and butt joint using gas welding process.
10. Development of Lap joint by TIG and MIG welding process.
11. Development of Lap joint by spot welding process.
12. Blanking and Piercing operations using fly press machine.

89
13. Deep drawing and Extrusion operations using hydraulic press.
14. Producing a component using injection moulding machine.
15. Producing a component using blow moulding machine.

SVEC20 Manufacturing Technology Lab Manual
Software used: Simulation software for welding
90
(20BT3HS31) SOFT SKILLS LAB

30 70 100 - 1 2 2
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Body Language; Assertiveness; Goal Setting; Thinking Skills; Team Building; Conflict
Management; Technical Report Writing; Résumé Writing; Group Discussions; Interview
Skills; Interpersonal Skills; Etiquette.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge of career skills by examining and applying the styles and
strategies of Goal Setting, Thinking Skills, and Etiquettes.
CO2. Analyze the limitations and possibilities of favourable situations by applying the skills of
Body Language and demonstrate through Assertiveness, and Interpersonal Skills.
CO3. Apply appropriate soft skills by analyzing the problem situations that arise in
professional career through demonstrating remedies in Conflict Management.
CO4. Demonstrate ability to function effectively as an individual and as a member in diverse
teams examining and applying soft skills in Interviews, Group Discussion and Team
Building.
CO5. Apply appropriate speaking and writing techniques in preparing documents and to
communicate effectively by examining and demonstrating knowledge in Technical
Report Writing and Résumé Writing.
List of Exercises:
*First TEN exercises are mandatory among the following:
1. Body Language
Types of Body Language – Parts of Body – Facial Expressions – Eye Contact Insights
– Good Posture
2. Assertiveness
Communications Styles – Benefits – Being Unassertive – Role Playing
3. Goal Setting
Seven Steps of Goal Setting – Self Motivation – Personal Goal Setting – Setting
Career Goals
4. Thinking Skills
Positive Thinking – Creative Thinking – Lateral Thinking – Logical Thinking –
Intitutive Thinking
91
5. Team Building
Learning Activities – Management Essentials – Team Building Scenarios
6. Conflict Management
Ways of Resolving Conflict – Personality Types and Conflict – Conflict Resolution
Process – Team Conflict
7. Technical Report Writing
Objectives – Formats – Writing Styles
8. Résumé Writing
Structure and Presentation – Planning – Defining Career Objectives – Projecting
One‟s Strengths and Skills – Cover Letter – Formats and Styles
9. Group Discussions
Types of GD – Dos and Don‟ts – Dynamics of GD – Intervention – Summarization
Techniques
10.Interview Skills
Planning – Opening Strategies – Answering Strategies – Tele Conferencing – Video
Conferencing
11.Interpersonal Skills
Starting a Conversation – Responding to a Conversation – Conversation Examples –
Body Language – Role Play
12.Etiquette
Basic Social Etiquette – Telephone Etiquette – Dinning Etiquette – Conference
Etiquette
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Soft Skills Lab Manual, SVEC.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. R. C. Sharma & Krishna Mohan, Business Correspondence and Report Writing, Tata
McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, 3rd edition, New Delhi, 2012.
SUGGESTED SOFTWARES:
1. KVAN SOLUTIONS
2. Learning to Speak English 8.1, The Learning Company – 4 CDs.
3. English in Mind, Herbert Puchta and Jeff Stranks with Meredith Levy, Cambridge.
4. Language in Use 1, 2 & 3.
5. Cambridge Advanced Learner's Dictionary - 3rd Edition.
6. Let‟s Talk English, Regional Institute of English South India.
92
II B. Tech. – I Semester
(20BT3MC01) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

(Mandatory Course)

30 - 30 2 - - -
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Natural resources; Ecosystems; Biodiversity; Environment pollution and control; Social
issues and environment; Human population and environment.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze natural resources to solve complex environmental problems and natural
resource management considering society, environment and sustainability.
CO2. Analyze ecosystems and biodiversity to solve complex environmental problems
by following environmental ethics considering society, environment and
sustainability besides communicating effectively in graphical form.
CO3. Analyze various types of pollution and their control measures to solve
environmental problems through appropriate tools and techniques following latest
developments considering society, ethics, environment and sustainability.
CO4. Analyze social issues and its impact on environment, environmental acts to solve
complex environmental problems considering society, environment and
CO5. Analyze human population and its impact on environment to solve complex
environmental problems through team work and using appropriate tools and
techniques considering ethics, society, environment and sustainability.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: NATURAL RESOURCES (07 periods)
Multidisciplinary nature of environment; Natural Resources: Renewable and non-renewable
resources; Forest, Water, Mineral, Food and Energy resources -Causes, Effects, Remedies,
Case studies; Role of an individual in conservation of natural resource and equitable use of
resources for sustainable lifestyles.
UNIT II: ECOSYSTEMS AND BIODIVERSITY (07 periods)
Ecosystems: Concept of an ecosystem, Structure and function of an ecosystem -
Producers, Consumers, Decomposers; Food chains, Food webs, Ecological pyramids –
Types; Characteristic features, Structure and functions of forest ecosystem, Desert
ecosystem, Aquatic ecosystem.
Biodiversity: Concept and value of biodiversity, Role of biodiversity in addressing new
millennium challenges, Hot spots of biodiversity, Threats to biodiversity, Man-wild life
conflicts, Endemic, Endangered and extinct species of India, Conservation of biodiversity –
In-situ and ex-situ.
UNIT III: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND CONTROL (06 periods)
Causes, Adverse effects and control measures of pollution - Air pollution, Water pollution,
Soil pollution, Noise pollution, Thermal pollution, Nuclear pollution, Solid waste management
– Urban waste, industrial waste; Latest developments in pollution control, Hazards and
disaster management – Floods, Earthquakes, Tsunamis, Case studies.
93
UNIT IV: SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT (06 periods)
Sustainable development, Urban problems related to energy, Environmental ethics –Issues,
Solutions; Global warming, Acid rain, Ozone layer depletion, Nuclear accidents and case
studies, Wasteland reclamation, Consumerism and waste products, Concept of green
technologies, Environment justice: National Green Tribunal and its importance; Environment
protection act, Air act, Water act, Wildlife protection act, Forest conservation act, Issues
involved in enforcement of environmental legislation, Public environmental awareness.
UNIT V: HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT (04 periods)

Population growth, Population characteristics and variation among nations, Population
explosion, Family welfare programme, Environment and human health, Human rights, Value
education, HIV/AIDS, Women and child welfare, Role of information technology in
environment and human health; Case studies - Field Work/Assignment/Seminar on
Environmental assets – Water bodies/Forest/Grassland/Hill/Mountain.
Total Periods: 30
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Anubha Kaushik and Kaushik, C. P., Perspectives in Environmental Studies, New Age
International (P) Ltd. Publications, 6th Edition, 2018.
2. Erach Barucha, Environmental Studies, Orient Blackswan, 3rd Edition, 2021.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Cunningham, W. P. and Cunningham, M. A., Principles of Environmental Science,
Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 8th Edition, 2016.
2. Benny Joseph, Environmental Studies, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2nd Edition, 2009.
3. Anji Reddy, M., Text Book of Environmental Science and Technology, BS
Publications, Revised Edition, 2014.
4. Rajagopalan, R., Environmental Studies, Oxford University Press, 3 rd Edition,
2015.

1. Chauhan, B. S., Environmental Studies, University Science Press, 2nd Edition, 2018.
2. Botkin, D. B. and Keller, E. A., Environmental Science: Earth as a Living Planet, John
Wiley & Sons, 9 th International Student Edition, 2014.
94
II B. Tech. – II Semester
(20BT40301) DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Basic Engineering Mechanics & Kinematics of Machinery.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Force analysis; Clutches, brakes and dynamometers; Gyroscopic couple, Turning moment
diagrams, flywheel design; Analysis and balancing of shaking forces in machines;
Governors; Vibrations, single degree, Multi degrees of freedom vibrations, spring mass
systems; transmissibility of forces, Dunkerley‟s method, Rayleigh‟s method; Whirling of
shafts; isolation of systems.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze the mechanism, clutches, brakes and dynamometers for the forces acting
on it during its operation and calculate the forces involved in it.
CO2. Determine the effect of gyroscopic couple on transport vehicles for stabilization.
CO3. Analyze turning moment diagram for fluctuations of energy and flywheel for
controlling the speed variations in machines.
CO4. Analyze the governors and calculate the forces acting on it during its operation.
CO5. Analyze the unbalanced forces of masses in engines using analytical and graphical
methods.
CO6. Calculate the frequency of vibration in beams and rotating shafts.
UNIT I: FORCE ANALYSIS, CLUTCHES, BRAKES AND DYNAMOMETER
(10 Periods)
STATIC AND DYNAMIC ANALYSIS: Static force analysis of four bar mechanism and slider
crank mechanism by principle of superposition; Dynamic force analysis: Four-bar
mechanism
Clutches: Friction clutches- Single Disc or plate clutch, Multiple Disc Clutch, Cone Clutch,
Centrifugal Clutch;
Brakes and Dynamometers: Simple block brakes-Single block, Pivoted block, Double
block; simple Band brake, Differential Band Brake, Band and Block Brake, internal
expanding brake. Dynamometers–absorption and transmission types.
UNIT II: GYROSCOPE & TURNING MOMENT DIAGRAMS (9 Periods)
Gyroscope: Gyroscopic couple, effect of precession motion on the stability of moving
vehicles such as motor car, motor cycle, aero planes and ships; Turning moment diagrams
and Fly wheels: Turning moment diagrams for steam engine, IC Engine and multi cylinder
engine, Crank effort - coefficient of Fluctuation of energy, coefficient of Fluctuation of speed
– Fly wheels and their design, Fly wheels for Punching machines.
95
UNIT III: GOVERNORS: (8 Periods)
Introduction to Governors, Watt, Porter and Proell governors; spring loaded governors –
Hartnell and Hartung governors with auxiliary springs; Sensitiveness, isochronism and
hunting; Effort and power of a governor.
UNIT IV: BALANCING OF MASSES: (9 Periods)
Balancing of Rotating Masses - Single and several masses in Single and multiple planes;
Balancing of Reciprocating Masses - Primary and complete balancing of reciprocating parts
of an engine, Analytical and graphical methods, Unbalanced forces and couples –V Engine
balancing, Multi cylinder inline engine balancing and radial engine balancing.
UNIT V: VIBRATIONS: (9 Periods)
Classification, Free and forced vibration of single degree of freedom system, Role of
damping, whirling of shafts and critical speeds, Simple problems on free, forced and
damped vibrations, Vibration Isolation & Transmissibility, Transverse vibrations of beams
with concentrated and distributed loads, Dunkerly‟s method, Rayleigh‟s method, Torsional
vibrations - two and three rotor systems.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. S.S.Rattan, Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, 4th
Edition, 2016.
2. R.S Khurmi, Theory of Machines, S.Chand Publications, 14th Revised Edition, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Joseph Edward Shigley and John Joseph Uicker, Jr. Theory of Machines and
Mechanisms, Second Edition, MGH, New York.
2. Ballaney P L, Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi,2005
3. Bevan T, Theory of Machines, CBS Publishers and Distributors, NewDelhi, Third
Edition,2002.
4. J.S. Rao and R.V. Dukkipati, Mechanism and Machine Theory, New age
International, Second Edition, 2007.
96
(20BT40302) ENGINEERING METROLOGY AND MACHINE TOOLS

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Manufacturing Technology, Applied Physics, Computer Aided Machine Drawing
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Theory of Metal Cutting; Geometry of Cutting Tools; Merchants Force Diagram; Lathe
Machine-Principle of Operation; Tools; Multi spindle lathes; shaping; slotting and planning
machines; drilling; boring; jig boring; milling machine Specifications; grinding; lapping;
honing; Limits, Fits and Tolerances; Limit Gauges and Gauge Design; Comparators; Linear
Measurement; Measurement of Angles and Tapers; Flatness Measurement, Surface
Roughness Measurement;
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze the mechanics of metal cutting to estimate cutting forces and machining
parameters.
CO2. Demonstrate the basic structure, mechanism and operations of lathe, drilling and
boring machines.
CO3. Demonstrate the basic structure, mechanism and operations of milling and
grinding machines.
CO4. Apply limits, fits and tolerances for limit gauges and dimensional measurements
for quality products.
CO5. Analyze surfaces, screw threads and gears with suitable instruments and methods
for their quality.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: MECHANICS OF METAL CUTTING (9 Periods)
Introduction, Elements of m e t a l cutting, H A Z , Geometry of single point tools,
Chip formation and types of chips; Mechanics of orthogonal cutting, Shear angle, Velocity
relationship, shear strain; Merchant's force diagram, Cutting forces, cutting speeds, Feed,
Depth of cut, tool life, tool failure, coolants, Machinability, tool materials.
UNIT II: LATHE, DRILLING AND BORING MACHINES (9 Periods)
Engine lathe, Principle of working, types of lathes, specifications of lathe, Taper turning
methods, Lathe work and tool holding devices, Capstan and Turret lathes, Drilling and
Boring Machines, Principles of working, specifications, Types, operations performed, Twist
drills, Types of Boring machines and applications; Shaping, slotting and planning machines
–Principles of working, Specifications, Operations performed.
UNIT III: MILLING AND GRINDING MACHINES (9 Periods)
Milling Machines: Principle of working, Types of milling machines, Methods of indexing.
Grinding Machines: Theory of grinding – Classification of grinding machines, Types of
abrasives, bonds, Selection of a grinding wheel. Lapping, honing and broaching, Tapping,
97
Reaming Operations; Introduction to Non-traditional machining.
UNIT IV: LIMITS, FITS AND TOLERANCES (9 Periods)
Limits, fits and tolerances: Unilateral and bilateral tolerance system, hole and shaft
basis system; Interchangeability and selective assembly; Limit Gauges- Taylor‟s principle,
GO and NO-GO gauges
Linear and Angular Measurement: Slip gauges; Measurement of angles- Bevel
protractor, and Sine bar; Measurement of flat surfaces, Surface plates, Optical flat and Auto
collimator.
UNIT V: SURFACE AND SCREW THREAD MEASUREMENTS (9 Periods)
Surface Roughness Measurement: Roughness, Waviness, Methods of measurement of
surface finish -CLA, RMS, Rz Values, Talysurf.
Screw thread and Gear measurement: Introduction to Screw threads, Errors in Screw
threads, Measurement of Pitch diameter by three wire method; Gear measurement –
Nomenclature, Measurement of gear elements by Parkinson gear tester.
Comparators: Introduction to comparator, Characteristics, Classification of comparators.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Hazra Choudary S.K. and Hazra Choudary A.K., Elements of Workshop Technology,
Vol II, Media Promoters, 12th Edition, 2007.
2. M. Mahajan, Engineering Metrology, DhanpatRai and Co., 2nd edition, 2013
3. A.B. Chattopadhyay, Machining and Machine Tools, Wiley, 2nd Edition, 2017.
4. N.V Raghavendra, L.Krishnamurthy, Engineering Metrology and Measurements,
Oxford University Publisher, 2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. H.M.T. (Hindustan Machine Tools), Production Technology, Tata Megrawhill
Education, 2013.
2. Vijay K Jain, Advanced machining processes, Allied publishers, 2012.
3. R.K. Jain, Production Technology, Khanna Publishers, 17th Edition, 2012.
4. Thomas G. Beckwith, Roy D. Maragoni, John H. Lienhard V, Mechanical
Measurements, Pearson Education International Publishers, 6th edition, 2013 .
5. Anand K Bewoor, Vinay A Kulkarni, Metrology & Measurement, McGraw Hill, 1st
Edition, 2013.
6. B .C.Nakra& K .K .Choudhary, Instrumentation , Measurement & Analysis, Tata
Mcgraw Hill, 6th edition, 2011.
98
(20BT40303) FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINES

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
A course on Engineering Mechanics.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Properties of Fluids; Pressure Measurements; Types of flow; One-dimensional steady flow
energy & momentum Equations; Flow measurements; Fluid flow; Impact of jets on
stationary & moving plate; Hydraulic turbines & Pumps Components and its performance.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Calculate the properties of fluids using the principles of fluid properties.
CO2. Apply the principles of fluid kinematics and dynamics and determine the flow
properties of the fluid.
CO3. Calculate the loss of energy in fluid flows using the principles of fluid flows.
CO4. Evaluate the hydrodynamic force acting on jets and the performance of Hydraulic
turbines under various loading and head conditions.
CO5. Evaluate the performance pumps under various head conditions and analyze its
performance characteristics curves.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: PROPERTIES OF FLUIDS AND PRESSURE MEASUREMENT (9 periods)
Properties of Fluids: Dimensions and units, Physical properties of fluids - Density, Specific
weight, Specific volume, Specific gravity, Viscosity, Surface tension, Capillarity, Buoyancy,
Vapor pressure and its influence on fluid motion, Bulk modulus, compressibility; Types of
fluids.
Pressure Measurement: Absolute Pressure, Gauge Pressure, Atmospheric Pressure,
Vacuum Pressure, Manometers types - Piezometer, U-tube, Single column manometer and
Differential manometers.
UNIT II: FLUID KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS (9 periods)
Kinematics: Classification of flow, the continuity equation for three dimensional flow
(Cartesian coordinate only), Types of flow lines - stream, streak and path lines.
Dynamics: Equations of motion- Euler‟s and Bernoulli‟s equations, Application of Bernoulli‟s
equations, Momentum equation and its application to pipe bend, moment of momentum
equations.
Measurement of Flow: Venturimeter, Orifice meter, Rotameter and Pitot tube.
99
UNIT III: FLUID FLOWS (9periods)
Flow Over Flat Plate: Boundary Layer- Definition, thicknesses, characteristics along thin
plate, laminar and turbulent boundary layers (No derivation) boundary layer in transition,
separation of boundary layer; submerged objects – drag and lift.
Flow Through Pipes: Reynold‟s experiment, Darcy Weisbach equation, Chezy‟s equation,
Minor losses in pipes, Equivalent pipe, Pipes in series and pipes in parallel, Total energy line
and Hydraulic Gradient Line.
UNIT IV: IMPACT OF JETS AND HYDRAULIC TURBINES (9 periods)
Impact of Jets: Force exerted on stationary and moving plates- vertical, inclined and
curved, Velocity diagrams, Work done and Efficiency.
Hydraulic turbines: Classification of turbines -Impulse, Reaction turbines; Pelton wheel,
Francis turbine, Kaplan turbine – Construction, Working principle, velocity triangles and
work done, Efficiencies; Draft tube theory, Types of draft tubes; Performance of hydraulic
turbines -Geometric similarity, Specific speed, Unit quantities, Characteristic curves,
Governing of turbines, Water hammer, Cavitation.
UNIT V: HYDRAULIC PUMPS (9 periods)
Centrifugal pumps: Classification, Single stage Centrifugal pump - Working Principle, Work
done and Efficiencies; Multi stage Centrifugal pump, Pumps in series, Pumps in parallel,
Characteristic curves, Specific speed.
Reciprocating pumps: Construction and Working Principle of single acting, Double acting
reciprocating pumps, Discharge, Work done, Slip, Indicator diagrams, Air vessels.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. R.K. Rajput, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, S. Chand, 4th Edition, 2013.
2. Modi and Seth, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery, Standard book house,
17th Edition, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. R.K. Bansal, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery, Laxmi publications, 9th
Edition, 2017.
2. K Subramanya, Fluid Mechanics and hydraulic machines, Mc Graw Hill Education,
2nd Edition, 2011.
100
(20BT40304) THERMAL ENGINEERING – I

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
A course on Engineering Thermodynamics.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to Internal Combustion (IC) engines; Components and working of 2-stroke and 4-
stroke engines; Combustion phenomena in spark ignition and compression ignition
engines; Performance parameters of an internal combustion engine; Gas turbines; Jet
propulsions and Rocket propulsions; Reciprocating compressors; Rotary compressors;
Concept of steam power cycles.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Analyze the combustion process in IC engines and calculate the Performance
parameters of IC Engines under various testing conditions.
CO2: Analyze the gas turbines and jet propulsions using PV and TS diagrams and solve
problems on it.
CO3: Calculate the performance parameters of air compressors using principles of air
compressors.
CO4: Analyze the steam power cycles using PV and TS diagrams and calculate the
thermal efficiencies of these cycles.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES (10 Periods)
Introduction, Classification of IC Engines, Engine components, Working of two stroke and
four IC engines, Valve and port timing diagrams; Air-fuel and actual cycles; Combustion in
Spark Ignition (SI) Engines - Stages of combustion in SI engines, Factors influencing the
flame speed, Phenomenon of knock in SI engines; Combustion in Compression Ignition (CI)
Engines - Stages of combustion in CI engines, Factor affecting delay period; Phenomenon of
knock in C.I engine, comparison of knock in SI and CI engines.
UNIT II: PERFORMANCE OF INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES (9 Periods)
Performance parameters - Brake power, indicated power, Friction power, Mean effective
pressure, Specific fuel consumption, Engine efficiencies, Performance calculations, Heat
balance sheet; Measurement of brake power; Measurement of indicated power;
Measurement of Friction power - Willian‟s line method, Morse test, motoring test and
retardation test; Air and fuel measurement.
UNIT III: GAS TURBINES AND JET PROPULSIONS (9 Periods)
Gas Turbines: Classification of Gas Turbines, Components of simple gas turbine plant-Ideal
Gas Turbine Cycle and its deviations with actual cycle; Turbine Work and Efficiency of
101
Simple Gas Turbine Cycle, Condition for Optimum Pressure Ratio, Methods to improve
Turbine Work - Inter cooling and Reheating; Methods to improve efficiency -Regeneration.
Jet Propulsion: Introduction, Classification of Jet Propulsion devices, Working of Air
breathing engines- Turbojet Engine, Turbo Prop Engine, Ram Jet Engine and Pulse Jet
Engine; Introduction to Rocket Engine.
UNIT IV: AIR COMPRESSORS (9 Periods)
Introduction, Classification, Reciprocating Compressors - Principle of operation, work
required, Isothermal efficiency, volumetric efficiency and effect of clearance, Single Stage
and Multi Stage Compressors, Effect of Inter cooling and Pressure Drop in Multi - Stage
Compressors; Rotary compressor - Working principles of Roots blower, Vane type Blower,
Centrifugal Compressor, Axial Flow Compressors.
UNIT V: STEAM POWER CYCLES (8 Periods)
Carnot Cycle, Rankine Cycle-Schematic Layout, Thermodynamic Analysis; Effect of
operating variables on the performance, Reheating and Regeneration, Modified Rankine
Cycle; Low temperature power cycles, Binary vapour cycle and Cogeneration.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. R.K.Rajput, Thermal Engineering, Laxmi Publication, 9th Edition,2013.
2. V.Ganesan,I.C.Engines,TMH,3rdEdition,2010
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. M.L. Mathur & R. P. Sharma, Internal combustion engines, Dhanpat Rai & Sons,
th
8 Edition, 2014.
2. R. S. Khurmi & J.S. Gupta, Thermal Engineering, S.Chand, 15th Edition, 2015.
102
(20BT4BS01) MATERIAL SCIENCE
(Open Elective-1)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to material science and engineering; properties, processing and applications of
composite materials; smart materials; nano and biomimetic materials; emerging materials.
COURSE OUTCOMES: After successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
CO1. Demonstrate the basic knowledge on different materials.
CO2. Analyze the structure and properties of various composites used in commercial
aircraft, marine grade sandwich and wind turbine blades using different methods.
CO3. Demonstrate the basic properties of piezoelectric, magneto-rheostatic, electro-
rheostatic, and shape memory alloys used for different applications.
CO4. Analyze the properties of nano materials for NEMS & biomimetic materials for
dolphin sound wave technology and apply Lithographic technique for deposition
of nanomaterials.
CO5. Demonstrate the processing and properties of functionally graded materials for
nanoelectronic and optoelectronic applications.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO MATERIAL SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING (7 Periods)
Introduction - material science and engineering, engineering materials and advanced
materials, modern materials needs, processing and properties of metals, polymers and
ceramics (Qualitative).
UNIT II: COMPOSITE MATERIALS (10 Periods)
Composite materials – classification based on matrix phase and dispersed phase – functions
of matrix phase and dispersed phase – polymer matrix composites and structural
composites – applications (commercial aircraft, marine grade sandwich and wind turbine
blades), basic composite manufacturing methods: prepeg-up process, wet lay –up (hand lay
–up) process - advantages and limitations of composites.
UNIT III: SMART MATERIALS (08 Periods)
Smart materials – piezoelectric, magneto-rheostatic (MR) and electro-rheostatic (ER)
materials - shape memory alloys (SMA): characteristics, preparation of SMA, applications in
different fields, advances in smart materials.
UNIT IV: NANO AND BIOMIMETIC MATERIALS (10 Periods)
Nanomaterials: Low dimensional structures and energy quantization, Fabrication of nano
materials: Lithographic technique using photons, properties of nano materials (metallic,
103
semiconducting and magnetic) and applications (renewable energy and nano electro-
mechanical systems (NEMS).
Biomimetic materials – Introduction- classification and their applications of biomimetic
materials (Lotus effect, Dolphin sound wave technology and viper as a model in its defence)
UNIT V: EMERGING MATERIALS (10 Periods)
Functionally graded materials (FGM): Types, properties, processing and potential
applications, functionally graded fiber cement: mixture design, processing and as structural
material, Functionally Graded Nanoelectronic, Optoelectronic and Thermoelectric Materials
(Qualitative) and its applications.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. K M Gupta, Engineering Materials – Research, Applications and Advances, CRC press
(Taylor & Francis group), 2015.
2. William D Callister, David G Rethwisch, Materials Science and Engineering, Wiley, 9th
edition, 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Sulabha K Kulkarni, Nanotechnology: Principles and practices, Springer, 9th edition,
2014.
2. Charles P. Poole and Frank J. Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, Wiley-
Interscience, May 2003.
104
(20BT4HS02) BUSINESS COMMUNICATION AND CAREER SKILLS
(Open Elective-1)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: –
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Nature and Scope of Communication, Corporate Communication, Writing Business Messages
& Documents, Careers & Résumés, and Interviews.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge of professional communication by analyzing and applying
the styles and strategies of business communication in Communication Networks,
Interpersonal, and Informal communication.
CO2. Analyze the limitations of communication by applying and demonstrating
corporate and cross-cultural communication strategies effectively in a business
context and Crisis Management situations.
CO3. Apply appropriate strategies and techniques in writing business messages,
business letters, and résumé for effective professional communication and career
building.
CO4. Demonstrate appropriate communication techniques and answering strategies by
analyzing the expectations during presentations and interviews.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: NATURE AND SCOPE OF COMMUNICATION (9 Periods)
Introduction – Communication Basics – Functions of Communication – Communication
Networks – Interpersonal Communication – Informal Communication – Communication
Barriers – Roles of a Manager.
UNIT II: CORPORATE COMMUNICATION (9 Periods)
Introduction – Corporate Communication – Cross-Cultural Communication; Concept & Styles
– Corporate Communication Strategy – Corporate Citizenship – Crisis Communication: Case
Study.
UNIT III: WRITING BUSINESS MESSAGES & DOCUMENTS (9 Periods)
Introduction – Importance of Written Business Communication – Types of Business
Messages – Five Main Stages of Writing Business Messages – Business Letter Writing –
Kinds of Business Letters – Common Components of Business Letters – Strategies for
Writing the Body of a Letter.
105
UNIT IV: CAREERS AND RÉSUMÉS (9 Periods)
Introduction – Career Building – Résumé Formats: Traditional, Electronic and Video Résumé
– Sending Résumés – Follow-up Letters – Business Presentations and Speeches: Planning -
Structuring – Organizing – Delivery.
UNIT–V: INTERVIEWS (9 Periods)
Introduction – General Preparation for an Interview – Success in an Interview – Important
Non-verbal Aspects – Types of Interviews – Styles of Interviewing – Types of Interviewing –
Online Recruitment Process.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Meenakshi Raman, and Prakash Singh, Business Communication, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi, 2nd edition, 2012.
2. Neera Jain, and Sharma Mukherji, Effective Business Communication, Tata Mc Graw–
Hill Education, Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Courtland L. Bovee et al., Business Communication Today, Pearson, New Delhi,
2011.
2. Krizan, Effective Business Communication, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2010.

1. http://www.career.vt.edu/interviewing/TelephoneInterviews.html
2. http://job-search-search.com/interviewing/behavioral_interviews
3. https://goo.gl/laEHOY (dealing with complaints)
4. http://www.adm.uwaterloo.ca/infocecs/CRC/manual/resumes.html
5. https://goo.gl/FEMGXS
6. http://www.resumania.com/arcindex.html
106
(20BT4HS04) ENTREPRENEURSHIP FOR MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM
ENTERPRISES
(Open Elective - 1)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE REQUISITE: --
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS:
Introduction to entrepreneurship; Idea generation and formulation of business plans; Micro
small and medium enterprises; Institutional finance; Women & rural entrepreneurship.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the concepts of Entrepreneurship and Entrepreneur.
CO2. Analyze the Ideas and Business Plans for promoting entrepreneurships and start-
ups.
CO3. Demonstrate the environment of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.
CO4. Analyze the various sources of Institutional Finance for promoting
entrepreneurship.
CO5. Demonstrate the encouragement for Women and Rural Entrepreneurship.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP (9 Periods)
Introduction to Entrepreneurship - Concept of Entrepreneurship – Growth of
Entrepreneurship in India - Factors affecting entrepreneurship growth - Characteristics of an
Entrepreneur – Functions of Entrepreneur – Types of Entrepreneurs – Distinction between
an Entrepreneur and a manager.
UNIT II: IDEA GENERATION AND FORMULATION OF BUSINESS PLANS
(9 Periods)
Sources of Ideas – Methods of idea generation – Steps in Setting up of a Small Business
Enterprise – Concepts of Business Plan – Significance – Formulation of Business Plan –
Common Errors in the Formulation of Business Plan – The role of incubation centers for
promoting entrepreneurships and start-ups.
UNIT III: MICRO SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES (9 Periods)
Meaning and Definition of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises – Essential Features – Scope
and Objectives of Micro Small and Medium Enterprises – relationship between Micro and
Macro Enterprises- Problems of Micro Small and Medium Enterprises.
UNIT IV: INSTITUTIONAL FINANCE (9 Periods)
Institutional Finance – Need – Scope - Services - Various Institutions offering Institutional
support: – Small Industries Development of Bank of India (SIDBI), State Industrial
107
Development Corporations (SIDC) – Small Industries Development Organization (SIDO) –
Small Industries Service Institutes (SISIs) – State Financial Corporation (SFC) - National
Institute of Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development (NIESBUD) – Micro Units
Development and Refinance Agency Bank (MUDRA).
UNIT V: WOMEN & RURAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP (9 Periods)
Concept of Women entrepreneurs - Functions of Women entrepreneurs - Growth of women
entrepreneurship in India - Challenges of Women entrepreneurs - Programmes for
supporting women entrepreneurship – Rural Entrepreneurship: – Meaning, Need for Rural
entrepreneurship, Problems of rural entrepreneurship, Role of NGOs, Role of Bharatiya
Mahila Bank for encouraging Women Entrepreneurs – Micro Finance & Self Help Groups
(Basic Concepts).
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Dr.S.S.Khanka, Entrepreneurial Development, S. Chand and Company Ltd, Revised
edition, 2012.
2. MadhurimaLall & ShikhaSahai, Entrepreneurship, Excel Books India, 4th edition,
2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Nandan, H., Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 3rd edition, 2013.
2. Bholanath Dutta, Entrepreneurship Management – Text and Cases, Excel Books, 3rd
edition, 2015.
108
(20BT4HS06) GERMAN LANGUAGE (Deutsch alsFremdsprache)
(Open Elective - 1)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Oral communication; Basic grammar; Basic writing; Berufsdeutcsch (Business German)
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of German language and the verb conjugation.
CO2. Comprehend and apply the knowledge of vocabulary and phrases in day-to-day
real-life conversation.
CO3. Apply the various sentence structures by examining the rules of grammar in
speaking and writing.
CO4. Analyze and apply the various verb structure of English and German language
effectively in professional writing
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION (9 Periods)
Introduction - German alphabets, numbers, days in a week, names of months, seasons.
Grammar: Nouns –(i)Nominative case and (ii) Nominative personal pronouns, simple
sentence, Verb Conjugation 1st and 2nd type, verb Conjugation 3rd type, „Wh‟ questions
(simple sentences) Nominative (definite and indefinite) Articles
UNIT II: CITY AND FOOD (9 Periods)
In the city: naming places and buildings, means of transport, basic directions. Food: drink,
groceries and meals. Apartments: rooms, furniture, colours.
Grammar: Nouns-articles negation–(kein and nicht); imperative and the accusative case;
Nominative Possessive Pronouns.
UNIT III: DAY TO DAY CONVERSATIONS (9 Periods)
Everyday life, telling time, making appointments, leisure activities, and celebrations.
Different types of professions, Health and the body, Holiday and weather, Clothes and
Dresses.
UNIT IV: BASIC GRAMMAR (9 Periods)
Grammar: Possessive articles, Prepositions (am, um, von. bis); Modal verbs, Separable
verbs, the accusative, past tense of „to have‟ and „to be‟, the imperative sentences, dative
case, perfect tense.
109
UNIT V: BASIC WRITING (9 Periods)
Translation from English to German and German to English, Contacts, Writing letters and
Email Writing.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Stefanie Dengler, Paul Rusch, Helen Schmitz, Tana Sieber, NetzwerkDeutsch als
Fremdsprache, Kursbuch A1, Goyal Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd. 2015.
2. Stefanie Dengler, Paul Rusch, Helen Schmitz, Tana Sieber, Netzwerk Deutsch als
Fremdsprache, Arbeitsbuch A1, Goyal Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd. 2015.
Web link:
 https://learngerman.dw.com/en/beginners/c-36519789
110
(20BT4HS08) INDIAN HISTORY
(Open Elective - 1)
( Common to CE, ME, EEE, ECE and EIE)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-RQUISITES: --
CORSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction; Ancient India; Classical and Medieval era; Modern India; India after
independence.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate contextual knowledge in evolution of ancient and medieval Indian
History and acquire awareness on societal and cultural transformation.
CO2. Analyze the situations before and after Independence and assess the societal
reforms implemented in India after Independence.
CO3. Practice culture transformations and appreciate its influence to adapt themselves
in global scenario.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO INDIAN HISTORY (8 Periods)
Elements of Indian History; History Sources: Archaeology, Numismatics, Epigraphy &
Archival research; Methods used in History; History & historiography; sociological concepts-
structure, system, organization, social institutions, Culture and social stratification (caste,
class, gender, power), State& Civil Society.
UNIT II: ANCIENT INDIA (9 Periods)
Mohenjo-Daro civilization; Harappa civilization; Mauryan Empire.
UNIT III: CLASSICAL & MEDIEVAL ERA (12 Periods)
Classic Era (200 BC - 1200 AD); Hindu - Islamic Era (1200 - 1800 AD).
UNIT IV: MODERN INDIA (6 Periods)
Age of Colonialism (17th - 19th centuries); First war of Indian Independence; Freedom
Struggle (1857-1947)
UNIT V: INDIA AFTER INDEPENDENCE (1947 - ) (10 Periods)
The Evolution of the Constitution and Main Provisions; Consolidation of India as a Nation;
Politics in the States; Indian economy; Modernization and globalization, Secularism and
communalism, Nature of development, Processes of social exclusion and inclusion, Changing
Nature of work and organization.
Total Periods: 45
111
TEXTBOOK:
1. K. Krishna Reddy, Indian History, Tata McGraw-Hill, 21st reprint, 2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Guha, Ramachandra, India after Gandhi, Pan Macmillan, 2007.
2. Romila Thapar, Early India, Penguin India, New Delhi 2002.
112
(20BT4HS10) PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT
(Open Elective - 1)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Personalities and Leadership Qualities; Self Esteem and self Development; Attitude;
Communication Relationship; Critical Work Skills and Ethics.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge of leadership qualities by examining and applying
personality traits.
CO2. Analyze and apply the proven techniques to build self-esteem and self-
confidence.
CO3. Analyze the limitations of attitudes by demonstrating how experiences and
circumstances impact attitudes.
CO4. Analyze the role of communication in relationships, qualities of a team player
and leadership styles.
CO5. Apply appropriate techniques in solving problems by examining and
demonstrating time management, stress management and anger management.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: PERSONALITIES AND LEADERSHIP QUALITIES (9 Periods)
Introduction: Different Personalities -Personality Analysis -Freudian Analysis - Vedantic
Concept: Swamy Vivekananda -Personality Begets - Types - Leadership Qualities -
Decision Making- Case Studies: Personalities.
UNIT II: SELF ESTEEM AND SELF DEVELOPMENT (9 Periods)
Know Yourself: Self Image - Positive Self-Esteem - Turn Failure into Success - Be
Sensitive to Feedback - Build Self-Confidence - Self Actualization - Set Goals - Action Plans
- Accountability - Behavior Modification - Mentoring - Learning - Counseling -Challenge
yourself with Aptitude Tests and Internships.
UNIT III: ATTITUDE (9 Periods)
Importance - Difference between Behavior and Attitude - Changing Negative Attitude-
Impact of Attitudes on others - Unproductive Attitudes -Assess your Behaviour.
UNIT IV: COMMUNICATIONRELATIONSHIP (9 Periods)
Introduction - Positive and Negative Traits - Grapevine Communication - Open
Communication; Team Player - Leadership styles -Performance Evaluations - Electronic
Communication; Text Messaging - Voicemail - E-Mail
113
UNIT V: CRITICAL WORK SKILLS AND ETHICS (9 Periods)
Time Management - Balancing Life and Work - Stress Management - Anger Management -
Making Decisions and Solving Problems - Developing Creativity - Ethics and Self-
Righteousness - Being Judgmental in the Real World - Striving for Integrity.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Barun K. Mitra, Personality Development and Soft Skills, Oxford University Press,
2011.
2. Harold R. Wallace and L. Ann Masters, Personal Development for Life and Work,
Cengage Learning, Delhi, 10th edition Indian Reprint, 2011. (6th Indian Reprint
2015)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. K. Alex, Soft Skills, S. Chand & Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2nd Revised Edition 2011.
2. Stephen P. Robbins and Timothy A. Judge, Organizational Behaviour, Prentice Hall,
Delhi, 16th edition 2014.

o https://www.universalclass.com/.../the-process-of-perso...
o https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/25545842
114
(20BT4HS12) WOMEN EMPOWERMENT
(Open Elective - 1)

30 70 100 3 – – 3
PRE–REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Concept & Framework, Status of Women, Women‟s Right to work, International Women‟s
Decade, and Women Entrepreneurship.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge of the characteristics and achievements of
empowered women and women's empowerment techniques by analyzing
women‟s legal and political status.
CO2. Apply the knowledge of women‟s rights by analyzing various societal issues and
obstacles in different fields, including science and technology.
CO3. Demonstrate the knowledge of significance of women‟s participation in policy
debates, National conferences, and common forums for equality and development
by identifying and analyzing issues.
CO4. Analyze the concept of women‟s entrepreneurship, government schemes, and
entrepreneurial challenges and opportunities.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: CONCEPT & FRAMEWORK (9 Periods)
Introduction– Empowered Women‟s Characteristics – Achievements of Women‟s
Empowerment Concept of Empowerment: Meaning & Concept – Generalizations about
Empowerment – Empowerment Propositions – Choices women can make for empowerment
– Women‟s participation in decision making, development process & in Governance.
Framework for Empowerment – Five levels of equality – Tenets of Empowerment–
Elements – Phases and aspects – Techniques – Categories and Models – Approaches.
UNIT II: STATUS OF WOMEN (9 Periods)
Legal Status: Present Scenario – Call for Social change – Significant trends – Legal &
Schemes – Personal Law – Joint Family – Criminal Law – Shift towards Dowry – Deterrent
Punishment – Criminal Law (II Amendment) – Discrimination in Employment.
Political Status: Present Scenario – Political Participation & its Nature – Socio–economic
Characteristics – Political Mobilization: Mass Media – Campaign Exposure – Group
Orientation – Awareness of issues and participation – Progress & Future Thrust.
UNIT III: WOMEN’S RIGHT TO WORK (9 Periods)
Introduction – Present Scenario – Changes in Policy & Programme – National Plan of Action–
Women‟s Cells and Bureau – Increase in work participation rate – Discrimination in labour
market – Women in unorganized sector – Issues and Obstacles– Women in Education –
115
Women in Science & Technology – Case Study: Linking Education to Women‟s Access to
resources.
UNIT IV: WOMEN’S PARTICIPATORY DEVELOPMENT (9 Periods)
Dynamics of social change – conscious participation – Information Explosion – Organized
Articulation – National Conference – Common Forums – Participatory Development – New
Issues Identified – Role of other Institutions.
UNIT V: WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP (9 Periods)
Introduction – Definition – Concept – Traits of women Entrepreneurs – Role of women
Entrepreneurs in India – Reasons of Women Entrepreneurship – Government schemes &
Financial Institutions to develop Women Entrepreneurs – Key policy recommendations –
Project Planning – Suggestions and measures to strengthen women entrepreneurship –
Growth & Future challenges – Training and Opportunities – Case Study: Training Women as
Hand–pump Mechanics– Case Study : Literacy for Empowering Craftswomen
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. SahaySushama. Women and Empowerment. Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi.
2013.
2. NayakSarojini, Jeevan Nair. Women’s Empowerment in India. Pointer Publishers,
Jaipur. 2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Baluchamy. S. Women’s Empowerment of Women. Pointer Publishers, Jaipur. 2010.
2. Khobragade Grishma. Women’s Empowerment: Challenges and Strategies
Empowering Indian Women, Booksclinic Publishing, Chhattisgarh. 2020.
3. https://www.economicsdiscussion.net/entrepreneurship/women–entrepreneurs–in–
india
4. https://www.businessmanagementideas.com/entrepreneurship–2/women–
entrepreneurs
116
(20BT40205) RELIABILITY AND SAFETY ENGINEERING
(Open Elective - 1)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Differential Equations and Multi-Variable Calculus, and Transformation Techniques and
Linear Algebra.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Fundamentals of reliability engineering; Network modelling and reliability evaluation;
Markov chain and Markov processes; basics of safety concepts and safety techniques and
applications.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After successful completion of this course, student will be able to:
CO1. Develop mathematical model of a network to evaluate the parameters for
assessing the reliability of a system.
CO2. Analyze the time dependent/independent characteristics of a repairable system
and frequency durations techniques to assess reliability.
CO3. Understand various safety management, policy, and planning strategies for
personal and industrial safety.
CO4. Understand various safety and hazard identification techniques and follow
appropriate safety measures in industry and society.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: FUNDAMENTALS OF RELIABILITY ENGINEERING (9 periods)
Random variables, probability concepts, rules for probabilities of events. Probability density
and distribution functions. Binomial distribution - Expected value and standard deviation for
binomial distribution. Reliability functions, f(t), F(t), h(t) - Relationship between these
functions, Exponential density and distribution functions, expected value and standard
deviation of exponential distribution. Measures of reliability - MTTF, MTTR, MTBF. Bathtub
curve.
UNIT II: NETWORK MODELING AND RELIABILITY EVALUATION (9 periods)
Basic concepts - Evaluation of network reliability/unreliability, series systems, parallel
systems, series - Parallel configuration systems. Redundant systems and its types.
Evaluation of network Reliability / Unreliability using conditional probability method, tie-set
and cut-set based approach, complete event tree and reduced event tree methods.
117
UNIT III: MARKOV CHAIN AND MARKOV PROCESSES (9 periods)
Basic concepts, stochastic transitional Probability matrix, time dependent probability
evaluation, Limiting State Probability evaluation, Absorbing states. Modelling concepts –
State space diagrams, time dependent reliability evaluation of single component repairable
model, two component repairable model. Frequency and duration techniques.
UNIT IV: BASICS OF SAFETY CONCEPTS (9 periods)
Introduction, goals, need for safety, history of safety movement - evolution of modern
safety concept, general concepts of safety management. Planning for safety- productivity,
quality and safety, line and staff functions, budgeting for safety, safety policy.
UNIT V: SAFETY TECHNIQUES AND APPLICATIONS (9 periods)
Introduction to safety techniques, Incident Recall Technique (IRT), disaster control, job
safety analysis, safety survey, safety inspection, safety sampling, evaluation of performance
of supervisors on safety. Hazard identification techniques, components of safety audit, types
of audit, audit methodology, process of safety reporting. Applications of industrial Safety,
environmental safety, health safety, electrical safety, fire safety.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Roy Billintonand Ronald N Allen, Reliability Evaluation of Engineering Systems,
nd
2 edition, Springer, New York, 2013.
2. Frank R. Spellman, Nancy E. Whiting, Safety Engineering: Principles and Practices, 3rd
edition, Rowman& Littlefield, 2018.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Charles E. Ebeling, An introduction to reliability and maintainability engineering,2nd
edition Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2010.
2. Dan Petersen, Techniques of Safety Management: A Systems Approach, 4thedition
american society of safety engineers, 2003.

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/108/105108128/
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uutg8jKrL9w
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_c-iZ2BAXPw
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GeMCF3s5EDk
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xYWyype7cxE
118
II B.Tech. II Semester
(20BT40105) ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND CONTROL
(Open Elective - 1)
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PREREQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Fundamentals of air pollution; Dispersion of pollutants; Effects and control of air pollution;
Water pollution; Soil pollution and control; Municipal solid waste management.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1 Analyze air and noise pollution using appropriate tools and techniques to solve
complex environmental issues following relevant standards considering society,
environment and sustainability besides communicating effectively in graphical form.
CO2 Analyze air and noise pollution control measures using appropriate tools and
techniques to solve complex environmental issues following relevant standards and
latest developments considering society, environment and sustainability besides
communicating effectively in graphical form.
CO3 Analyze water pollution and its control measures using appropriate tools and
CO4 Analyze soil pollution and its control measures using appropriate tools and
CO5 Analyze solid waste and its management measures using appropriate tools and
techniques to solve solid waste disposal issues following relevant standards and
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: AIR AND NOISE POLLUTION (08 Periods)

Air Pollution: Scope, Significance, Classification, Sources – Line, Area, Stationary, Mobile;
Effects of air pollutants on man, material and vegetation; Global effects of air pollution; Air
pollution meteorology - Lapse rate, Inversion, Plume pattern; Dispersion of air pollutants -
Dispersion models and applications; Ambient air quality standards.
Noise Pollution: Sound pressure, Power and intensity, Impacts of noise, permissible limits
of noise pollution, measurement of noise, Noise standards.
UNIT II: AIR AND NOISE POLLUTION CONTROL (10 Periods)

Self cleansing properties of the environment, Dilution method, Control at source, Process
changes and equipment modifications, Control of particulates – Types of equipment, Design
119
and operation - Settling chambers, Centrifugal separators, Bag house filters, Wet scrubbers,
Electrostatic precipitators; Control of gaseous pollutants – Adsorption, Absorption,
Condensation, Combustion; Control of air pollution from automobiles, Control of noise
pollution, Case studies, Latest developments in the air and noise pollution control.
UNIT III: WATER POLLUTION AND CONTROL (10 Periods)

Water pollution – Sources, Causes, Effects; Surface and groundwater quality – Physical,
Chemical, Biological; Drinking water quality standards, Water purification – Processes,
Engineered systems – Aeration, Solids separation, Settling operations, Coagulation,
Softening, Filtration, Disinfection; Wastewater – Sources, Causes, Effects, Treatment
process and disposal – Primary, Secondary, Tertiary; Case studies, Latest developments in
the water pollution control.
UNIT IV: SOIL POLLUTION AND CONTROL (08 Periods)

Soil pollutants, Sources of soil pollution, Causes, Effects and control of soil pollution,
Diseases caused by soil pollution, Methods to minimize soil pollution, Effective measures to
control soil pollution, Soil quality standards, Case studies, Latest developments in the soil
pollution control.
UNIT V: MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT (09 Periods)

Municipal solid waste – Types, Composition and characteristics; Methods of collection and
transportation; Methods of disposal – Open dumping, Sanitary landfill, Composting and
Incineration; Utilization - 6R Concept, Recovery and recycling and Energy Recovery; Latest
developments in solid waste management
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Peavy, H. S, Rowe, D. R., and Tchobanoglous, G., Environmental Engineering, McGraw
Hill Inc., 1985.
2. Rao, C. S. Environmental Pollution Control Engineering, New Age International Pvt. Ltd.,
2nd Edition, 2007.
3. Ibrahim A. Mirsa, Soil Pollution: Origin, Monitoring & Remediation, Springer, UK, 2nd
Edition, 2008.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Rao, M. N. and Rao, H. V. N., Air Pollution, Tata McGraw–Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 19 th
Edition, 2010.
2. Daniel Vallero, Fundamentals of Air Pollution, Academic Press (Elsevier), 5th Edition,
2014.
3. Khopkar, S. M., Environmental Pollution Monitoring and Control, New Age International
Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Edition, 2007.
4. Domkundwar, V. M., Environmental Engineering, Dhanpat Rai & Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2014.

1. National Ambient Air Quality Standards, Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi
2. Specifications for Drinking Water Standards, IS10500:2012
3. Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016
120
(20BT40106) PLANNING FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

(Open Elective - 1)
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PREREQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Sustainable development; Environmental impact; Sustainable Policies; Governance;
Theories and strategies; Media and education for sustainability.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Compare sustainable development theories in national and global context to
protect the society and environment.
CO2. Analyze the unforeseen environmental impacts on sustainable development to
protect the society and environment.
CO3. Analyze policies and governance for sustainable development considering ethics,
economics, society and environment.
CO4. Analyze systems and strategies for sustainable development using appropriate
tools and techniques considering ethics, economics, society and environment.
CO5. Analyze the role of media and education in sustainable development using
appropriate tools and techniques considering ethics, society and environment
besides communicating effectively.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT (09 Periods)

Definition and concepts of sustainable development, Capitalization of sustainability- National
and global context; Sustainable development goals, Emergence and evolution of
sustainability and sustainable development, Theories of sustainability, Case studies.
UNIT II: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT (09 Periods)
Climate change – Science, Knowledge and sustainability; Unforeseen environmental impacts
on development, Challenges of sustainable development, Centrality of resources in
sustainable development, Case studies.
UNIT III: SUSTAINABLE POLICIES AND GOVERNANCE (09 Periods)

Governance - Democracy and Eco–welfare; Global civil society and world civil politics, Civic
environmentalism, Policy responses to sustainable development, Economics of
sustainability, Social responsibility in sustainability, National action, ISO 14001:
Environmental management system.
UNIT IV: SUSTAINABLE SYSTEMS AND STRATAGIES (09 Periods)

Need for system innovation, Transition and co–evolution, Theories and methods for
sustainable development, Strategies for eco–innovation, Ecological foot print analysis, Socio
ecological indicators – Eco labels; Policy programmes for system innovation, Case studies.
121
UNIT V: MEDIA AND EDUCATION FOR SUSTAINABILITY (09 Periods)
Role of emerging media, Remarkable design and communication art, Activism and the public
interest, Education for sustainability, Participation in decision making, Critical thinking and
reflection, Case studies.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. John Blewitt, Understanding Sustainable Development, Earth Scan Publications Ltd.,
3rd Edition, 2018.
2. Jennifer A. Elliot, An Introduction to Sustainable Development, Routledge, 4th Edition,
2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Peter Rogers, Kazi F Jalal and John A Boyd, An Introduction to Sustainable
Development, Earth Scan Publications Ltd., 2008.
2. Simon Dresner, The Principles of Sustainability, Earth Scan Publications Ltd., 2 nd
Edition, 2008.
3. Peter Bartelmus, Environment Growth and Development: The Concepts and
Strategies of Sustainability, Routledge, 3rd Edition, 2003.
4. Gabriel Moser, Enric Pol, Yvonne Bernard, Mirilia Bonnes, Jose Antonio Corraliza and
Maria Vittoria Giuliani, People Places and Sustainability, Hogrefe & Huber Publishers,
2nd Edition, 2003.

1. Anil Markandya, Climate Change and Sustainable Development: Prospects for
Developing Countries, Routledge, 2002
122
(20BT40107) RURAL TECHNOLOGY
(Open Elective - 1)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:-
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Technology for rural development; Non-conventional energy; Technologies for rural
development; Community development; IT in rural development.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1 Compare various technologies for rural development by solving rural problems
through different schemes by considering ethics, society, environment and
sustainability.
CO2 Analyze non conventional energy sources using appropriate tools and techniques to
solve rural energy problems considering society, environment and sustainability
besides communicating effectively in graphical form.
CO3 Select appropriate technologies in different areas of rural development to solve rural
issues following latest developments considering society, environment and
sustainability.
CO4 Relate water conservation, health, safety and rural employment issues for
community development to solve rural problems through appropriate technologies
considering ethics, society, environment and sustainability.
CO5 Analyze the impact of IT, public and private partnership on rural development to
solve complex rural problems using appropriate tools and techniques considering
ethics, society, environment and sustainability.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: TECHNOLOGY FOR RURAL DEVLOPMENT (09 Periods)
India - Technology and rural development, Pre and post independence period, Rural India
Life, Indian farmer, Role of science and technology in rural development, Rural technology
and poverty eradication, Rural business hubs, Technology in improving rural infrastructure,
Various organizations related to innovation, Issues of technology transfer - CAPART,
NABARD, CSIR, NIF.
UNIT II: NON CONVENTIONAL ENERGY (09 Periods)

Definition of energy, Types of alternative sources of energy, Sources of non conventional
energy – Solar energy: Solar pump in agriculture, Solar dryer, Solar cooker, Solar heater;
Biogas, Recycling and management, Wastes conservation, Assessment and production of
biomass products and their utilization.
123
UNIT III: TECHNOLOGIES FOR RURAL DEVELOPMENT (09 Periods)
Food and agro based technologies, Tissue culture, Nursery, Building and construction
technologies, Cultivation and processing of economic plants, Cottage and social industries,
Latest developments in rural technologies.
UNIT IV: COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT (09 Periods)

Water conservation, Rain water Harvesting, Drinking water Standards and simple
treatments used, Environment and Sanitation, Bio fertilizers, Medical and aromatic plants,
Employment generating technologies–Apiculture, Pisciculture, Aquaculture.
UNIT V: IT IN RURAL DEVELOPMENT (09 Periods)

Role of information technology (IT) in rural areas, Impact of IT in rural development, Need
and necessity of technology, Corporate social responsibilities, Private sector participation
(Activities in different spheres: Employment, Education, Health, Agriculture and service
sectors) and Saansad Adarsh Gram Yojana (SAGY), Village adoption schemes.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Prabhath, S. V., and Sita Devi, P. Ch., Technology and Rural India, Serials
Publications, 1st Edition, 2012.
2. Virdi, M. S., Sustainable Rural Technologies, Daya Publishing House, 2nd Edition
2018.
3. Chakravarthy, R., and Murthy, P. R. S., Information Technology and Rural
Development, Pacific Book International, 1st Edition, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Chakravarthy, R., and Murthy, P. R. S., Information Technology and Rural
Development, Pacific Book International, 1st Edition, 2012.
2. Shivakanth Singh, Rural Development Policies and Programmes, Northern Book
Centre, 1st Edition, 2002.
3. Katar Singh and Anil Shishodia, Rural Development: Principles, Policies, and
Management, SAGE Publications India Private Limited, 4th Edition, 2016.
4. Vinayak Reddy, A., Yadagira Charyulu, M., Rural Development in India: Policies &
Initiatives, New Century Publications, 1st Edition, 2008.

1. Prasad, L. M., Principles and Practice of Management, S. Chand & Sons, 9th Edition,
2019.
2. Venkata Reddy, K., Agriculture and Rural Development - Gandhian Perspective,
Himalaya Publishing House, 1st Edition, 2017.
124
(20BT40305) HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective - 1)
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to HRM; recruitment, training and Placement, talent management; Basic types
of interviews; Components; Compensation and reward administration; Ethics, Employee
Relations, and Fair Treatment at Work, Dispute resolution and grievance management,
trade unions and their role in collective bargaining;
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge of concepts and perspective on HRM.
CO2. Demonstrate the knowledge of recruitment, placement and talent management.
CO3. Demonstrate the knowledge of training and development.
CO4. Demonstrate the knowledge of compensation and reward administration.
CO5. Demonstrate the knowledge of ethics, and employee relations.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (9 Periods)
Importance of Human Resource Management (HRM), Concepts and perspective on HRM,
Role of HRM in a competitive business environment, Environment affecting HRM at the
enterprise level, The trends shaping HRM, HR metrics and benchmarking, HR accounting,
inventory and information systems.
UNIT II: RECRUITMENT, PLACEMENT, AND TALENT MANAGEMENT (9 Periods)
HR planning and job analysis, Employee testing and selection, Basic types of interviews,
Placement, induction and socialization of the employees, Talent acquisition, talent
management.
UNIT III: TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT (9 Periods)
Employee Orientation/Onboarding, Appraising employee performance and potential
evaluation, Techniques for appraising performance, Managing Employee Retention,
Engagement, and Careers, Human Resource Development (HRD).
UNIT IV: COMPENSATION (8 Periods)
Compensation and reward administration, Basic factors in determining pay rates, Job
evaluation methods, Pay for Performance and Financial Incentives, Employee benefits and
services.
125
UNIT-V: ENRICHMENT TOPICS IN HRM (10 Periods)
Ethics, Employee Relations, and Fair Treatment at Work, Dispute resolution and grievance
management, trade unions and their role in collective bargaining, Employee Safety and
Health, Global Challenges in HRM, Managing Human Resources in Small and Entrepreneurial
Firms, Business environment and workforce adjustments, Creating high performance
systems, Innovations in HRM.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Garry Dessler and BijuVarkkey, Human Resource Management, Pearson education,
16th Edition, 2020.
2. Aswathappa K, Human Resource Management, McGraw Hill Education,8th Edition,
2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. V.S.P Rao, Human Resource Management, Taxmann Publications Pvt. Ltd, 2nd
Edition 2020.
2. Bohlander George W, Snell Scott, Principles of Human Resource Management,
Cengage Learning, 16th edition,2013.
126
(20BT50506) ETHICAL HACKING
(Open Elective - 1)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PREREQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Ethical hacking, Network and computer attacks, Foot printing, Social engineering, Port
scanning, System hacking, Sniffers, Denial of service, Hacking web servers, Wireless
hacking, Cryptography, Network Protection System.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on the computer security, social engineering and the
intent of ethical hacking.
CO2. Select and apply foot printing and port scanning tools to discover vulnerabilities
of the computer system.
CO3. Investigate hacking techniques and tools to maintain computer security.
CO4. Analyze cryptosystems and network protection systems for information security
and intrusion prevention.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: ETHICAL HACKING, NETWORK AND COMPUTER ATTACKS (9 Periods)

Introduction to Ethical Hacking: The role of security and penetration testers,
Penetration-Testing methodologies, What you can and cannot do legally.
Network and Computer Attacks: Malicious software, Trojans, Backdoors, Viruses, and
Worms, Protection against malware attacks, Intruder attacks on networks and computers,
Addressing physical security.
UNIT II:-TCP/IP CONCEPTS AND SOCIAL ENGINEERING (9 Periods)
TCP/IP Concepts: Overview of TCP/IP – Application layer, Transport layer, Internet layer;
IP addressing – Planning IP address assignments, IPv6 addressing.
Social Engineering: What is social engineering, What are the common types of attacks,
Understand insider attacks, Understand identity theft, Describe phishing attacks,
Understand online scams, Understand URL obfuscation, Social engineering
countermeasures.
UNIT III: FOOTPRINTING ANDPORT SCANNING (9 Periods)
Foot printing: Using web tools for footprinting, Conducting competitive intelligence, Using
domain name system zone transfers.
127
Port Scanning: Port scanning, Using port scanning tools, Conducting ping sweeps,
Understanding scripting.
UNIT IV: SYSTEM HACKING (9 Periods)
System hacking -Password cracking techniques, Types of passwords, Key loggers and other
spyware technologies, Escalating privileges, Root kits, How to hide files, Steganography
technologies, How to cover your tracks and evidences; Sniffers - Protocols susceptible to
sniffing, Active and passive sniffing, ARP poisoning, Ethereal capture and display filters, MAC
flooding, DNS spoofing techniques, Sniffing counter measures; Denial of Service - Types of
DoS attacks, How DDoS attacks work, How BOTs/BOTNETs work, Smurf attack, SYN
flooding, DoS/DDoS counter measures; Session hijacking - Spoofing vs. hijacking, Types of
session hijacking, Sequence prediction, Steps in performing session hijacking, Preventing
session hijacking.
UNIT-V: CRYPTOGRAPHY, NETWORK PROTECTION SYSTEMS (9 Periods)
Cryptography: Understanding Cryptography basics, Symmetric and asymmetric
algorithms, Public key infrastructure, Cryptography attacks.
Network Protection Systems: Understanding routers, Firewalls, Honeypots.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Michael T. Simpson, Kent Backman, James E. Corley, Hands-On Ethical Hacking and
Network Defense, 3rdEdition, Cengage Learning, 2017.
2. Kimberly Graves, CEH: Official Certified Ethical Hacker Review Guide, Wiley, 2007.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Michael Gregg, Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH) Cert guide,3rdEdition, Pearson, 2019.
128
(20BT51205) AI IN HEALTHCARE
(Open Elective - 1)
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Concepts of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in Healthcare; The Present
State and Future of AI in Healthcare Specialties; The Role of Major Corporations in AI in
Healthcare; Applications of AI in Healthcare.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Understand the fundamental concepts of AI in Healthcare sector.
CO2. Analyze the present state and future of AI in Healthcare specialties for different
scenarios.
CO3. Apply design concepts and metrics for AI in Healthcare.
CO4. Demonstrate basic concepts and terminologies of future applications of
Healthcare in AI.
CO5. Develop AI applications through AI techniques for healthcare.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IN HEALTHCARE
(8 periods)
Introduction to AI in Healthcare, Benefits and Risks, AI in the health sector, AI versus
Human Intelligence, The future of AI in health sector, AI and Neural networks.
UNIT II: THE PRESENT STATE AND FUTURE OF AI IN HEALTHCARE SPECIALTIES
(10 periods)
Artificial Intelligence in: preventive healthcare, Radiology, Pathology, Surgery,
Anesthesiology, Psychiatry, Cardiology, Pharmacy, Dermatology, Dentistry, Orthopedics,
Ophthalmology.
UNIT III: THE ROLE OF MAJOR CORPORATIONS IN AI IN HEALTHCARE (8 periods)
IBM Watson, The role of Google and Deep mind in AI in Healthcare, Baidu, Facebook and AI
in Healthcare, Microsoft and AI in Healthcare.
UNIT IV: FUTURE OF HEALTHCARE IN AI (10 periods)
Evidence-based medicine, personalized medicine, Connected medicine, Disease and
Condition Management , Virtual Assistants, Remote Monitoring, Medication Adherence,
Accessible Diagnostic Tests, Smart Implantables, Digital Health and Therapeutics,
Education, Incentivized Wellness. Artificial Intelligence, Block chain, Robots, Robot-Assisted
129
Surgery, Exoskeletons, Inpatient Care, Companions, Drones, Smart Places, Smart Homes,
Smart Hospitals, Reductionism, Innovation vs. Deliberation.
UNIT V: APPLICATIONS OF AI IN HEALTHCARE (9 periods)
Case Study 1: AI for Imaging of Diabetic Foot Concerns and Prioritization of Referral for
Improvements in Morbidity and Mortality.
Case Study2: Outcomes of a Digitally Delivered, Low-Carbohydrate, Type 2 Diabetes Self-
Management.
Case Study3: Delivering a Scalable and Engaging Digital Therapy.
Case Study4: Improving Learning Outcomes for Junior Doctors through the Novel Use of
Augmented and Virtual Reality for Epilepsy
Case Study5: Big Data, Big Impact, Big Ethics-Diagnosing Disease Risk from Patient Data.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Dr.Parag Mahajan, Artificial Intelligence in Healthcare, MedManthra Publications,
2. First Edition 2019.
3. Arjun Panesar, Machine Learning and AI for Healthcare Big Data for Improved
Health, Apress Publications, 2019.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Michael Matheny, Sonoo Thadaney Israni, Mahnoor Ahmed, and Danielle Whicher,
Artificial Intelligence in Health Care: The Hope, the Hype, the Promise, the Peril,
National Academy of Medicine Publication, First Edition, 2019.

1. https://www.udacity.com/course/ai-for-healthcare-nanodegree--nd320 (AI for
Healthcare).
2. https://builtin.com/artificial-intelligence/artificial-intelligence-healthcare(Surgical
robots, new medicines and better care: 32 examples of AI in healthcare).
3. https://healthtechmagazine.net/article/2020/02/future-artificial-intelligence-
healthcare (Future of Artificial Intelligence in Healthcare).
130
(20BT51501) BIOINFORMATICS
(Open Elective - 1)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Biological Data Acquisition, Databases, Data Processing, Methods of Analysis, Applications of
Bio-informatics
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Understand basic biological data acquisition in bioinformatics.
CO2. Identify the proper databases for the information search by choosing the
biological databases and also submission and retrieval of data from databases.
CO3. Analyze the results of bioinformatics data using text and sequence-based
searching techniques.
CO4. Analyze the secondary and tertiary structures of proteins by applying different
alignment programs
CO5. Design biological databases and novel drugs by using contextual knowledge on
bioinformatics.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: BIOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION (9 Periods)
Biological information, Retrieval methods for DNA sequence, protein sequence and protein
structure information
UNIT II: DATABASES (9 Periods)
Format and Annotation: Conventions for database indexing and specification of search
terms, Common sequence file formats. Annotated sequence databases - primary and
secondary sequence databases, protein sequence and structure databases.
UNIT III: DATA PROCESSING (9 Periods)
Data – Access, Retrieval and Submission: Standard search engines; Data retrieval tools –
Entrez, DBGET and SRS; Submission of (new and revised) data; Sequence Similarity
Searches: Local and global. Distance metrics. Similarity and homology. Scoring matrices,
PAM and BLOSUM
UNIT IV: METHODS OF ANALYSIS (9 Periods)
Dynamic programming algorithms, Needleman-Wunsch and Smith-waterman. Heuristic
Methods of sequence alignment, FASTA and BLAST; Multiple Sequence Alignment and
software tools for pair wise and multiple sequence alignment, CLUSTAL program, Prediction
of Tertiary structure of proteins.
131
UNIT V: APPLICATIONS (9 Periods)
Genome Annotation and Gene Prediction; ORF finding; Phylogenetic Analysis, Genomics,
Proteomics, Genome analysis – Genome annotation, DNA Microarray, computer aided drug
design (CADD).
Total Periods: 45
Topics for self-study are provided in lesson plan
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Lesk, A. K., “Introduction to Bioinformatics” 4th Edition, Oxford University Press,
2013.
2. Dan Gusfield, “Algorithms on Strings, Trees and Sequences: Computer Science and
Computational Biology” Cambridge University Press, 1997.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Baldi, P. and Brunak, S., “Bioinformatics: The Machine Learning Approach” 2nd
Edition, MIT Press. 2001
2. Mount, D.W., “Bioinformatics Sequence and Genome Analysis” 2nd Edition, Cold
Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2004
3. Tindall, J., “Beginning Perl for Bioinformatics: An introduction to Perl for Biologists”
1st Edition, O‟Reilly Media, 2001
132
(20BT30132) FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY LAB
30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Fluid Mechanics, Hydraulic Engineering/Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Calibration of flow meters; Verification of Bernoulli‟s equation; Performance of turbines and
pumps; Losses through pipes.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Evaluate fluid flow characteristics using appropriate tools and techniques to solve
fluid mechanics problems by following latest developments and ensuring safety.
CO2. Evaluate the performance and behaviour of hydraulic machinery using
appropriate tools and techniques to solve hydraulic machinery problems by
following latest developments and ensuring safety.
CO3. Perform individually or in a team besides communicating effectively in written,
oral and graphical forms on fluid mechanics and hydraulic machinery.
1. Calibration of venturimeter
2. Calibration of orificemeter
3. Determination of coefficient of discharge for a small orifice by a constant head
4. Determination of coefficient of velocity for small orifice by variable head method
5. Calibration of rectangular notch
6. Determination of loss of head due to sudden contraction
7. Determination of coefficient of friction for pipes
8. Verification of Bernoulli‟s equation
9. Study of impact of jet on vanes
10. Study of hydraulic jump
11. Performance test on Pelton wheel
12. Performance test on Francis turbine
13. Performance test on Kaplan turbine
14. Performance test on single stage centrifugal pump
15. Performance test on multi stage centrifugal pump
16. Performance test on reciprocating pump
SVEC20 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery Laboratory Manual
133
(20BT40331) ENGINEERING METROLOGY LAB

30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES:
A course on computer aided machine drawing.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
High precision Metrology; Standardization; Calibration of instruments such as Vernier
calipers, Micrometer, Vernier height gauge; Measure dimensions of shafts, bearings;
Alignment tests on lathes and milling machines; Straightness and flatness measurements;
Identifying uncertainties in dimensional metrology; Measurement of gear and threaded
profiles; Machine Vision system.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Apply suitable tools, instruments and methods for linear, angular, straightness and
flatness measurements.
CO2. Apply suitable tools, instruments and methods for measuring gear and screw thread
elements.
CO3. Analyze surfaces for roughness measurement using surface roughness tester.
CO4. Work independently or in teams to solve problems with effective communication
List of Exercises/List of Experiments

1. Calibration of Vernier Calipers, Micrometer, Vernier Height Gauge, Dial Gauge and
measurement of dimensions of given components
2. Measurement of dimensions of a part using limit gauges
3. Measurement of internal bores by dial bore indicators
4. Measurement of coordinates of a jig plate
5. Measurement of radius of curvature of a given ring
6. (a) Measurement of angle and taper by using Bevel protractor, Sine bars
(b) Measurement of angle of Taper plug gauge, Taper ring gauge, V- groove
7. Measurement of gear elements by using Gear Tooth Vernier
8. (a) Measurement of screw elements by using Tool Makers microscope
(b) Measurement of screw elements by using profilometer
(c) Measurement of effective diameter of an external thread by using Two
Wire/Threewire method
9. Study of angular measurement using Autocollimator
10. Measurement of flatness using Spirit level
11. Measurement of surface roughness using surface roughness tester
134
12. Checking the limits of dimensional tolerances using electrical and optical comparators
13. Study of Alignment test on lathe and milling machines and measurement of the
Resultant forceacting on the tool using Tool Dynamometers
14. Process capability of Lathe measurement using Variable (or) Attribute chart
15. Study of Measurements using Machine Vision system
Note: Minimum Twelve Experiments are to be conducted.

SVEC20 Engineering Metrology Lab Manual
135
(20BT40332) MACHINE TOOLS LAB

30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Demonstration on lathe; drilling; milling; slotting machine; shaper; grinding machine;
milling machine; provides skill on making products using machines tools; Non-traditional
Machines; Tool Geometry; CNC Machining.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Design and model different components by performing metal cutting operations
using lathe machine with in the realistic constraints.
CO2. Design and model different components by performing metal cutting operations
using special machines with in the realistic constraints.
List of Exercises/List of Experiments
1. Perform the given machining operations on a MS round rod as per the given drawing
using lathe.
a) Straight turning, Facing and chamfering operation
b) Step turning, chamfering and knurling operation
c) Taper turning, grooving operation
d) Thread cutting and grooving operation
e) eccentric turning operation
2. Perform Drilling, tapping and reaming using radial drilling machine
3. Model a V - Block using shaping machine
4. Perform Internal splines cutting using slotting machine
5. Perform Single point cutting tool Grinding using tool and cutter grinder
6. Perform Profile cutting using vertical milling machine
7. Perform Spur gear cutting using horizontal milling machine
8. Perform Surface grinding operation using surface grinder
136
9. Perform Cylindrical grinding machine using cylindrical grinder
10. Perform Gear Hobbing using gear Hobbing machine.
11. Study of Non-traditional Machines.
12. Study of Tool Geometry
13. Study of CNC Machining.
Note: Minimum Twelve Experiments are to be conducted

SVEC20 Machine Tools Lab Manual
137
(20BT40333) MATLAB FOR MECHANICAL ENGINEERS LAB

30 70 100 - 1 2 2
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on programming in C and Data Structures and Basic Engineering Mechanics.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Basics of MATLAB; Functions for plotting; Programming in MATLAB; Application of MATLAB
code in Engineering Mechanics and Mechanical Vibrations.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on syntax, built-in functions, mathematical
operations of MATLAB.
CO2. Analyze the syntax for preparing MATLAB script file and function file.
CO3. Ana lyze the given data through visualization.
CO4. Develop MATLAB code for solving Mechanical Engineering problems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT- I: BASICS OF MATLAB
Arithmetic operations with scalars, display formats, math built-in functions, Arrays,
Mathematical operations with arrays.
1. Calculate
a)
b)
c)
d)
2. Calculate
a)
b)
3. Calculate
a)
b)
138
4. Define the variable x as x = 13.5. then evaluate
a)
b)
c)
5. Define the variable a, b, c and d as a = 16.9, b = -8.02, c = 68.74 and d =

0.8(ab-c)
Evaluate
a)
6. Consider two matrices
Using MATLAB determine the following:

a) A + B
b) AB
c) A2
d) AT
e) B-1
f) BTAT
g) A2+B2-AB
h) Determinant of A, determinant of B and determinant of AB.
7. Consider two matrices
Using MATLAB determine the following:

a) C + D
b) CD
c) C2
d) CT
e) D-1
f) DTCT
g) C2+D2-CD
h) Determinant of C, determinant of D and determinant of CD.
8. Consider two matrices.
a) Determine E.F?
139
UNIT II: PROGRAMMING IN MATLAB
Conditional statements, the switch-case statement, Loops, Nested loops, Nested conditional
statements, break and continue commands, User defined Functions and Function files.
1. Write script file and a function file to print the square root of the even integers up to
n, by using for loop. (for both script and function file the output should be like)
2 1.4142
4 2.0000
6 2.4495
2. Write a script file to test the integer is even or odd. (use if-else)
3. Write a program which calculates the tip in the restaurant according to the amount
of the bill, if the bill is less than 10$ the tip is $1.80. If the bill is between $10 and
$60 the tip is 18% of the bill, if the bill is above $60 the tip is 20% of the bill.
4. Write a function M-file that computes the following function, where x should be
scalar.
5. Write a script and function file by using while loop to display all powers of two from
2 to 10.
6. Write a for loop to compute the sum of the squares of all integers from 2 to 20:
7. Write a script and function file for converting rectangular coordinates to polar
coordinates, with a function name as polarcoordinates and the formulae are:
8. Write a script and function file that gives the factorial of a positive number. Use
command name as fact (use for loop)
9. By using for loop in a function, write a program for Fibonacci series of generating n
numbers? Use the command name as fib.
10. Write a MATLAB program to determine the magnitude and direction of the resultant
of 3 coplanar forces applied at point A in figure. Use the following values. F1 = 20kN,
F2 = 40kN, F3=200 kN, 1=400, 2 =250 and 3=580.
11. Figure shows two forces, one 500 N and the other P applied by cables on each side of
the obstruction A in order to remove the spike. Write a MATLAB program to
determine:
140
i) the magnitude of P necessary to such that the resultant T is directed along the spike
ii) the magnitude of T
iii) plot P and T as a function of d. (Range of d between 1 and 20 mm).
UNIT- III: PLOTING

Plot of given data, plot of a function, multiple graphs in same plot, multiple plots in same
page.
1. Let us draw the graph of two polynomials; Write the code in script file? Range [-
10,10]
a) and
b)
2. Write the script for plotting the cardioid curve with the following parametric
equations with at range of ; Take a =3 (can check for any value)
3. Plot the function , and its first and second derivatives, for -2 ≤ x
≤ 4, all in the same plot.
4. The piston-rod-crank mechanism is used in many engineering applications. In the

mechanism shown in the following figure, the crank is rotating at a constant speed of
500 rpm. Calculate and plot the position, velocity, and acceleration of the piston for
one revolution of the crank. Write MATLAB commands to make the three plots on the
same page. Set angle = 00 when t=0.
UNIT IV: MATLAB APPLICATION IN ENGINEERING MECHANICS

Preparing MATLAB codes for Resultant and equilibrium force of coplanar force system.
1. Write a MATLAB program to determine the magnitude and direction of the resultant
of 3 coplanar forces applied at point A in figure. Use the following values. F1 = 20kN,
F2 = 40kN, F3=200 kN, 1=400, 2 =250 and 3=580.
141
2. Figure shows two forces, one 500 N and the other P applied by cables on each side of
the obstruction A in order to remove the spike. Write a MATLAB program to
determine:
i) the magnitude of P necessary to such that the resultant T is directed along
the spike
ii) the magnitude of T
iii) plot P and T as a function of d. (Range of d between 1 and 20 mm).
3. Figure shows the location of the center of gravity of a 5000 N truck for the unloaded
condition. The location of the added load WL is at a distance of x inches behind the
rear axle. Write a MATLAB program and plot WL as a function of x for x ranging from
0 to 60 mm.
UNIT-V: MATLAB APPLICATION IN MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS

Preparing MATLAB codes for Free vibration of Single Degree of Freedom Systems, free
vibration of damped system.
1. Write a MATLAB script for plotting
(i) the one-dimensional response magnitude for a system with harmonically moving
base shown in Fig.
(ii) the response phase angle for system with harmonically moving base.
142
2. An analytical expression for the response of a damped single degree of freedom
system to given initial displacement and velocity is given by
where C and Ø represent the amplitude and phase angle of the response,
respectively having the values
Plot the response of the system using MATLAB for ωn =5 rad/sec ξ=0.05, 0.1, 0.2
subjected to the initial conditions x(0) = 0, v0= 60 cm/s.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Rao V. Dukkipati, MATLAB: An Introduction with Application, New Age International
Publishers, Second edition, 2010
2. Amos Gilat, MATLAB: An Introduction with Applications, John Wiley & Sons, Fourth
Edition.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Rudra Pratap. Getting Started With MATLAB, Oxford University Press. Seventh
edition, 2019
143
II B. Tech. - II Semester
(20BT315AC) DESIGN THINKING
(Audit Course)

- - - 2 - - -
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Design thinking process, Design thinking phases, empathy tools; Idea generation,
visualizing and empathizing; Fidelity for prototypes, prototyping; prototyping for physical
products.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze design thinking concepts and principles to perform human centered
design process for creative problem solving.
CO2. Create empathy maps to visualize user attitudes and behavior for gaining insights
of customers.
CO3. Develop innovative products or services for a customer base using ideation
techniques.
CO4. Build prototypes for complex problems using gathered user requirements.
CO5. Apply design thinking tools techniques to produce good design and relevant
products or services for a specific target market.
CO6. Improve prototype by testing it with a specific set of users for making it
sustainable by following ethics.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN THINKING (6 Periods)
Design Thinking Process: Types of the thinking process, Common methods to change the
human thinking process, Design thinking: Definition, Origin of design thinking, Importance
of design thinking, Design vs Design thinking, Problem solving, Understanding design
thinking and its process model, Design thinking tools.
UNIT II: EMPATHIZE (6 Periods)
Design thinking phases, How to empathize, Role of empathy in design thinking, purpose of
empathy maps, Things to be done prior to empathy mapping, Activities during and after the
session, Understanding empathy tools : Customer Journey Map, Personas.
UNIT III: IDEATION (6 Periods)
Challenges in idea generation, need for systematic method to connect to user, Visualize,
Empathize, and Ideate method, Importance of visualizing and empathizing before ideating,
Applying the method, Ideation Tools: How Might We? (HMW), Story board, Brainstorming.
144
UNIT IV: PROTOTYPING (6 Periods)
What is a prototype? - Prototyping as a mindset, prototype examples, prototyping for
products; Why we prototype? Fidelity for prototypes, Process of prototyping- Minimum
Viable prototype
UNIT V: TESTING PROTOTYPES (6 Periods)
Prototyping for digital products: What‟s unique for digital, Preparation; Prototyping for
physical products: What‟s unique for physical products, Preparation; Testing prototypes with
users.
Total Periods: 30
TEXTBOOKS:
1. S.Salivahanan, S.Suresh Kumar, D.Praveen Sam, “Introduction to Design
Thinking”,Tata Mc Graw Hill, First Edition,2019.
2. Kathryn McElroy, “Prototyping for Designers: Developing the best Digital and Physical
Products”, O‟Reilly,2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Michael G. Luchs, Scott Swan , Abbie Griffin,”Design Thinking – New Product
Essentials from PDMA”, Wiley, 2015.
2. Vijay Kumar, “101 Design Methods: A Structured Approach for Driving Innovation
in Your Organization”, 2012.

1. https://www.interaction-design.org/literature/article/5-stages-in-the-design-
thinking-process
2. https://www.ibm.com/design/thinking/page/toolkit
3. https://www.interaction-design.org/literature/article/define-and-frame-your-design-
challenge-by-creating-your-point-of-view-and-ask-how-might-we
4. https://www.culturepartnership.eu/en/article/ten-tools-for-design-thinking
6. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110106124/
145
III B. Tech. – I Semester
(20BT50301) DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Course on Strength of Materials.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
General considerations of design, design process; Manufacturing considerations, BIS codes
of materials; Combined stresses; theories of failure; Fatigue; Stress concentration;
Goodman‟s line, Soderberg‟s line; shafts; keys; sleeve or muff, and Flange couplings,
Flexible couplings; sleeve and cotter joint, Knuckle joint, mechanical springs.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Design the machine elements subjected to combined and structural loads
considering design standards.
CO2. Design the parameters of power transmitting elements such as shafts, keys,
couplings and joints.
CO3. Design threaded joints under eccentric loading conditions and welded joints for
residual stresses.
CO4. Design journal, ball and roller bearings for the given application.
CO5. Design the parameters ofsprings and spur gears for the given application.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: DESIGN FOR COMBINED & FLUCTUATING LOADS (09 Periods)
Introduction to design, Types of design, General considerations of design, Design process;
Manufacturing considerations in the design; BIS coding and Preferred numbers; Combined
stresses, Various theories of failures.
Stress concentration, Notch sensitivity, Design for fluctuating stresses fatigue failure,
Endurance limit, Estimation of Endurance strength - Goodman‟s line, Soderberg‟s line;
Design of components for finite and infinite life.
UNIT II: DESIGN OF SHAFTS, KEYS, COUPLINGS AND JOINTS (09 periods)
Shafts: Shaft design - on the basis of strength and Torsional rigidity, ASME code for shaft
design.
Keys: Design of Keys – Sunk keys: Rectangular and Square keys and Applications of keys.
Couplings: Design of couplings - Sleeve or Muff, Protected type Flange couplings, Bush-pin
type, Applications of couplings.
Joints: Sleeve and cotter joint, Knuckle joint;
UNIT III: DESIGN OF THREADED AND WELDED JOINTS (09 periods)
Threaded Joints: Basic Types of screw fastenings - cap screws, set screws; Bolts of
uniform strength, locking devices, I.S.O. metric screw threads, bolts under tension,
146
eccentrically loaded bolted joint in shear, eccentric load parallel and perpendicular to the
axis of bolts, and plane containing the bolts.
Welded Joints: Introduction, welding process, types of welded joints, working stresses in
welds, Strength of welds, Special cases of fillet welds, Eccentric loads on welded
connections, Design procedure.
UNIT IV: BEARINGS (09 periods)
Journal bearing design, Ball and Roller Bearings, Static load, Dynamic load, Equivalent radial
load, Design and Selection of ball and roller bearings.
UNIT V: DESIGN OF MECHANICAL SPRINGS AND SPUR GEAR (09 periods)
Stress and deflections of helical springs, Design of helical springs, springs for fatigue
loading, Energy storage capacity in helical springs, Concentric springs; Design procedure for
spur gear.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. V. B. Bhandari, Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGrawHill, 3rd Edition, 2010.
2. R.S. Khurmi & J.K. Gupta, Machine Design, Eurasia Publishing House (pvt.) Ltd. 2005
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. 1. Joseph E. Shigely, Mechanical Engineering Design, TMH Publishers, 9th Edition,
2011.
2. T. Krishna Rao, Design of Machine Elements Vol-II, I K International, 1st Edition,
2008.
Data Book: Design data hand book for Mechanical Engineers in SI and Metric units by
Balaveera Reddy and Mahadevan.N
147
III B. Tech. I Semester
(20BT50302) OPERATIONS RESEARCH
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Requirements of Linear Programming Problem, Formulation, Graphical solution, Simplex
method, Big-M method, Two Phase Method; Vogel‟s approximation method; Modified
distribution (MODI) method to find optimal solution; Two person zero sum games; Saddle
point; Inventory costs and deterministic inventory control models; Project management
through network analysis.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Apply linear programming techniques to solve complex problems and obtain
optimal solutions.
CO2. Analyze games through appropriate strategies to influence the game outcome.
CO3. Apply suitable inventory control models for cost reduction and simulate them.
CO4. Develop network models and solve project management issues involving diverse
resources.
CO5. Apply queuing models to compute the relevant characteristics and simulate them.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEM (10 periods)
Requirements of Linear Programming Problem, Formulation, Graphical solution, Simplex
method, Big-M method, Two Phase Method, Dual formulation, Dual Simplex Method, Linear
Programming special cases- Infeasible solution, Unboundedness, Redundancy, Alternate
optimal solutions.
UNIT II: TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT MODELS (08 periods)
Transportation model: Methods to find Basic Feasible Solution- North-West corner rule,
Least cost method, Vogel‟s approximation method; Modified distribution (MODI) method to
find optimal solution, Special cases of transportation problems, Transshipment problem.
Assignment model: Hungarian method, Variants of Assignment Problem, Travelling
Salesman Problem
UNIT III: GAME THEORY AND INVENTORY MODELS (10 periods)
Game Theory – Two person zero sum games, Saddle point, Pure strategy, Mixed strategy
– Dominance, Algebraic method and Graphical method.
Inventory Models – Functions, Types, Associated costs, Factors involved in inventory
problem analysis, Inventory costs and deterministic inventory control models - single item
inventory control models without shortages and with shortages, with quantity discounts.
148
UNIT IV: NETWORK MODELS (09 periods)
Network Flow models – Minimal Spanning Tree, Shortest Path Problem and Maximal Flow
Problem, Project management through network analysis- Critical Path Method, Program
Evaluation Review Technique, Cost analysis and Crashing.
UNIT V: QUEUING AND SIMULATION (08 periods)
Queuing: Infinite queue length model, Poisson arrivals and Exponential service times -
single server and multi-server.
Simulation: Monte Carlo simulation, Simulation of a waiting line problem, Simulation of
inventory model.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Hamdy A Taha, Introduction to Operations Research, Pearson India, 10th Edition,
2017
2. J.K. Sharma, Operations Research: Theory and Applications, Macmillan, New Delhi,
5th Edition, 2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Hillier, Libermann, Introduction to Operations Research, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Private Limited, 10th Edition, 2017.
2. KantiSwarup, P.K. Gupta, Manmohan, Operations Research, Sultan Chand & Sons,
2019.
149
(20BT50303) THERMAL ENGINEERING-II
Int. Marks Ext.Marks TotalMarks L T P C

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Engineering Thermodynamics and Thermal Engineering-I.
COURSEDESCRIPTION:
Steam Boiler; Classification of Boilers; Working of Steam Boilers; Functions of Various Boiler
Mountings and Accessories; Performance parameters of boiler; Characteristics off low
through steam nozzles; Working of Steam Condensers and their performance; Cooling
water requirements; Steam turbines and their analysis; Compounding and governing;
Refrigeration systems; Psychrometry; Air conditioning systems.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze the functional and performance characteristics boiler systems to
determine its performance parameters.
CO2. Analyze the performance characteristic of steam nozzles and condensers
and calculate its performance characteristics.
CO3. Analyze the performance characteristic of steam turbines using velocity
diagrams and determine its performance characteristics.
CO4. Calculate the performance characteristics refrigeration systems.
CO5. Calculate the psychometric properties during psychometric process in air
conditioning systems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: STEAM BOILERS (09 Periods)
Classification of Boilers, Working of Fire Tube Boilers - Simple Vertical Boiler, Cochran Boiler,
Cornish Boiler and Locomotive Boiler; Working of Water Tube Boilers–Babcock and Wilcox
Boiler, Lamont Boiler and Benson Boiler; Functions of Boiler Mountings and Accessories; Boiler
horse power, equivalent evaporation, efficiency and heat balance.
Draught: classification – Height of chimney for given draught and discharge, condition for
maximum discharge, efficiency of chimney – artificial draught, induced and forced draught
UNIT II: STEAM NOZZLES AND CONDENSORS (09 Periods)
Steam Nozzles: Classification, functions, Flow of steam through the Nozzles, Velocity of
Steam at the exit of Nozzle- Ideal and Actual expansion through the Nozzle; Discharge
through the Nozzle-Condition for maximum discharge through the Nozzle, Critical Pressure
Ratio; Nozzle Efficiency and Velocity Coefficient, Wilsons Line.
Steam Condensers: Classification, Working of Jet and Surface Condensers, Vacuum
Efficiency, Condenser Efficiency, Sources of air, Effect of air leakage in Condenser-Edward‟s
Air Pump; Cooling Water Requirement.
150
UNIT III: IMPULSE TURBINES AND REACTION TURBINES (9 Periods)
Impulse turbine: Classification of Steam Turbines, Working of De-laval Impulse Steam
Turbine, Pressure velocity variations, Combined Velocity diagrams of Impulse turbine, Effect
of friction, Axial thrust, Tangential thrust and Power developed, Compounding and
Governing.
Reaction Turbines: Working of Parson‟s Reaction Turbine, Degree of Reaction, Pressure
velocity variations and combined velocity diagram of Reaction turbine.
UNIT IV: REFRIGERATION (09 Periods)
Introduction to Refrigeration, Units of Refrigeration, Carnot Refrigerator, COP of a
refrigerator, Heat Pump, Air refrigeration System-Working Principle and Essential
Components of the Plant – COP – Representation of Cycle on T-S and P-h diagram; Vapour
Compression Refrigeration (VCR) System – Working Principle and Essential Components of
the Plant – COP – Representation of Cycle on T-S and P-h; Vapour absorption system-
Working Principle and Essential Components of the Plant – COP; Introduction to
refrigerants.
UNIT V: AIR CONDITIONING (09 Periods)
Psychrometry: Psychrometric properties, Psychrometric charts. Property calculations of air
vapour mixtures by using chart and expressions. Psychrometric process – adiabatic
saturation, sensible heating and cooling, humidification, dehumidification, evaporative
cooling and adiabatic mixing. Introduction Air Conditioning Systems-Classification of Air
conditioning systems.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. R.K.Rajput, Thermal Engineering, Laxmi Publication, 10th Edition,2018
2. Mahesh M. Rathore, Thermal Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 1st
Edition,2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. R.S.Khurmi& J.S. Gupta, Thermal Engineering, S.Chand, 15th Edition, 2015.
2. R.S.Khurmi& J.S. Gupta, Refrigeration and Air conditioning, S.Chand, 5th Edition, 2020.
151
(20BT50304) AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
(Professional Elective – 1)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on Thermal Engineering-I

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Basic components and classification of automobiles; Fuel Supply System; Cooling System;
Ignition System; Electrical Systems; Electronic Systems; Transmission System; Steering
System; Suspension and Braking System.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on vehicle structure, chassis layout and fuel supply
systems.
CO2. Demonstrate the knowledge on cooling systems and ignition systems used in an
automobile.
CO3. Demonstrate the knowledge on electrical and electronic systems used in
automobile.
CO4. Demonstrate the knowledge on construction and working of transmission systems
and steering systems of an automobile.
CO5. Demonstrate the knowledge on construction and working of suspension and
braking systems of an automobile.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: AUTOMOBILE BASICS AND FUEL SYSTEMS (09 periods)
Classification of automobiles, Components of a four wheeler automobile, Chassis and body,
Rear wheel drive, Front wheel drive, Four wheel drive, Turbo charging, Super charging, Oil
filters, Oil pumps.
Fuel system: S.I. Engine - Fuel supply system, Mechanical and electrical fuel pump, Air and
fuel filters, Carburetor types; C.I. Engine - Requirements of diesel injection systems, Types
of injection systems, Fuel pump, Types of nozzles, Nozzle spray formation, Injection timing.
UNIT II: COOLING AND IGNITION SYSTEMS (10 periods)
Cooling systems: Necessity of cooling system, Requirements of cooling systems, Types,
Natural and Forced Circulation System, Thermostat, Types of radiators, Cooling Fan, Water
pump, Antifreeze solutions.
Ignition systems: Function of an ignition system, Battery ignition system, Magneto coil
ignition system, Electronic ignition system using contact breaker, Capacitive discharge
ignition system.
152
UNIT III: ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS (08 periods)
Electrical Systems: Electrical Systems - Introduction, Charging circuit, Generator, Current
– voltage regulator; starting system; Bendix drive mechanism, solenoid switch, lighting
systems, Horn, wiper.
Electronic Systems: Electronics Systems - Introduction, Electronic Control Unit (ECU),
Variable Valve Timing (VVT), Active Suspension System (ASS), Electronic Brake Distribution
(EBD), Electronic Stability Program(ESP) Traction Control System (TCS), Global Positioning
System (GPS).
UNIT IV: TRANSMISSION AND STEERING SYSTEMS (10 periods)
Transmission systems: Types of clutches - Cone clutch, Single and multi plate clutch,
Centrifugal clutch; Types of Gear box - Constant mesh, Sliding mesh, Synchromesh gear
box; Gear shifting mechanism, Automatic transmission, Propeller shaft, Universal joint,
Differential, Real axle arrangement.
Steering systems: Requirements and functions of steering system, Layout of steering
system, Steering gears, Steering linkages; Under steering, Over steering, Steering ratio,
Steering geometry - Camber, Caster, Toe-in, Toe out; Power steering, Wheel alignment and
Balancing.
UNIT V:SUSPENSION AND BRAKE ACTUATING SYSTEMS (08 periods)
Suspension systems: Introduction, Functions of suspension system, Elements of
suspension systems, Rigid axle suspension system, Torsion bar, Shock absorber, Telescopic
damper, Independent suspension system.
Brake actuating systems: Need and functions of braking system, Classification of brakes,
Mechanical, Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Vacuum brake systems.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Dr. Kirpal Singh, Automobile Engineering, Vol.1&Vol.2, Standard Publishers
distributor, 12th edition, 2011
2. R.K.Rajput, Automobile Engineering, Lakshmi Publication, 2nd Edition, 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. V.M.Domkundwar, Automobile Engineering, Dhanpat Rai & Co, 1st Edition, 2013.
2. V.Ganesan, IC Engines, Tata McGraw-Hill, 3rd Edition, 2007.
153
III B. Tech – I Semester
(20BT50305) COMPRESSIBLE FLUID FLOW

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Fluid Mechanics and Machines and Engineering Thermodynamics.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Fundamentals of compressible flows; Mach number; Effect of Mach number on
compressibility; One dimensional isentropic flow; Development and strength of the shock
Waves; Supersonic flows; Fanno flow and Rayleigh flow.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze the flow characteristics of compressible flowsby solving governing
equations.
CO2. Analyze one-dimensionalflowsin diffusers and nozzles.
CO3. Analyze compressible flow having shock waves and determine the strength of
shock waves.
CO4. Apply governing equations to compressible flow through constant area duct with
friction.
CO5. Apply governing equations to compressible flow through constant area duct with
heat transfer
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: Fundamentals of Compressible Flows (09 periods)
Introduction to Compressible Flow-Concept of continuum-system and control volume
approach-conservation of mass, momentum and energy-stagnation state-compressibility-
Entropy relations-Wave propagation-Acoustic velocity-Mach number-effect of Mach number
on compressibility-Pressure coefficient-physical difference between incompressible,
subsonic, sonic and supersonic flows-Mach cone-Sonic boom-Reference velocities-Impulse
function-adiabatic energy equation-representation of various flow regimes on steady flow
adiabatic ellipse.
UNIT II: One Dimensional Isentropic flow: (09 periods)
One dimensional steady isentropic flow-Adiabatic and isentropic flow of a perfect gas-basic
equations-Area-Velocity relation using 1D approximation-nozzle and diffuser-mass flow
rate-chocking in isentropic flow-flow coefficients and efficiency of nozzle and diffuser-
working tables-charts and tables for isentropic flow-operation of nozzle under varying
pressure ratios –over expansion and under expansion in nozzles.
UNIT III: Normal shock Waves (09 periods)
Irreversible discontinuity in supersonic flow-one dimensional shock wave-stationary normal
shock-governing equations-Prandtl-Meyer relations-Shock strength-Rankine-Hugoniot
154
Relation-Normal Shock on T-S diagram-working formula-curves and tables-Oblique shock
waves -supersonic flow over compression and expansion corners (basic idea only)
UNIT IV: Flow in constant area duct with friction (Fanno flow) (09 periods)
Fanno curve and Fanno flow equations, solution of Fanno flow equations, variation of flow
properties, variation of Mach number with duct length, isothermal flow in constant area duct
with friction, tables and charts for Fanno flow, Experimental friction coefficients.
UNIT V: Flow in constant area duct with heat transfer (Rayleigh flow)
(09 periods)
Flow through constant area duct with heat transfer (Rayleigh Flow)-Governing equations-
Rayleighline on h-s and P-v diagram-Rayleigh relation for perfect gas-maximum possible
heat addition-location of maximum enthalpy point-thermal chocking-working tables for
Rayleigh flow.
Compressible flow field visualization and measurement - Shadowgraph-Schlieren technique
- interferometer - subsonic compressible flow field - measurement (Pressure, Velocity and
Temperature) - Wind tunnels –closed and open type
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. S.M.Yahya, Fundamentals of Compressible Flows, New age international publication,
Delhi, 2018.
2. V. Babu, Fundamentals of Gas Dynamics, John Wiley & Sons, 2nd Edition, 2008
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Robert D. Zucker, Fundamentals of Gas Dynamics, John Wiley & Sons, 2nd Edition,
2002.
2. John. D. Anderson, Modern Compressible Flow, Mc Graw Hill.3rd Edition, 2017.

1. Fundamentals of compressible fluid dynamics- P. Balachandran, PHI Learning, New
Delhi.
2. Fluid Mechanics by F.M. White.
155
(20BT50306) ENGINEERING METALLURGY
(Professional Elective – I)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Engineering Chemistry and Materials Science & Engineering.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Iron ores, Alloys and their phase diagrams; various heat treatments; Materials and their
classifications; Ferrous and Nonferrous materials application; processing techniques;
Material characterization; analyzing the properties of materials.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge of melting process in various metals and alloys.
CO2. Analyze different phase transformations involved in metals and alloys.
CO3. Demonstrate knowledge of dislocation characteristics and strengthening
mechanisms.
CO4. Analyze the mechanical and microstructural properties of materials by applicable
tests and characterization techniques.
CO5. Demonstrate knowledge of powder metallurgy process for manufacturing complex
parts.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: MELTING OF METALS (09 periods)
Introduction, Ores of various metals, melting of iron, Blast furnace, Cupola furnace,
puddling furnace, melting of steel, Bessemer converter process, L-D process, Basic open-
hearth process, Electric furnace Melting of super alloys, Vacuum induction melting, Vacuum
arc remelting.
UNIT II: PHASE TRANSFORMATIONS (09 periods)
Introduction - Solidification of metal in Ingot mould – Types of phase transformations –
Nucleation and Growth Kinetics – Multiphase transformations, Pearlitic, Bainitic, Martensitic
transformations – Formation of austenite – Precipitation and age hardening – Special
purpose heat treatment – Ferritic nitrocarbonizing, Cementation, Boronizing, Metalliding,
Toyota diffusion, Salt nitriding.
UNIT III: DISLOCATIONS AND STRENGTHENINGMECHANISMS (09 periods)
Basic Concepts, Characteristics of Dislocations, Slip Systems, Slip in Single Crystals, Plastic
Deformation of Polycrystalline Materials, Deformation by Twinning, Strengthening by Grain
SizeReduction, Solid Solution Strengthening, Strain Hardening, Recovery, Recrystallization,
Grain Growth.
156
UNIT IV: MATERIALTESTING AND CHARACTERIZATION TECHNIQUES (09 periods)
Material Testing: Introduction, Tensile Testing, Hardness, Impact fracture testing, Fatigue,
Creep.
Material characterization techniques: Introduction, Steps in metallographic specimen
preparation, Optical microscope (OM), Scanning electron microscope (SEM), Transmission
electron microscope (TEM), X-ray diffraction (XRD), Fourier Transform Infra-red
Spectroscopy (FTIR).
UNIT V: POWDER METALLURGY (09 periods)
Introduction, Methods of production of metal powders, Atomization process, Electrolysis,
Reduction, Mechanical Alloying, Particle size, Shape and distribution, Mixing, Blending,
Compacting, Hot Isostatic pressing, Cold Isostatic pressing, Sintering, Applications,
Advantages and limitations of powder metallurgy.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Avner S. “Introduction to Physical Metallurgy”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition,
2001.R.
2. Balasubramaniam, Callister’s Materials Science & Engineering, John Wiley and sons,
2nd edition, 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Agrawal B.K. “Introduction to Engineering Materials”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1st Edition,
2007.
2. George E Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd edition, 2013
157
III B.Tech. – I Semester
(20BT50307) STATISTICAL INFERENCE AND MODELING
(Professional elective 1)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES : --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Random vs Non-random sampling; Two tailed and one tailed Hypothesis testing, Type 1 and
Type 2 errors, Hypothesis testing using z and t statistics; Completely Randomized design;
Simple and Multiple Linear Regression; residual analysis; Decision making under uncertainty
- Laplace, Hurwicz and Savage criteria
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Apply sampling and estimation procedures to appropriately use and construe
complex data.
CO2. Demonstrate the plausibility of pre-specified ideas about the parameters of
the model by Hypothesis Testing
CO3. Design experiments by ANOVA and determine the existence of a statistically
significant difference among several group means.
CO4. Develop appropriate regression models to predict the desired parameters.
CO5. Apply non-parametric tests for uncertain distributions and decision analysis to
identify feasible and viable decision alternatives
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: SAMPLING AND ESTIMATION (08 periods)
Random vs Non-random sampling, Errors in sampling, Central Limit Theorem, Types of
estimates, Estimating population mean using z and t statistics, Confidence interval
estimation, Maximum likelihood estimation
UNIT II: HYPOTHESIS TESTING (09 periods)
Procedure for Hypothesis testing, Two tailed and one tailed Hypothesis testing, Type 1 and
Type 2 errors, Hypothesis testing using z and t statistics, Chi-square test – Goodness of fit,
test of independence and test of homogeneity
UNIT III: ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE AND EXPERIMENTAL DESIGNS (09 periods)
Analysis of variance, Completely Randomized design (One way ANOVA), Randomized Block
design, Factorial Design (Two way ANOVA)
UNIT IV: REGRESSION MODELING STRATEGIES (10 periods)
Planning for modeling, Choice of the model, model formulation, Interpreting Modeling
parameters, Assessment of model fit, Missing data; describing, Resampling, validating and
simplifying the model; Simple and Multiple Linear Regression, residual analysis, Collinearity,
Multiple regression model with two independent variables
158
UNIT V: NON-PARAMETRICSTATISTICSAND STATISTICAL DECISION THEORY
(09 periods)
Runs Test, Mann-Whitney Test, Wilcoxon Test, Kruskal-Walis Test, Friedman Test,
Spearman‟s Rank correlation
Decision making under uncertainty - Laplace, Hurwicz and Savage criteria; Decision making
under risk – Expected monetary Value, Expected Opportunity Loss, Expected Value of
Perfect Information; Decision trees
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Naval Bajpai, Business Statistics, Pearson, Second Edition 2013.
2. Casella and Berger, Statistical Inference, Cengage Learning, 2001.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Frank E Harrel Jr., Regression Modeling Strategies, Springer, Second Edition, 2006.
2. Andrew Gelman and Jennifer Hill, Data Analysis using Regression and multi
level/hierarchical models, Cambridge, 2007.
3. J K Sharma, Business Statistics, Vikas, Fifth Edition, 2020.
159
(20BT50308) TOOL DESIGN
(Professional Elective-1)
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
A Course on Engineering Metrology and Machine Tools
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Basic cutting parameters; Determination of cutting forces; design of single and multi-point
cutting tools; design of dies; design of jigs and fixtures.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge of cutting tools and tool cost estimation for machining of
materials.
CO2. Design single point cutting tools for metal removal.
CO3. Design multi-point cutting tool for effective metal removal rate and enhanced
productivity.
CO4. Design dies for sheet metal operations.
CO5. Design jigs and fixtures for holding the work and guiding the tool.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO CUTTING TOOLS (09 periods)
Introduction, Different types of cutting tools used for machining, Designation of cutting
tools, Types of systems used for designating cutting tools, Selection of tool material, Types,
Properties and Characteristics of tool Material, Tool wear, Tool life criteria, variables
affecting tool life and machinability, Taylor‟s tool life equation, Types of coolants, Elements
of machining cost, Tool cost estimation.
UNIT II: DESIGN OF SINGLE POINT CUTTING TOOLS (09 periods)
Introduction, Basic Elements, Design of Tool Shank, Geometry of single point cutting tool,
Nomenclature of single point cutting tool, Influence of Various Angles on Tool Design,
Calculation of Forces and Design for Cutting Forces, Mechanics of orthogonal cutting,
Merchant‟s circle diagram, Geometry and their interrelation, Theories of formation of chip
and their effect.
UNIT III: DESIGN OF MULTI POINT CUTTING TOOLS (09 periods)
Introduction, Classification of multi point cutting tools, Drill geometry, Design of Drills, Rake
& Relief angles of twist drill, Speed, Feed and depth of cut, Machining time.
Milling cutters: Up milling & down milling, Cutting speeds and Feed machining times-
Design of form cutters, combination tools & reamers.
160
UNIT IV: DESIGN OF DIES FOR SHEET METAL OPERATIONS (09 periods)
Design of sheet metal blanking and piercing: Fundamentals of die cutting operations, Types
of presses, Die block design, Punch design, Cutting action in a die, Die clearance,
Considerations in Press Tool Design, Design procedure for blanking die.
Design of sheet metal bending, forming, drawing and forging dies:
Bending dies, Forming dies, Drawing dies, Determination of blank size, Drawing force,
Design procedure for a drawing die, Forging design, Design of forging dies.
UNIT V: DESIGN OF JIGS AND FIXTURES (09 periods)
Introduction, Concept of degrees of freedom, 3-2-1 principle of location, Principles of
location and clamping for jig and fixtures design, Different types of locators and clamps, Jig
bushes and its types, Different types of jigs and its design, Essential features of different
types of fixtures, Design of fixtures, Indexing jigs and fixtures, Automatic clamping devices.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Donaldson, Lecain and Goold, Tool Design, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2012.
2. G.R.Nagpal, Tool Engineering & Design, Khanna Publishers, Tata McGraw Hill, 6th edition,
2008.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Surendra Kenav and Umesh Chandra, Satyaprakashan, Production Engineering Design
(Tool Design), New Delhi.
2. Amitabha Battacharya and Inyong Ham, Design of Cutting Tools use of Metal Cutting
Theory, ASTME Publication, Michigan USA.
3. V.Arshinov, G.Alekseev, Metal Cutting Theory and Cutting Tool Design, MIR
Publications.
161
(20BT50309) TRIBOLOGY

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Course on Basic Engineering Mechanics
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Surface friction; characteristic, sources, wear of various metals; lubricants, types,
lubrication necessity; film lubrication theory; loads on bearing; surface modification;
surface coatings; fusion processes; material for bearings.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge of friction characteristics of surfaces.
CO2. Analyze wear mechanisms in different material and determine wear rate.
CO3. Demonstrate the knowledge of lubricants.
CO4. Analyze geometric Characteristics of Surfaces considering Health and safety
aspects.
CO5. Demonstrate knowledge of Surface Engineering and Bearing Materials.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: SURFACES AND FRICTION (09 Periods)
Introduction to tribology, Economic aspects of tribology, Topography of engineering
surfaces, Contact between surfaces, Sources of sliding Friction, Adhesion, Ploughing, Energy
dissipation mechanisms; Friction Characteristics : metals, non metals, lamellar solids,
Ceramic materials and polymers, Rolling Friction, Source of Rolling Friction, Stick slip
motion, laws of Friction.
UNIT II: WEAR (09 Periods)
Types of wear, Simple theory of Sliding Wear, Mechanism of sliding wear of metals,
Ceramics and Polymers, Wear mechanisms- Abrasive wear, Adhesive, Abrasive wear
situations, tribochemical reactions, Corrosive wear, Surface Fatigue wear situations,
Fracture wear, fretting, erosion, Estimation of wear rate.
UNIT III: LUBRICANTS (09 Periods)
Introduction, effect and necessity of lubrication, Lubrication types, properties,
Requirements of Lubricants, Testing methods, Hydrodynamic Lubrication, Elasto-
hydrodynamic lubrication, Boundary Lubrication, solid and semi solid lubricants, Solid
Lubrication, Hydrostatic Lubrication.
UNIT IV: SURFACE TOPOGRAPHY (09 Periods)
Geometric Characteristics of Surfaces, Computation of Surface Parameters-Mean, Ten point
average, CLA methods, Load bearing curves, Film Parameters for Different Lubrication
Regimes, Transition Between Lubrication Regimes, Health and safety aspects of lubricants.
162
UNIT V: SURFACE ENGINEERING AND BEARING MATERIALS (09 Periods)
Scope of surface engineering, Surface modifications, Transformation Hardening, Surface
fusion, Thermo chemical processes, Surface coatings, Plating and anodizing, Fusion
Processes, Vapour Phase processes, Chemical vapour deposition.
Bearing materials: selection of bearing materials, metal bearings, Non-metal bearings.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. I.M. Hutchings, Tribology, Friction and Wear of Engineering Material, Edward Arnold,
London, 1992.
2. A.Harnoy, Bearing Design in Machinery, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York, 2003
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Kenneth C Ludema, Friction, Wear, Lubrication: A Textbook in Tribology, CRC
Press,1996.
2. A.Cameron, Basic Lubrication Theory, Longman, U.K.., 1981.
3. M.J.Neale (Editor), Tribology Handbook ,Newnes. Butter worth, Heinemann,
U.K.,1995.
4. T.A. Stolarski, Tribology in Machine Design, Industrial Press Inc., 1990.
163
(20BT4HS01) BANKING AND INSURANCE
(Open Elective-2)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE REQUISITE: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to Banking; Bank-Customer Relationship; Electronic Payment System and
Business Models; Introduction To Risk And Insurance; Insurance Overview.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the importance of Banking and functions of Reserve Bank of India and
its role in sustainable development of the country.
CO2. Demonstrate the role, relationships and operations between Banker and Customer.
CO3. Demonstrate the online Banking system, various types of Electronic Payments and
Business models.
CO4. Demonstrate concept of risk and principles, functions, types of Insurance
companies.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO BANKING (9 periods)
Meaning - Importance of banking- Functions of banking - Reserve Bank of India:
Functions – Role of RBI in sustainable development.
UNIT II: BANK-CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP (9 periods)
Debtor-creditor relationship, deposit products or services, payment and collection of
cheques. Accounts – Types of accounts, procedure for opening and closing an account -
Loans and Advances- principles of lending.
UNIT III: ELECTRONIC PAYMENT SYSTEM&BUSINESS MODELS (9 periods)
Introduction to Online Banking - types of e-payment system, e-cash, NEFT, RTGS, Credit
cards, Electronic Wallet and Debit cards. Business models- B2B, B2C, C2C, and B2G.
UNIT IV: INTRODUCTION TO RISK AND INSURANCE (9 periods)
Concept of risk, risk Vs uncertainty. Insurance: Definition, Insurance as risk mitigation
mechanism, elements of insurance.
UNIT V: INSURANCE OVERVIEW (9 periods)
Principles of insurance - insurance types - LIC & GIC – insurance functions, IRDA -
Insurance Players in India.
Total Periods: 45
164
TEXTBOOKS:
1. RanganadhaChary,A.V. and Paul, R.R., Banking and Financial system, Kalyani
Publisher, New Delhi, 3rdedition, 2016.
2. Sharma,R.K., Shashi K. Gupta and Jagwant Singh, Banking and Insurance, Kalyani
Publishers, New Delhi, 17th edition, 2014.
REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. Indian Institute of Banking & Finance, Digital Banking, Taxmann Publications Pvt.
Ltd., 2016; edition, 2016.
2. Jyotsna Sethi and Nishwan Bhatia, Elements of Banking and Insurance, PHI Learning
Pvt. Ltd., 2nd edition, 2012.
165
(20BT4HS03) COST ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective-2)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE REQUISITE: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Cost accounting; cost sheet & preparation of cost sheet; standard costing & variance
analysis; financial management & ratio analysis; introduction to investment.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the concepts of Cost Accounting and Management Accounting and
the elements of costing.
CO2. Determine the Cost of Production for pricing decisions..
CO3. Apply the Standard Costing and Variance techniques for the control of cost of
production.
CO4. Analyze the Profitability and financial condition of an organization using Ratios.
CO5. Apply the Capital Budgeting techniques for making investment decisions in an
Organization.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: COST ACCOUNTING (9 Periods)
Meaning of Cost and Cost Accounting, Objectives, Scope, Advantages and disadvantages –
Cost Accounting Vs Management Accounting – Elements of Costing – Installation of costing
system – Material Control, Labor Control, Overhead Control.
UNIT II: COST SHEET & PREPARATION OF COST SHEET (9 Periods)
Analysis of Cost – Preparation of cost sheet, estimate, tender and quotation (Simple
problems) – Importance of Costing while pricing the products.
UNIT III: STANDARD COSTING & VARIANCE ANALYSIS (9 Periods)
Introduction to Standard Costing & Variances – Variance Analysis: Material variances, Labor
variances (Simple Problems).
UNIT IV: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT & RATIO ANALYSIS (9 Periods)
Meaning, Objectives - Nature and Scope, Importance of FM – Ratio Analysis: Types of
Ratios: Solvency Ratios, Liquidity Ratios, Turnover Ratios and Profitability Ratios - Financial
Statement Analysis through Ratios (Simple Problems).
UNIT V: INTRODUCTION TO INVESTMENT (9 Periods)
Investment - Meaning and Definition- concept of risk and returns - Capital budgeting
techniques – Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (Basic concepts).
Total Periods: 45
166
TEXTBOOKS:
1. S.P. Jain and K.L. Narang: Cost Accounting, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana, 10th
edition, 2016.
2. I.M. Pandey, Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 14th edition,
2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. The Institute of Company Secretaries of India, Cost and Management Study Material,
New Delhi.
2. CA Saravana Prasath, Cost Accounting and Financial management, Wolters Kluwer
India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,2018 edition,2018.
167
(20BT4HS05) GENDER AND ENVIRONMENT
(Open Elective-2)
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Gender and the environment relationship, Gendered Roles in the family & community,
Gender and sustainable development, Gender in environmental justice, Gender &
environmental security.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Apply the knowledge of gender & environmental connections by analyzing key
issues and topics within global environmental politics in environmental decision-
making.
CO2. Demonstrate the knowledge of the concepts of gender and sustainable
development through debates and policy documents.
CO3. Analyze the concept of environmental security and justice by identifying the
sources of insecurity.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: GENDER AND ENVIRONMENT RELATIONSHIP (9 Periods)
Introduction – Gender and Environment – Development of gender roles – Society, gender &
environment – Understanding environmental politics – Gender-environment connections–
Eco-feminism – Cultural eco-feminism – Social eco-feminism – Feminist political ecology
UNIT II: GENDERED ROLES IN THE FAMILY & COMMUNITY (9 Periods)
Organization of the household – Domestic division of labour – Food: growing, harvesting,
shopping, preparing, and cooking - Gender & Power – Planning – Politics – NGO – Gendering
of environmental protest – Environmental decision-making
UNIT III: GENDER AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT (9 Periods)
Concept of sustainability & its achievement – Concept of sustainable development –
Ecological Modernization – Gender & sustainability debates – Gender & sustainable
development debates - Gender in policy documents – Gender, poverty & equity in
sustainable development.
UNIT IV: GENDER IN ENVIRONMENTAL JUSTICE (9 Periods)
Normative Concerns (Fairness, Inequality & Justice) –Making sense of Environmental justice
– Ecological debt, Transnational harm, & human rights – Ecological justice – Gender &
Environmental Justice – Gender, Vulnerability & risk – Women in environmental justice
movements – Knowledge & participation – Gender, sustainability & justice as guiding
concepts.
168
UNIT V: GENDER AND ENVIRONMENTAL SECURITY (9 Periods)
Connections between security & the environment – Gender, environment & security:
Sustainability as security – poverty & insecurity – Insecurity as injustice – Competing ways
of thinking security – Reflecting on sources of insecurity – Case Study – Food Security -
Case Study – The impacts of natural disasters
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Nicole Detraz. Gender and the Environment. Polity Press, Cambridge, UK. 2017.
2. Susan Buckingham- Hatfield. Gender and Environment. Routledge, London. 2000.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Promillakapur ed. Empowering Indian Women. Publication Division, Government of
India, New Delhi. 2000.
2. Ronnie Vernooy, Ed. Social and Gender Analysis Natural Resource Management:
Learning Studies and Lessons from Asia. Sage, New Delhi. 2006
3. Swarup Hemlata and Rajput, Pam. “Gender Dimensions of Environmental and
Development Debate: The Indian Experience” In Sturat S. Nagel, (ed). India’s
Development and Public Policy. Ashgate, Burlington. 2000.
169
(20BT4HS07) INDIAN ECONOMY
(Open Elective-2)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction; Elementary Economic Analysis; Economic Planning; Time Value of Money;
Value Analysis/Value Engineering.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Understand the basic concepts of economics, economic analysis, economic
planning and strata.
CO2. Demonstrate knowledge in capital budgeting, evaluation of engineering projects,
depreciation policy and familiarize with the concepts of value analysis vs value
engineering.
CO3. Analyze and apply financial information for the evaluation of finance.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
Economics-Flow in an Economy, Law of Supply and Demand; Micro and Macro Economics;
Relationship between Science, Engineering, Technology and Economic Development;
Concept of Engineering Economics-Types of Efficiency, Definition and Scope of Engineering
Economics.
UNIT II: ELEMENTARY ECONOMIC ANALYSIS (9 Periods)
Economic Analysis – Meaning, Significance, Simple Economic Analysis; Material Selection for
a Product, Substitution of Raw Material; Design Selection for a Product; Material Selection-
Process Planning, Process Modification.
UNIT III: ECONOMIC PLANNING (9 Periods)
Introduction - Need For Planning in India, Five year plans(1951-2012), NITI Aayog (from
2014 onwards); Inclusive Growth-Meaning, Significance, Need for inclusive growth in India,
Strategy for more inclusive growth, Challenges and Prospects; Employment and Inclusive
Growth in India, Role of engineers in sustaining inclusive growth.
UNIT IV: TIME VALUE OF MONEY (12 Periods)
Concepts and Application; Capital Budgeting-Traditional and Modern Methods; Simple and
Compound Interest, Cash Flow Diagram, Principle of Economic Equivalence; Evaluation of
Engineering Projects - Present Worth Method, Future Worth Method, Annual Worth Method,
Internal Rate of Return Method, Cost-benefit Analysis in Public Projects; Depreciation Policy-
Depreciation of Capital Assets, Causes of Depreciation, Straight Line Method and Declining
Balance Method.
170
UNIT V: VALUE ANALYSIS/VALUE ENGINEERING (6 Periods)
Introduction-Value Analysis, Value Engineering, Functions, Aims; Value Analysis vs Value
Engineering; Value Engineering Procedure- Advantages, Application Areas.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Panneerselvam. R., Engineering Economics, PHI Learning Private Limited, New
Delhi,2nd edition, 2013.
2. Jain. T. R., V. K. Ohri, O. P. Khanna., Economics for Engineers. VK
Publication,1stedition, 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Dutt Rudar & Sundhram K. P. M., Indian Economy, S. Chand, New Delhi, 62nd revised
edition, 2010.
2. Misra, S. K. & V. K. Puri., Indian Economy: Its Development Experience, Himalaya
Publishing House, Mumbai, 32nd edition, 2010.
171
(20BT4HS09) LIFE SKILLS
(Open Elective-2)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Positive attitude; Self-discovery and Interpersonal relationships; Cross-cultural
communication; Core thinking, Problem solving and Decision making; Business
presentations and Public speaking.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge of strategies involved in developing positive attitude,
improving self-discovery by SWOT analysis techniques and managing effective
inter personal relationships.
CO2. Apply appropriate speaking styles and techniques by analysing and
demonstrating effective cross-cultural communication in different situations.
CO3. Analyse problem solving strategies in decision making by developing core
thinking skills.
CO4. Analyse and demonstrate presentation and public speaking skills effectively in
business and professional arena.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: POSITIVE ATTITUDE (9 Periods)
Introduction–Features of attitudes–Formation of attitudes–Ways of changing attitude in a
person– Attitude in a work place–Developing positive attitude–Obstacles in developing
positive attitude–Measuring attitude.
UNIT II: SELF DISCOVERY AND INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS (9 Periods)
Importance of knowing yourself–Process of knowing yourself–SWOT Analysis–Elements of
attitude in interpersonal relationships–Methods to deal with different types of interpersonal
relationship skills.
UNIT III: CROSS-CULTURAL COMMUNICATION (9 Periods)
Different communication styles – Cultural variables – Communication sensitivity and
variables of national culture – Individual cultural variables – Cross-cultural communication
Strategies – Potential hot spots in cross-cultural communication – Cross-cultural
communication – Basic Tips.
UNIT IV: CORE THINKING, PROBLEM SOLVING AND DECISION MAKING (9 Periods)
Process of developing core thinking skills–Categories of thinking: Critical & Creative -
understanding problem solving–Cause of problems–Stages of problem solving–Methods of
problem solving–Types of decision making.
172
UNIT V: BUSINESS PRESENTATIONS AND PUBLIC SPEAKING (9 Periods)
Business presentations and speeches– Structuring the material–Types of delivery–
Guidelines for delivery–Effective sales presentation–Controlling nervousness and stage
fright.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Dr. K. Alex (2018) Soft Skills, S. Chand and Company Limited, New Delhi.
2. Manmohan Joshi (2017) Soft Skills, www.bookboon.com, Bangalore.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Meenakshi Raman and Prakash Singh (2015) Business Communication, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
2. Jeff Butterfield (2011) Soft Skills for Everyone, Cengage Learning India Private
Limited, Delhi.
173
(20BT4HS11) INDIAN TRADITION AND CULTURE
(Open Elective-2)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Basic traits of Indian Culture; Humanistic Reforms under Jainism and Buddhism; Culture in
the medieval period; Socio Religious reforms in Indian Culture; Reform movements for
harmonious relations.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge in Vedic and Upanishadic culture and society to consider
human aspirations, values and theories.
CO2. Understand the contributions of Buddhism and Jainism to Indian culture.
CO3. Examine the cultural conditions and achievements of India under Mouryas and
Guptas.
CO4. Analyze social religious reforms and reform movements.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: BASIC TRAITS OF INDIAN CULTURE (9 Periods)
Meaning and definition and various interpretations of culture - Culture and its features -
The Vedic and Upanishad culture and society - Human aspirations and values in these
societies - Chaturvidha purushardhas, Chaturashrma and Chaturvarna theory.
UNIT II: HUMANISTIC REFORMS UNDER JAINISM AND BUDDHISM (9 Periods)
Salient features of Jainism - contributions of Jainism to Indian culture - Contributions of
Aachaarya and Mahaapragya - Buddhism as a humanistic culture - The four noble truths of
Buddhism - Contributions of Buddhism to Indian culture.
UNIT III: CULTURE IN THE MEDIEVAL PERIOD (9 Periods)
Unifications of India under Mouryas and Guptas and their cultural achievements - Cultural
conditions under satavahanas - Contributions to pallavas and cholas to art and cultural
achievements of vijayanagara rulers.
UNIT IV: SOCIO RELIGIOUS REFORMS IN INDIAN CULTURE (9 Periods)
Western impact on India - Introduction of western education - social and cultural awakening
and social reform movements of Rajaramohan Roy - Dayanandha Saraswathi - Anne Besant
(theosophical society).
174
UNIT-V: REFORM MOVEMENTS FOR HARMONIOUS RELATIONS (9 Periods)
Vivekananda, Eswarchandravidyasagar and Veeresalingam - emancipation of women and
struggle against caste - Rise of Indian nationalism - Mahatma Gandhi – Non-violence and
satyagraha and eradication of untouchability.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOK:
1. Valluru Prabhakaraiah, Indian Heritage and Culture, Neelkamal Publications Pvt. Ltd.
Delhi, 1/e , reprint 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. L. P. Sharma, History of Ancient India, Konark Publishers, Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2010.
2. L. P. Sharma, History of Medieval India, Konark Publishers, Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi,
2010.
3. The Cultural Heritage of India Vol-I, II, III, IV, V, The Ramakrishna Mission Institute
of Culture, Calcutta.
175
(20BT4HS13) CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
(Open Elective-2)
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Preamble and its Philosophy; Union Legislature; Federalism in India; Judiciary and Public
Services; Nation Building
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge in the Parliamentary proceedings, Election
Commission, Public Services and Foreign Policy of India.
CO2. Apply the reasoning informed by the various aspects of the Constitution and its
provisions to assess societal issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant
to the professional engineering practice.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: PREAMBLE AND ITS PHILOSOPHY (9 Periods)
Introduction to Indian Constitution; Evolution of Indian Constitution; preamble and its
philosophy
UNIT II: UNION LEGISLATURE (9 Periods)
The Parliament, Parliamentary Structure, Process of Legislation; President of India – Powers
and Functions; Prime Minister and Council of Ministers; Constitution Amendment Procedure.
UNIT III: FEDERALISM IN INDIA (9 Periods)
Centre-State Administrative Relationship; Governors - Powersand Functions; State
Legislature - Composition and powers; Chief Ministers - Powers and Functions; The Election
Commission – Powers and Functions.
UNIT IV: JUDICIARY AND PUBLIC SERVICES (9 Periods)
The Union Judiciary - Supreme Court and High Court; Fundamental Rights and Duties All
India Services - Central Civil Services -State Services - Local Services.
UNIT-V: INTERNATIONAL PARTICIPATION (9 Periods)
Foreign Policy of India; International Institutions Influence: UNO, WTO, WHO, SAARC,
International Summits: BRICS, NSS, UNEP – India‟s Role in International Negotiations;
Environmentalism in India.
Total Periods: 45
176
TEXTBOOK:
1. Briji Kishore Sharma, Introduction to the Constitution of India, Prentice Hall of India,
2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Mahendra Pal Singh,V. N. Shukla‟s, Constitution of India, Eastern Book Company,
2011.
2. Pandey J. N., Constitutional Law of India - Central Law Agency, 1998
177
(20BT50106) DISASTER MITIGATION AND MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective - 2)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Disasters; Earthquakes; Floods; Cyclones; Droughts; Landslides; Disaster management.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze the vulnerability of an area to natural and man-made disasters/hazards
as per the guidelines to solve complex problems using appropriate techniques
ensuring safety, environment and sustainability.
CO2. Propose appropriate mitigation strategies for earthquake and tsunami impacts as
per code of practice using suitable techniques ensuring safety, environment and
CO3. Analyze the causes and impacts of floods, cyclones and droughts using
appropriate tools and techniques and suggest mitigation measures ensuring
safety, environment and sustainability besides communicating effectively in
graphical form.
CO4. Analyze the causes and impacts of landslides using appropriate tools and
techniques and suggest mitigation measures ensuring safety, environment and
sustainability.
CO5. Design disaster management strategies to solve pre, during and post disaster
problems using appropriate tools and techniques following the relevant guidelines
and latest developments ensuring safety, environment and sustainability besides
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT- I: DISASTERS (09 Periods)
Types of disasters - Natural disasters; Impact of disasters on environment, infrastructure
and development; Concepts of hazards and vulnerability analysis, Hazard Assessment,
Guidelines for hazard assessment and vulnerability analysis, Basic principles and elements
of disaster mitigation.
UNIT- II: EARTHQUAKES (09 Periods)
Introduction to earthquake, Intensity scale (MSK–64), Seismic zones and activity in India,
Action plan for earthquake disaster preparedness, Elements at risk, Recovery and
rehabilitation after earthquake, Concepts of Earthquake resistant design and construction of
buildings; Tsunami – Onset, Types and causes, Warning, Elements at risk, Typical effects,
Specific preparedness and mitigation strategies, Case studies.
178
UNIT- III: FLOODS, CYCLONES AND DROUGHTS (11 Periods)
Floods and Cyclones: Onset, Types, Causes, Warnings, Elements at risk, Typical effects,
Indian floods and cyclones, Hazard zones, Potential for reducing hazards, Mitigation
strategies and community based mitigation, Case studies.
Droughts: Onset, Types and warning; Causes, Impact, Early warning and response
mechanisms, Mitigation strategies, Droughts in India, Case studies.
UNIT- IV: LANDSLIDES (08 Periods)
Onset, Types and warning; Causes, Elements at risk, Indian landslides, Hazards zones,
Typical effects, Mitigation strategies and community based mitigation, Case studies.
UNIT- V: DISASTER MANAGEMENT (08 Periods)
Disaster management organization and methodology, Disaster management cycle, Disaster
management in India – Typical cases and Cost–benefit analysis, Disaster management
programs implemented by NGOs and Government of India, Usage of GIS and Remote
sensing techniques in disaster management, Leadership and Coordination in Disaster
management, Emerging trends in disaster management.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. V. K. Sharma, Disaster Management, Medtech Publishing, 2nd Edition, 2013.
2. Anand S. Arya, Anup Karanth, and Ankush Agarwal, Hazards, Disasters and Your
Community: A Primer for Parliamentarians, GOI–UNDP Disaster Risk Management
Programme, Government of India, National Disaster Management Division, Ministry
of Home Affairs, New Delhi, Version 1.0, 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Donald Hyndman and David Hyndman, Natural Hazards and Disasters, Cengage
Learning, 3rd Edition, 2011.
2. Disaster Management in India, A Status Report, Ministry of Home Affairs, Govt. of
India, May 2011.
3. Rajendra Kumar Bhandari, Disaster Education and Management: A Joyride for
Students, Teachers, and Disaster Managers, Springer India, 2014.
4. R. B. Singh, Natural Hazards and Disaster Management, Rawat Publications, 2009.

1. Tushar Bhattacharya, Disaster Science and Management, McGraw Hill, 2014.
179
(20BT50107) SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING
(Open Elective - 2)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Principles of sustainability; Sustainability metrics and assessment tools; Sustainable
engineering practices; Sustainable engineering applications; Sustainable urbanization and
industrialization.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze the principles of sustainability to solve complex environmental problems
following relevant standards/protocols considering society, health, safety and
environment.
CO2. Analyze sustainability metrics and assessment tools to solve complex
environmental problems following relevant standards and emerging trends
considering society, health, safety, environment and economics besides
CO3. Analyze sustainable engineering practices to solve complex environmental
problems using appropriate tools and techniques following relevant standards
considering society, health, safety, environment, economics and management
CO4. Design sustainable engineering applications to solve complex environmental
problems using appropriate tools and techniques following relevant standards
considering society, health, safety, environment, economics and management
CO5. Analyze sustainable urbanization and industrialization principles to solve complex
environmental problems using appropriate tools and techniques following
relevant standards considering society, health, safety, environment, economics
and management besides communicating effectively in graphical form.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: PRINCIPLES OF SUSTAINABILITY (09 periods)
Emerging challenges, Sustainability and sustainable engineering; Environmental concerns;
Social, economic and legal issues; Availability and depletion of natural resources, Disaster
resiliency; Multilateral environmental agreements – Basel convention, Clean development
mechanism (CDM), Montreal and Kyoto protocols.
UNIT II: SUSTAINABILITY METRICS AND ASSESSMENT TOOLS (09 periods)
Sustainability indicators, metrics and assessment tools; Material flow analysis and material
budget, Carbon footprint analysis, Life cycle assessment, Streamlined life-cycle assessment
180
(SLCA), Economic input output-life cycle analysis, Environmental health risk assessment,
Other emerging assessment tools.
UNIT III: SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING PRACTICES (09 periods)
Sustainable energy engineering, Sustainable waste management, Green and sustainable
buildings and infrastructure, Sustainable civil infrastructure, Sustainable remediation of
contaminated sites, Climate geoengineering.
UNIT IV: SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS (09 periods)
Environmental and chemical engineering projects, Materials engineering projects,
Infrastructure engineering projects – Background, Methodology, Goal and Scope, Study
area, Technical design, Environmental sustainability, Life cycle assessment, Economic
sustainability, Social sustainability, Rating systems – ENVISION, LEED, GRIHA, IGBC;
Conclusions.
UNIT V: SUSTAINABLE URBANIZATION AND INDUSTRIALIZATION (09 Periods)
Sustainable urbanization and industrialization, United Nations sustainable development
goals – Right to education, Poverty eradication, Social and technological changes; Industrial
Processes - Material selection, Energy efficiency, Pollution prevention and control
techniques, Industrial Ecology, Industrial symbiosis.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Reddy, K.R., Cameselle, C., and Adams, J.A., Sustainable Engineering: Drivers,
Metrics, Tools, and Applications, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey,
2019, 544p (ISBN: 978-1-119-49393-8).
2. Allen, D. T. and Shonnard, D. R., Sustainability Engineering: Concepts, Design and
Case Studies, Pearson Education, 1st Edition, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bradley. A.S; Adebayo, A. O., Maria, P., Engineering Applications in Sustainable
Design and Development, Cengage Learning, 1st Edition, 2016.
2. Purohit, S. S., Green Technology: An Approach for Sustainable Environment,
Agrobios Publication, 1st Edition, 2016.
3. Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) 2007, Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Govt.
of India, New Delhi.
4. Twidell, J. W. and Weir, A. D., Renewable Energy Resources, Routledge, Taylor &
Francis Group, 3rd Edition, 2015.

1. Daniel A. Vallero and Chris Brasier, Sustainable Design: The Science of Sustainability
and Green Engineering, Wiley-Blackwell, 1st Edition, 2008.
2. Jorge A. Vanegas, Sustainable Engineering Practice: An Introduction, Committee on
Sustainability, American Society of Civil Engineers, https://doi.org/10.1061/
9780784407509, 2004.
181
3. Bell, S. and Morse, S, Sustainability Indicators: Measuring the Immeasurable?,
Earthscan Publications, London, 2nd Edition, 2008.
4. Mackenthun, K.M., Basic Concepts in Environmental Management, CRC Press, Taylor
& Francis Group, 1st Edition, 1999.
5. Environment Impact Assessment Guidelines, Notification of Government of India,
2006.
182
(20BT50108) CONTRACT LAWS AND REGULATIONS
(Open Elective - 2)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Construction contracts; Tenders; Arbitration; Legal requirements; Labour regulations.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Develop construction contracts to solve complex contract related problems by
following laws and regulations considering project schedule, cost, quality and
risk.
CO2. Prepare tenders as per the specifications by following latest developments, laws
and regulations to solve complex tender problems considering project schedule,
cost, quality and risk.
CO3. Analyze arbitration problems to address the contract disputes following the laws
and regulations in the context of society.
CO4. Analyze legal issues pertaining to contracts and tenders considering society.
CO5. Analyze labour regulations to address labour safety issues.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS (09 Periods)
Indian contracts act, Elements of contracts, Types of contracts, Features, Suitability, Design
of contract documents, International contract document and laws, Standard contract
document, Law of torts.
UNIT II: TENDERS (09 Periods)
Prequalification, Bidding, Accepting; Evaluation of tender from technical, contractual and
financial points of view; Two cover system, Preparation of the documentation, Contract
formation and interpretation, Potential contractual problems, Price variation clause,
Comparison of actions and laws, Subject matter, Violations, Latest developments in
tendering.
UNIT III: ARBITRATION (09 Periods)
Arbitration, Comparison of actions and laws, Agreements, Appointment of arbitrators,
Conditions of arbitration, Powers and duties of arbitrator, Rules of evidence, Enforcement of
award, Arbitration disputes, Dispute review board.
183
UNIT IV: LEGAL REQUIREMENTS (09 Periods)
Legal requirements for planning, Property law, Agency law, Tax laws – Income tax, Sales
tax, Excise and custom duties, Local government approval, Statutory regulations, Insurance
and bonding, Laws governing purchase and sale, Use of urban and rural land, Land revenue
codes, EMD, Security deposits, Liquidated damages.
UNIT V: LABOUR REGULATIONS (09 Periods)
Social security, Welfare legislation; Laws relating to wages, bonus and industrial disputes;
Labour administration, Insurance and safety regulations, Workmen‟s compensation act,
Maternity benefit act, Child labour act, Other labour laws.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Subba Rao, G.C.V., Law of Contracts I & II, S. Gogia & Co., 11th Edition, 2011.
2. Jimmie Hinze, Construction Contracts, McGraw Hill, 3nd Edition, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Kishore Gajaria, GT Gajaria’s Law Relating to Building and Engineering Contracts in
India, Lexis Nexis Butterworths India, 4th Edition, 2000.
2. Patil, B. S., Civil Engineering Contracts and Estimates, University Press (India) Private
Ltd., 4th Edition, 2015.
3. Joseph T. Bockrath, Contracts and the Legal Environment for Engineers and Architects,
McGraw Hill Education, 7th Edition, 2010.
4. Akhileshwar Pathak, Contract Law, Oxford University Press, 2011.

1. Markanda, P.C., Naresh Markanda, Rajesh Markanda, Building and Engineering
Contracts- Law and Practice, Vol-I and II, LexisNexis Publication. 5th Edition, 2017.
184
(20BT50310) GLOBAL STRATEGY AND TECHNOLOGY
(Open Elective-2)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PREREQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to strategic management; Strategic management process; Principles of good
strategy; Globalization strategies; Research and Development strategies; Technology
Management and Transfer; Elements of Transfer Process; Corporate Governance in the
Indian scenario.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on strategic management, its approaches, and tools
through ethical decision making.
CO2. Analyze the globalization challenges for scrupulous selection of globalization
strategies.
CO3. Apply the R&D strategies and trends to enhance the technological breakthroughs
for new products and applications.
CO4. Demonstrate the knowledge on technology management and transfer that
strengthen the economy and accelerate the application of technology and
resources.
CO5. Analyze the challenges of corporate governance in Indian scenario for the
effective development of value oriented organizations.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT (9 periods)
Introduction, Classes of decisions, Levels of strategy, Core competence, Strategic intent and
stretch, Approaches to strategy making, Roles of different strategists, Strategic
management-Process, Benefits, Limitations; Ethics in strategic decision making, Principles
of good strategy, Strategic Management in India; Common managerial strategy formulation
tools.
UNIT II: GLOBALIZATION (9 periods)
Definition, Stages, Essential conditions for globalization, Globalization strategies,
Competitive advantage of Nations and regions, Factors affecting Globalization, Globalization
of Indian business.
UNIT III: RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT STRATEGIES (9 periods)
Concept, Evolution of R and D Management, R and D as a business, R and D as competitive
advantage, Elements of R and D strategies, Integration of R and D, Selection and
implementation of R and D strategies, R and D trends and challenges.
185
UNIT IV: TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT AND TRANSFER (9 periods)
Technology Management: Introduction, Technology-Definition, Components,
Classification Features; Technology Management-Concept, Nature; Drivers of Management
of Technology-Significance, Scope, Responding to technology challenges.
Technology Transfer: Introduction, Definition, Classification, Significance, Elements of
process, Types of Technology Transfer, Package, Modes of Transfer, Routes, Channels and
Effectiveness of Technology Transfer.
UNIT-V: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE: THE INDIAN SCENARIO (9 periods)
Emergence of corporate governance in India-Landmarks, Models, Codes and status in India,
Role and Responsibilities of Regulators, The Board of Directors; Corporate Governance-
Specific issues in India, Family owned Business, Corporate Governance and the Indian
ethos.
Total periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Francis Cherunilam, Strategic Management, Himalaya Publishing House, 3rdEdition,
2002.
2. C. S. G. Krishnamacharyulu and Lalitha Ramakrishnan, Management of Technology,
Himalaya Publishing House, Second Edition, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. White and Bruton, The Management of Technology and Innovation:A Strategic
Approach, Cengage Learning, 1stEdition, 2007.
2. S.K.Mandak, Ethics in Business and Corporate Governance, TMH, 2ndEdition, 2012.
186
(20BT50311) MANAGEMENT SCIENCE
(Open Elective-2)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Concepts of Management; Concepts Related to ethics and social responsibility; Human
Resource Management; Operations Management; Statistical Process Control; Inventory
Management; Marketing; Project Management; Project Crashing.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the concepts of management, its functions and processes used in
optimum resource utilization within the context of ethics and social responsibility.
CO2. Apply the concepts of HRM for selection and management of human resources.
CO3. Analyze different operations management problems using quality management
tools to produce effective, efficient and adoptable products/services.
CO4. Identify different marketing strategies to maximize enterprise profitability and
customer satisfaction within the realistic constraints.
CO5. Develop network models in time-cost tradeoff for effective project management.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: MANAGERIAL FUNCTION AND PROCESS (10 periods)
Concept and foundations of management, Evolution of management thought; Managerial
functions – Planning, Organizing, Directing and Controlling; Decision-making; Role of
manager, managerial skills; Managing in a global environment, Flexible systems
management; Social responsibility and managerial ethics; Process and customer
orientation; Managerial processes on direct and indirect value chain.
UNIT II: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (8 periods)
Human Resource challenges; Human Resource Management functions; Human Resource
Planning; Job analysis; Job evaluation, Recruitment and selection; Training and
Development; Promotion and transfer; Performance management; Compensation
management and benefits; Employee morale and productivity; Human Resource
Information System.
UNIT III: OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (10 periods)
Fundamentals of Operations Management, Services as a part of operations management;
Facilities location and layout; Line balancing; Quality management – Statistical Process
Control, Total Quality Management, Six sigma; Role and importance of materials
management, Value analysis, Make or Buy decision, Inventory control, Materials
Requirement Planning, Enterprise Resource Planning, Supply Chain Management.
187
UNIT IV: MARKETING MANAGEMENT (8 periods)
Concept, evolution and scope; Marketing strategy formulation and components of marketing
plan; Segmenting and targeting the market; Positioning and differentiating the market
offering, Analyzing competition; Product strategy; Pricing strategies; Designing and
managing marketing channels; Integrated marketing communications.
UNIT-V: PROJECT MANAGEMENT (9 periods)
Project management concepts; Project planning – Work Breakdown Structure, Gantt chart;
Project scheduling – Critical Path Method, Program Evaluation and Review Technique,
Crashing the project for time-cost trade off; Resource Levelling.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. MartandT.Telsang, Industrial Engineering and Production Management, S. Chand, 2nd
Edition, 2006.
2. Koontz and Weihrich, Essentials of Management,TMH, 6th Edition, New Delhi, 2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. O.P. Khanna, Industrial Engineering and Management, Dhanpat Rai and Sons,2010.
2. N.D. Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, TMH, 2nd Edition, New Delhi.
3. L.M. Prasad, Principles and practice of Management, S. Chand and Sons, 2006.
188
(20BT40502) CYBER LAWS AND SECURITY
(Open Elective-2)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Evolution of Cyberspace, Jurisdiction in the borderless Cyberspace, E-Contracting, Models of
E-Commerce, Modes of Electronic signatures, E-Money, Intellectual Property Rights,
Cybercrimes, Privacy and data security.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on jurisdiction in cyberspace and the impact of
cybercrime to protect privacy on the Internet.
CO2. Analyze the Indian cyber laws on E-Contracting, E-Commerce, E-signatures and
E-money to promote digital law enforcement.
CO3. Apply the knowledge of digital rights in Indian context to protect intellectual
properties in electronic world.
CO4. Practice ethics and cyber law regulations for leading electronic transactions on
the Internet.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: EVOLUTION OF CYBERSPACE AND JURISDICTION IN BORDERLESS
CYBERSPACE (9 Periods)
The Evolution of Cyberspace: Significance of information technology, Drawbacks in
information technology, the digital divide, E-governance, Origin of cyberspace, Legal issues
in cyberspace, regulating the Internet.
Jurisdiction in the Borderless Cyberspace: Meaning of jurisdiction, Three pre-requisites
of jurisdiction, Jurisdictional theories in jurisdiction to prescribe, Tests to determine
jurisdiction in Internet law cases, Indian laws to determine personal jurisdiction, Jurisdiction
clauses in click wrap agreement.
UNIT II: ELECTRONIC CONTRACTING AND ELECTRONIC COMMERCE (9 Periods)
Electronic Contracting: Formation of offline contracts under English common law,
Fundamental requirements of an offline contract, Forming an E-contract through website, E-
mail contracting, The Indian approach of E-contracts, Contract formation on the Internet
and Information Technology Act 2000, B2C E-contracts.
Electronic Commerce: Models, Advantages, Restricted activities, Laws, India's information
Technology Act2000, Online customer protection in India(B2B, B2C).
189
UNIT III: ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES AND ELECTRONIC MONEY (9 Periods)
Electronic Signatures: The role of signatures, Significance of electronic signatures, Modes
of electronic signatures, UNCITRAL model law on electronic signatures 2001, Cryptography,
Role of certifying authority in PKI, The Indian Information Technology Act and electronic
signatures- Electronic signatures, Prescribed authentication mechanisms, Secure electronic
record.
Electronic Money: E-Money, RBI's guidelines on mobile banking and payments, The
current E-payment systems, Earlier E-payment systems, Credit cards, Use of SET in online
payment system.
UNIT- IV: INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND THE INTERNET WORLD
(9 Periods)
Protecting copyright in the E-world, International organizations protecting Intellectual
Property, Copyright issues on the Internet, Digital rights management, Patent protection
and computer software, India and copyright protection for computer software, Business
method patents- Position of Business methods patents in India, Trademark protection on
the Internet, Cyber squatting, The Indian trademark law and legal remedies, Hyper linking
and framing.
UNIT - V: CYBERCRIMES AND PROTECTING PRIVACY ON INTERNET (9 Periods)
Cybercrimes: What is cybercrime, Categories, Different kinds of cybercrime, Cybercrimes
and Information Technology Act, 2000 - Territorial scope and applicability, India's national
cyber security policy.
Protecting Privacy on the Internet: Meaning of privacy, Threat to privacy on the
Internet, Use of cookies and web bugs, Terms of use and privacy policy, Government right
to interception, Employee privacy rights, Indian legal framework for data protection and
privacy, Challenges to right of privacy in India.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOK(S):
1. Karnika Seth, Computers Internet and New technology Laws, LexisNexis, 2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Sarika Gupta, Gaurav Gupta, Information Security and Cyber Laws, Khanna
Publishing, 2019.
2. Vivek Sood, Cyber Law Simplified, McGraw Hill,2018.
3. Pavan Duggal, Textbook on Cyber Law, Universal LexisNexis, 2019.

 https://swayam.gov.in/nd2_cec20_cs09/preview
 https://swayam.gov.in/nd2_nou19_cs08/preview
190
(20BT50206) INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
(Open Elective – 2)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to Intellectual Property; Trade Marks; Law of Copy Rights; Law of Patents;
Trade Secrets; Unfair Competition; New Development of Intellectual Property.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Understand the concepts of intellectual property right and new amendments
enforced in filling intellectual property right.
CO2. Understand the processes and principles of trade mark registration and apply
them for registering trade mark.
CO3. Understand the process and principles of copy rights registration and judicial
consequences for violating laws of copyright/patents.
CO4. Understand the process and principles of trade secrets and judicial consequences
for coping trade secrets.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (10 periods)
Introduction and the need for intellectual property rights (IPR); types of intellectual
property- Design, Geographical Indication; International organizations, agencies and
treaties.
UNIT II: TRADEMARKS (08 Periods)
Introduction to trademark, Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark
rights, protectable matter, selecting and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration
processes.
UNIT III: LAW OF COPYRIGHTS (09 Periods)
Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of reproduction, rights to
perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right registration, notice of
copy right, international copy right law.
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and
transfer.
UNIT IV: TRADESECRETS (09 periods)
Trade secrete law, determination of trade secrete status, liability for misappropriations of
trade secrets, protection for submission, trade secrete litigation.
Unfair competition: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising.
191
UNIT V: NEW DEVELOPMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (09 periods)
New developments in: trade mark law, copy right law, patent law, intellectual property
audits. International overview on intellectual property; international - trade mark law, copy
right law, international patent law, international development in trade secrets law.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Deborah, E. Bouchoux, Intellectual property: The law of Trademarks, Copyright,
Patents, and Trade Secrets, cengage learning, 4th edition, 2013.
2. PrabuddhaGanguli, Intellectual property right - Unleashing the knowledge economy,
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Neeraj P., &Khusdeep D. Intellectual Property Rights. India, IN: PHI learning Private
Limited. 1st edition 2019.

1. Subramanian, N., &Sundararaman, M. (2018). Intellectual Property Rights – An
Overview. Retrieved from http://www.bdu.ac.in/cells/ipr/docs/ipr-eng-ebook.pdf
2. World Intellectual Property Organisation. (2004). WIPO Intellectual property
Handbook. Retrieved from https://www.wipo.int/edocs/pubdocs/en/intproperty/
489/wipo_pub_489.pdf
USEFUL WEBSITES:
1. Cell for IPR Promotion and Management(http://cipam.gov.in/)
2. World Intellectual Property Organisation (https://www.wipo.int/about-ip/en/)
3. Office of the Controller General of Patents, Designs & Trademarks
(http://www.ipindia.nic.in/)
192
(20BT50406) GREEN TECHNOLOGIES
(Open Elective-2)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Principles of green engineering; Green communications; Green energy; Green computing;
Green construction; Green manufacturing.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze energy efficient communication systems such as Telecommunication
systems, ICT, Wireless networks and cellular networks by understanding the
principles of green communications.
CO2. Understand the impact of conventional energy sources on environment and
realize the significance and principles of green energy sources for sustainability.
CO3. Understand the environmental impacts of IT and approaches for Green IT.
CO4. Analyze concepts of sustainable green construction using appropriate tools and
techniques following latest developments and considering safety and environment
CO5. Demonstrate the environmental impact of traditional manufacturing and explore
the need for green manufacturing process promoting sustainability.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: PRINCIPLES OF GREEN ENGINEERING AND GREEN COMMUNICATIONS
(9 Periods)
Principles of Green Engineering: Introduction, Definition of green engineering, Principles
of green engineering
Green Communications: Introduction, Origin of Green Communications, Energy Efficiency
in Telecommunication systems, Telecommunication system model and energy Efficiency,
Energy saving concepts, Quantifying energy efficiency in ICT, Energy efficiency metrics of
green wireless networks, Embodied energy of communication devices- Introduction, The
extended energy model, Embodied/Operating Energy of a BS in Cellular network- A Case
study; Energy efficient standards for wireline communications.
UNIT II: GREEN ENERGY (9 Periods)
Introduction, green energy systems - composition, adverse impacts, Green energy and
sustainability, the target and solution. Diversification and localization of energy systems,
green energy and sustainable development. Energy sources and their availability. Green
energy sources - solar energy, wind energy, geothermal energy, ocean energy, biomass and
biogas.
193
UNIT III: GREEN IT (9 Periods)
Introduction, Awareness to Implementation: Green IT Trends, Green Engineering, Greening
by IT: Using RFID for Environmental Sustainability, Smart Grids, Smart Buildings and
Homes, Green Supply Chain and Logistics, Enterprise-Wide Environmental Sustainability, A
Seven-Step Approach to Creating Green IT Strategy: Balancing the Costs and Benefits of
Going Green, Research and Development Directions.
UNIT IV: GREEN CONSTRUCTION (9 Periods)
Green Building: Concept, Necessity, Characteristics, Benefits, Requisites for green building
construction, Sustainability, Concept of REDUCE, REUSE, RECYCLE, RETHINK, REPLENISH
AND REFUSE (6 R‟s), Sustainable construction focus point – Site selection, Planning, Water,
Energy, Material, Indoor air quality, Construction procedures, case studies of residential and
commercial green buildings.
Vastu: Concept, History, scientific approach, elements of vastu for selecting a plot.
Indian Green Building Council: Introduction to IGBC green homes, Benefits of IGBC,
IGBC green home rating system, Introduction to USGBC, LEED rating system, Procedure to
get IGBC certification, GRIHA Rating.
UNIT V: GREEN MANUFACTURING (9 Periods)
Green Manufacturing - Introduction, Background and Definition; Impact of traditional
manufacturing in environmental ecology, Need for green manufacturing, Motivation and
barriers to green manufacturing, Advantages and Limitations of green manufacturing, Green
manufacturing strategies, Green manufacturing and sustainability, Green manufacturing
through clean energy supply, Green packaging and Supply chain.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Konstantinos Samdanis, Peter Rost, Andreas Maeder, MichelaMeo, Christos
Verikoukis, Green Communications: Principles, Concepts and Practice, John Wiley &
Sons, 2015.
2. G.D. Rai, Non-conventional Energy Sources, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 5th
Edition,2011.
3. San Murugesan, G.R. Gangadharan, Harnessing Green IT – Principles and Practices,
John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2008.
4. Tom Woolley, Sam Kimmins, Paul Harrison and Rob Harrison, Green Building
Handbook, Volume 1, E & FN Spon, an imprint of Thomson Science & Professional.
5. J Paulo Davim, Green Manufacturing: Processes and Systems, Springer, 2012.
6. David A Dornfeld, Green Manufacturing: Fundamentals and Applications, Springer,
2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Soli J. Arceivala, Green Technologies for a better future, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Pvt. Ltd, 2014.
2. Marty Poniatowski, Foundation of Green Information Technology, Prentice Hall, 2009.
3. Athanasios V Alavanidis, Thomais Vlachogianni, Green Chemistry and Green
Engineering, SynchronaThemata, 2012.
194
(20BT50331) DESIGN AND DYNAMICS LAB

30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES:
courses on Basic Engineering Mechanics and Dynamics of Machinery.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Design of machine Elements; Determination of gyroscopic couple; Unbalanced couple and
forces in static and dynamic balancing of rotating masses; Radius of gyration of compound
pendulum; Moment of inertia of a flywheel; mass moment of inertia and radius of gyration
of bifilar suspension; Coriolis component of acceleration; Pressure distribution in journal
bearing; sensitivity and effort for governors; cam - follower mechanism; Vibration
parameters of spring mass system, single rotor shaft, two rotor systems, cantilever beam,
fixed beam and whirling of shaft.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Determine the characteristics of the control mechanisms such as Governors,
Gyroscope, Cam-follower, flywheel and Journal bearings.
CO2. Analyze the unbalanced forces and couple in masses (Rotating & Reciprocating)
in different planes and determine the position and direction of the given masses.
CO3. Calculate the vibration characteristics of vibration systems and radius of gyration
of bifilar suspension, simple pendulum and compound pendulum.
CO4. Analyze the effect of the Coriolis component of acceleration of the link and derive
the equations for Coriolis force.
CO5. Design the machine components using analytical methods and compare with
simulations.
1. Determination of gyroscopic couple using Motorized gyroscope.
2. Determination of unbalanced couple and forces in static and dynamic balancing of
rotating masses.
3. Determination of radius of gyration of a given compound pendulum.
4. Determination of moment of inertia of a flywheel.
5. Determination of mass moment of inertia and radius of gyration of bifilar suspension.
6. Determination of the Coriolis component of acceleration.
7. Determination of pressure distribution in journal bearing.
8. Determination of sensitivity, effort for Porter, Proell and Hartnell governors.
9. Draw the cam profile and study the jump-off phenomenon in a cam - follower
mechanism.
195
10. Estimation of the frequency of undamped and damped force vibration of a spring mass
system.
11. Determine the frequency response curve under different damping conditions for single
degree freedom system of vibration.
12. Determination of the natural frequencies of undamped and damped torsional vibration
using single rotor shaft system and two rotor system.
13. Determination of critical speed of shaft with concentrated loads using whirling of shaft.
14. Determination of natural frequency and deflection of cantilever beam and fixed beam
under transverse vibration
15. Design of cotter Joint, Knuckle Joint and automobile parts using analytical and MAT
Lab/Python programming.
Note: Minimum Twelve experiments are to be conducted.

SVEC20 Design and Dynamics Lab Manual
196
(20BT50332) THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB

30 70 100 0 0 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES:
Course on Thermal Engineering-I.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Calculating the performance parameters of 2-stroke and 4- stroke I.C. Engines; Heat
balancing of an engine; Practicing the valve and port timing diagrams; Determining
frictional power for single and multi- cylinder engines; Compressor performance. Assembly
and disassembly of an automobile models; Determining the Fuel properties; determining the
performance of vapor compression refrigeration system, Air conditioning system and Water
cooler.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze the performance and emission characteristics of I.C Engines.
CO2. Analyze the Performance characteristics of reciprocating air compressor and
determine volumetric and isothermal efficiency.
CO3. Estimate the performance of Refrigeration and air-conditioning systems to assess
its coefficient of performance.
CO4. Calculate the calorific value of fuels using Bomb calorimeter&Junker‟s Gas
Calorimeter and viscosity of fuels using say bolt & red wood Viscometer.
CO5. Demonstrate the knowledge on working of boilers, steam turbines, steam
condensers and steam nozzles.
CO6. Work independently or in teams to solve problems with effective communication.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Minimum TWELVE experiments are to be conducted.

1. (a)ValveTimingDiagramusingamodelof4–SDiesel,CI engine
(b) Port timing diagram of a model of 2-S, SI engine
2. Morse Test on 4-S, 4-C, Petrol Engine using Hydraulic loading
3. Retardation Test on 4-S, 1-C, Diesel Engine using Electrical loading
4. Performance Test on 2-S, 1-C, Petrol Engine using Electrical Loading
5. Economic speed test on 2-S, 1-C, Petrol Engine using Electrical Loading
6. Performance Test on 4-S, 1-C diesel Engine using Mechanical Loading
7. Heat Balance Test on 4-S, 1-C diesel Engine using Mechanical Loading Performance Test
Variable Compression Ratio Engine (VCR Engine)
8. Motoring Test on Variable Compression Ratio Engine (VCR Engine)
197
9. Performance Test on 2-Stage Reciprocating Air compressor Unit
10. Dismantling/Assembly of Engines to identify the parts and their position in an engine
11. Performance and emission characterization tests on Computerized 4-S, 1-C, C.I. engine
using Eddy Current loading, Exhaust gas analyzer and Smoke meter.
12. Performance test on vapour compression refrigeration system.
13. Experiments on Fuels:
(a) Bomb calorimeter for Calorific Value of Solid and Liquidfuel
(b) Junker‟s Gas Calorimeter for Calorific Value of gaseousfuel
(c) Viscosity measurement using saybolt and redwoodViscometer
14. Study of boilers, steam condensers, steam turbines and steam nozzles.
15. Study of vapour absorption refrigeration systems and psychrometric process.
198
(20BT51551) INTERNET OF THINGS LAB

30 70 100 - 1 2 2
PRE-REQUISITES:-
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Setting up IoT work-flow, Programming with Python, Micro-controller programming using
Arduino, Building IoT Applications using Raspberry Pi, IoT Cloud Infrastructure.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Design an interface to embedded systems using real time sensors with Arduino
and Raspberry Pi.
CO2. Develop applications to capture the data generated by sensors and send to cloud.
CO3. Develop real time applications using Node MCU and BLYNK.
CO4. Design applications to push sensor data to cloud using MQTT protocol.
CO5. Work independently and in team to solve problems with effective communication.
Theory Component: (10 Periods)

Arduino IDE, 7-segment display, Servo motor, ultrasonic sensor, LCD, Flame sensor, gas
sensor, Humidity & temperature sensors, MQTT protocols, ECG System, Raspberry Pi, Home
security system with camera, PIR sensor, light sensor, motion detector, NodeMCU, BLYNK,
cloud
1. (a) Design and Simulate LED 7-Segment Display interfacing with Arduino.
(b) Design and Simulate Servo motor interfacing with Arduino.
2. (a) Design and Simulate ultrasonic sensor and LCD interfacing with Arduino.
(b) Design and Simulate Flame Sensor interfacing with Arduino.
3. Design and Implement to capture Gas Sensor and send sensor data to cloud from
your Node MCU device using Arduino IDE.
4. Design and Implementation of Humidity and Temperature Monitoring Using Arduino
and upload data to cloud using MQTT.
5. Design and Implementation of an IoT ECG (Electrocardiogram) System to
record hearts electrical activity.
6. Design and Simulate controlling an LED 7-Segment Display with Raspberry Pi.
7. Design and implementation of Raspberry Pi Home Security System with Camera and
PIR Sensor with Email Notifications.
199
8. Design and Implement to upload Light sensor (TSL) data to cloud through Raspberry
Pi.
9. Design and Implementation of Motion Detector with NodeMCU and BLYNK.
10. Design and Implementation of Fire notification ΙοΤ system with BLYNK.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Adrian McEwen and Hakin Cassimally, Designing the Internet of Things, Wiley India.
2. Simon Monk, Programming Aurdino, Second Edition, McGraw-Hill Education,2016.
3. Matt Richardson and Shawn Wallace, Getting Started with Raspberry Pi, O‟Reilly,
2014.
4. Rahul Dubey, An Introduction to Internet of Things: Connecting Devices, Edge
Gateway, and Cloud with Applications , Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd,2019
200
III B.Tech. - I semester
(20BT50333) SUMMER INTERNSHIP-I

- 100 100 - - - 1.5
PREREQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Expose students to the industrial environment; Create competent professionals for the
industry; sharpen the real time technical / managerial skills required at the job; Gain
professional experience and understand engineer„s responsibilities and ethics; Familiarize
with latest equipment, materials and technologies; Gain exposure to technical report
writing; Gain exposure to corporate working culture.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze latest equipment, materials and technologies that are used in industry to
solve complex engineering problems following relevant standards, codes, policies
and regulations.
CO2. Analyze safety, health, societal, environmental, sustainability, economical and
managerial factors considered in industry in solving complex engineering
problems.
oral and graphical forms on practicing engineering.
201
III B.Tech. I Semester
(20BT503AC) FOUNDATIONS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP
(Common to CE, ME, ECE, EEE & EIE)
(AUDIT COURSE)
- - - 2 - - -
COURSE PREREQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
The nature and growth of entrepreneurship; Characteristics of an entrepreneur; Types of
Entrepreneurs; Ethics and social responsibility of entrepreneurs;Generating ideas;
Opportunity identification; Implementing and managing the venture; Principles of creativity
and innovation; Methods of protecting innovation and creativity; Market research; Feasibility
analysis; Sources of funding; Preparation of business plan; Start-Ups; Social
Entrepreneurship; Rural entrepreneurship.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on personal attributes that enable best use of
entrepreneurial opportunities.
CO2. Apply suitable method to protect creativity and innovation.
CO3. Design and prepare high impact strategic and business plan.
CO4. Analyze the major steps and requirements in order to convert innovative idea
into a successful start-up.
CO5. Develop an idea to create a business for social change by identifying social
entrepreneurship opportunities.
DETAILED SYLLABUS :
UNIT I: ENTREPRENEURIAL MINDSET (06 Periods)
The nature and growth of entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurship and Intrapreneurship,
Characteristics of an entrepreneur, Types of Entrepreneurs, Woman as an Entrepreneur,
Factors that contribute to the success of entrepreneurs, Ethics and social responsibility of
entrepreneurs.
UNIT II: ENTREPRENEURIAL PROCESS (06 Periods)
Generating ideas, Opportunity identification, Business concepts, Resources (Financial,
Physical and Human), Implementing and managing the venture, Harvesting the venture,
Harvesting strategies: Absorption of new concept into mainstream operations, Licensing of
rights, Family succession, Liquidate (Shut down) venture, Selling the venture, Management
Buy-Out (MBO).
UNIT III: CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION (06 Periods)
Principles of creativity and innovation, Disruptive, incremental and open innovations,
Nurturing and managing innovation, Methods of protecting innovation and creativity:
Intellectual property rights, Branding, Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, Registered design
protection, Trade secrets.
202
UNIT IV: NEW VENTURE PLANNING AND CREATION (06 Periods)
Market research (venture opportunity screening), Feasibility analysis, Start-up capital;
Sources of funding: equity financing, debt financing (loans, venture funding, angel funding),
grants, gifts, bequests and financial statements, Introduction to the business plan,
Preparation of business plan.
UNIT – V: Start-Ups and Social Entrepreneurship (06 Periods)
Start-Ups: Definition to start-up, Start-up activities, Promising start-ups, Venture-backed
start-ups, Corporate-supported start-ups.
Social Entrepreneurship: Social enterprise-Need - Types - Characteristics and benefits of
social enterprises, Rural entrepreneurship.
Total no. of Periods: 30
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Robert D. Hisrich, Mathew J. Manimala, Michael P. Peters, Dean A. Shepherd,
Entrepreneurship, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, Eighth Edition, 2013.
2. Marc J Dollinger, Entrepreneurship: Strategies and Resources, Pearson, Third Edition,
2003.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Vasant Desai, Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Himalaya
Publ. House, 2004.
2. Harvard Business Review on Entrepreneurship, HBR Paper Back.
3. Thomas W. Zimmerer& Norman M. Scarborough, Essential of Entrepreneurship and
small business management, PHI.
203
III B. Tech. – II Semester
(20BT60301) COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Computer Aided Machine Drawing Lab and Manufacturing Technology.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Fundamental and conventional CAD processes; Raster scan graphics co-ordinate
system; Transformations; Geometric construction models; Curve representation
methods; Computer Control in NC; GT; CAPP.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the basic concepts of CAD to generate a suitable geometric model of
an object.
CO2. Analyze algorithms for computer graphics and use geometric models to generate
complex contours
CO3. Develop the CNC code for complex machining process.
CO4. Demonstrate Computer aided manufacturing and computer aided quality control
application over manufacturing.
CO5. Demonstrate knowledge of automation, robotics and applications.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTIONTOCAD/CAM, CIM (10 Periods)
Computers in Industrial Manufacturing, Computer Aided Design (CAD), Computer Aided
Manufacturing (CAM), Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM), Design process, Product
Life Cycle, CAD hardware, CAD Standards-Introduction, classification and Importance
of CAD standards. Computer Integrated Manufacturing - Introduction, Types of
Manufacturing System, Nature and role of the elements of CM System, CIMS Benefits,
Database requirements for CIM.
UNIT II: COMPUTERGRAPHICS & GEOMTERIC MODELING (10 Periods)
ComputerGraphics:RasterScanGraphics:DDALineAlgorithm,Bresenham‟sLine algorithm,
Coordinate system, 2D &3DTransformations (Scaling, Translation, Rotation & Reflection)
Geometric Modeling: Requirements of Geometric Modeling, Definition to Parametric and
Non-parametric representation, Introduction to curve representation, Analytical and
Synthetic curve representation (Bezier,B-spline&Nurbs).
UNIT III: COMPUTER NUMERICAL CONTROL (09 Periods)
Introduction to CNC, CNC Hardware basics (Structure of CNC machine tools, Actuation
systems, Feedback devices), CNC Tooling (Automatic tool changers, Work holding, CNC
Programming, Part Programming fundamentals, Manual part programming methods,
Preparatory Functions, Miscellaneous Functions, Canned Cycles.
204
UNIT IV: COMPUTER AIDED PROCESSPLANNING&QUALITY CONTROL (08 Periods)
Group Technology: Introduction, Part Family, Classification and Coding, Types of coding
systems, Identification systems (RFID, Barcodes), Group Technology Cells, Benefits of
Group Technology. Computer Aided Process Planning: Retrieval & Generative Computer
Aided Process Planning and CAPP systems, CAPP implementation considerations, Benefits of
CAPP.
Computer Aided Quality Control : Introduction, Inspection and Testing, Contact & Non-
Contact inspection methods.
UNIT V: AUTOMATION AND ROBOTICS (08 Periods)
AUTOMATION: Introduction to automation, Elements of automation, Types of automation
systems, part transfer methods and mechanisms- flow lines-types.
ROBOTICS: Introduction to robotics, Law of robotics, Anatomy, Configuration of robots,
Robot end effectors-classification, Robotic joints, grippers.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. P.N. Rao, CAD/CAM: Principles and Applications, TMH, 2004
2. Radhakrishnan and Subramaniah, CAD/CAM/CIM, New Age International, 2004
3. Michael E.Mortenson, Geometric Modelling, wiley 2013
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ibrahim Zeid, CAD/CAM Theory and Practice, McGraw Hill,2010.
2. MikellP.Groover, Computer Aided Design & Computer Aided Manufacturing,
PearsonEducation,2006.
3. E. Micheal, Geometric Modelling, John Wiley &Sons ,3rdedition 2013.
205
III B.Tech – II Semester
(20BT60302) HEAT TRANSFER

30 70 100 3 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Multi-Variable Calculus and Differential Equations, Engineering Thermodynamics
and Fluid Mechanics and Machines.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Modes of heat transfer; One-dimensional steady and transient conduction; Analysis of
extended surfaces; Convection heat transfer; free and forced convection; boiling and
condensation; Heat exchangers; radiation; Concept of black body; heat exchange between
surfaces.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Apply the principles of heat transfer in steady state conduction and determine the
heat transfer characteristics.
CO2. Analyze the fins to increase heat transfer rate and Transient heat conduction
process for heat transfer characteristics.
CO3. Analyze fluid flow systems and determine heat transfer characteristics in forced
and free convection process.
CO4. Design heat exchangers, boilers and condensers for the given heat transfer rates
and determine heat transfer characteristics.
CO5. Apply the principles of radiation in the heat exchange between black and grey
bodies and determine heat transfer characteristics.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: CONDUCTION HEAT TRANSFER (09 periods)
Basics of Heat Transfer, Modes and Mechanism of heat transfer, Conduction, convection and
radiation, General differential equation of heat conduction - Cartesian, Cylindrical and
Spherical Coordinates; One dimensional steady state heat conduction - Conduction through
plane wall, cylinders and spherical systems; Composite systems, Critical thickness of
insulation.
UNIT II: EXTENDED SURFACES AND TRANSIENT HEAT CONDUCTION (09 Periods)
Extended surfaces, Types of fins, - Efficiency, Effectiveness and Temperature distribution on
Long Fin, Fin with Insulated Tip and Short Fin; Introductions to unsteady heat conduction -
Lumped heat analysis, Infinite and semi-infinite solids, use of Heisler‟s chart.
UNIT III: CONVECTION HEAT TRANSFER (10 Periods)
Boundary layer concepts - Hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer theory, Dimensional
analysis, Buckingham‟s π-theorem applied to forced and natural convection.
Forced convection: External flows - Flow over plates, cylinders and spheres; internal
flows- flow through Horizontal pipe, annular pipe.
206
Natural convection: Flow over the vertical plate, horizontal plate, horizontal cylinders.
UNIT IV: HEAT EXCHANGERS AND PHASE CHANGE HEAT TRANSFER (09 Periods)
Heat Exchangers: Classification of Heat Exchangers, Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient and
Fouling Factor, Log Mean Temperature Difference (LMTD): parallel & counter flow,
Correction factor, Effectiveness - NTU methods of analysis of heat exchangers.
Boiling: Pool Boiling Regimes, Determination of Heat Transfer Coefficient in Nucleate
Boiling, Critical Heat Flux and Film Boiling.
Condensation: Film wise and Drop wise Condensation, Nusselt‟s Theory of Condensation
on a Vertical Plate.
UNIT V: RADIATION HEAT TRANSFER (08 Periods)
Fundamentals of Radiation, Emission Characteristics - Irradiation, Total and Monochromatic
radiation, Laws of Radiation - Planck, Wien‟s displacement, Kirchhoff, Lambert‟s cosine,
Stefan–Boltzmann, Heat Exchange between Two Black Bodies and Gray Bodies, Concepts of
Shape Factor, Emissivity, Radiation Shields.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. R.C. Sachdeva, Fundamentals of Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer, New Age
International, 5th Edition, 2017.
2. R.K.Rajput, Heat and Mass Transfer, S.Chand & Company Ltd, 7th Edition, 2018.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. P.K.Nag, Heat Transfer, McGraw Hill Education, 3rd Edition, 2011.
2. Holman.J.P, Heat Transfer, TMH, 10th Edition, 2017.
3. Yunus Cengel, Heat and Mass Transfer, Mc Graw Hill Publications, 5 th Edition, 2015.
4. C.P Kothandaraman and S.Subramanyan, Heat and Mass Transfer data book, New
Age International, 9th Edition, 2018.
Note: Heat Transfer Data Book mentioned in Reference No.4 is needed during
Examinations.
207
III B. Tech. II Semester
(20BT60303) INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Management – Concept; Staffing, Leading and Controlling; Leading Effective Teams,
Planning and Implementing Change; Allowances and Standard time calculations; Line
balancing, Maintenance; Statistical Process Control.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on essentials of management theories and
approaches by valuing ethics and social responsibility.
CO2. Analyze organizational structures and formulate leadership strategies for
organizational transformation.
CO3. Apply work study techniques for uniform and enhanced production flow.
CO4. Analyze maintenance and facility planning problems and solve anomalies in
breakdown, availability and redundancy.
CO5. Apply quality control tools and techniques for acceptance decisions, process
adjustments and minimal rework by following quality standards, industry Acts
and safety measures.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT (09 periods)
Management – Concept, Process, Theories and Approaches; Management Roles and Skills
Functions – Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Leading and Controlling; Decision Making –
Concept, Process, Techniques and Tools; Business Ethics, Corporate Social Responsibility
and Corporate Governance
UNIT II: MANAGEMENT OF ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR (09 periods)
Leadership and management, Classic Motivational Theories, Situational Leadership, Effective
Communication, Leading Effective Teams, Planning and Implementing Change, Leadership
Strategies for Organizational Transformation.
UNIT III: WORK STUDY (09 periods)
Productivity, Method study – Steps, Charts and Diagrams, Principles of Motion economy;
Work measurement – Time study – Rating, Allowances and Standard time calculations;
Work sampling, Human Factors and Ergonomics.
UNIT IV: FACILITIES PLANNING AND MAINTENANCE (09 periods)
Types of Production, Plant Location and Layout, Line balancing, Maintenance – Breakdown,
Preventive and Predictive; 5S and TPM; Reliability – Series, Parallel, Series-Parallel device
configurations, Bath-tub curve, MTBF, MTTR, Availability and Redundancy.
208
UNIT V: QUALITY ASSURANCE AND INDUSTRIAL SAFETY (09 periods)
Statistical Process Control – Control Charts for Variables and Attributes, Process Capability;
Acceptance sampling – Sampling Plans, OC curve; ISO 9000 Standards and Total Quality
Management, Benchmarking, Industrial Safety rules, Investigation and Analysis of
Accidents, Indian Factories Act, Workmen Compensation Act and Industrial Disputes Act
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS
1. Martand Telsang, Industrial Engineering and Production Management, S. Chand, 2nd
Edition, 2006
2. Kenneth H. Blanchard, Paul Hersey and Dewey E. Johnson, Management of
Organizational Behaviour, Pearson, 10th Edition, 2015
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich, et al, Essentials of Management, McGraw Hill, 11th
Edition, 2020
2. M I Khan and N A Siddiqui, Industrial Engineering and Management, New Age
International, 1st Edition, 2018
209
(20BT60304) CASTING AND WELDING TECHNOLOGY
(Professional Elective - 2)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
A course on Manufacturing Technology
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to materials and their manufacturing techniques; Casting methods; Design of
pattern and dies; Gating design; Special casting and welding processes; Weld metal
characterization; analyzing the properties of weldment; standards and codes followed in
industry.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Design patterns, dies, gating systems and riser systems in casting metallurgy
considering standards.
CO2. Demonstrate knowledge on modern molding, core making and special casting
process.
CO3. Design weld joints in welding metallurgy considering standards.
CO4. Demonstrate knowledge on special welding process.
CO5. Analyze casting and welding process involving advanced processes with
environmental considerations.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: CASTING METALLURGY AND DESIGN (10 periods)
Casting metallurgy and design-Heat transfer between metal and mould-Solidification of pure
metals and alloys-Shrinkage in cast metals-Feeding characteristics of Alloys; Progressive
and directional solidification-Elements and types of gating systems; Pressurized and non-
pressurized gating; design considerations of gating system; applications. Risers: types and
Functions of risers; Computer Aided design for gating and riser systems.
UNIT II: SPECIAL CASTING PROCESSES (10 periods)
Special Casting Processes: Investment casting processes; Continuous casting processes; Die
casting- low pressure / Gravity, pressure and squeeze; Centrifugal Casting: Calculations of
various parameters in centrifugal casting, die temperature, Rotational speeds, advantages,
limitations and applications; Defects in various special casting processes.
UNIT III: WELDING METALLURGY AND DESIGN (9 periods)
Welding metallurgy and design-Heat affected zone and its characteristics-Weldability of
steels, Stainless steel, Aluminium and Titanium alloys-Hydrogen Embrittlement-Lamellar
tearing - Residual Stress-Heat transfer and solidification-Analysis of stresses in welded
structures - pre and post welding heat treatments-Weld joint design-Welding defects-testing
of weldment.
210
UNIT IV: SPECIAL WELDING PROCESSES (7 periods)
Special welding processes-Friction Welding-Friction stir welding-Explosive Welding-Diffusion
Bonding-High frequency Induction Welding-Ultrasonic Welding-Electron beam welding-Laser
beam welding.
UNIT V: RECENT ADVANCES IN CASTING AND WELDING (9 periods)
Recent advances in casting and welding-Layout of mechanized foundry-sand reclamation-
Material handling in foundry-Pollution control in Foundry-Recent trends in casting-Computer
Aided design of Casting. Automation in welding-Welding Robots-Overview of automation of
welding in aerospace, nuclear, surface transport vehicles and under water welding.
Introduction to codes and standards, Welding procedure specification, Welding performance
qualification.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Ravi B, “Metal Casting: Computer Aided Design and Analysis” Prentice Hall ,2005.
2. R S Parmer,”Welding Engineering Technology”, Khanna publishers, 2nd Edition,
2008.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. John Campbell, “Casting Practice” Elsevier Science Publishing C0.,2004.
2. Richard L Little, “Welding and Welding Technology” Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.
3. ASM Hand Book “Casting”, ASM International 1998
211
III B.Tech – II Semester
(20BT60305) COMPOSITE MATERIALS

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Basic Engineering Mechanics and Materials Science and Engineering
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Composite materials and their classifications; various matrices and reinforcements;
manufacturing process of various composites; analyzing the properties of composite
materials.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge of composite materials for various engineering
applications.
CO2. Analyze the effect of fiber length, fiber orientation and concentration on
composite properties.
CO3. Demonstrate knowledge of manufacturing processes of composites.
CO4. Analyze composites for appropriate joining and machining techniques.
CO5. Analyze the failure behavior during testing of composite materials.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO COMPOSITE MATERIALS (9 periods)
Composite Materials: Definition -Special Features of Composites - Drawbacks of
Composites - Classification of Composite Materials: Particle Reinforced Composites -
Dispersion Strengthened Composites - Fiber Reinforced Composites -Structural Composites,
Processing techniques for Composite materials, Applications and Barriers of Composite
Materials.
UNIT II: RAW MATERIALS FOR COMPOSITE PRODUCTION (9 periods)
Matrix Phase: Types and Functions, Reinforcements Phase: Types and Functions, Effect
of reinforcement (Fiber length, Fiber orientation and Concentration) on overall composite
performance, Fabrics and its types, Prepegs and its types, Preforms and Honeycomb
Materials, Molding compounds and its types.
UNIT III: MANUFACTURING PROCESS OF COMPOSITES (9 periods)
Manufacturing Process: Basic Steps in a Composites Manufacturing Process.
Manufacturing Processes for Thermoset Composites: Prepegs Lay-Up Process, Wet
Lay-Up Process, Spray-Up Process, Filament Winding Process, Pultrusion Process, Resin
Transfer Molding Process, Compression Molding Process, Roll Wrapping Process, Injection
Molding Process.
212
Manufacturing Processes for Thermoplastic Composites: Thermoplastic Tape Winding,
Thermoplastic Pultrusion Process, Part Fabrication, Autoclave Processing, Diaphragm
Forming Process, Injection Molding.
UNIT IV: JOINING AND MACHINING OF COMPOSITES (9 periods)
Joining: Definition, principles, selection and design guidelines surface preparation, types,
advantages, limitations and failures modes in adhesive joints, Mechanical joints: Principles,
types, advantages, limitations, design parameters, failure modes
Machining: Objectives of Machining, Challenges during Machining of Composites, Failure
Mode during Machining of Composites, Cutting tools, Types of machining operations.
UNIT V: TESTING OF COMPOSITES (9 periods)
Testing of Composites: Mechanical testing of composites, tensile testing, Compressive
testing, Intra-laminar shear testing, Inter-laminar shear testing, Fracture testing; Non –
Destructive testing.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Sanjay K. Mazumdar, “Composites Manufacturing - Materials, Product and Process
Engineering”, CRC Press LLC, 1st edition, USA, 2002.
2. Deborah D. L. Chung, “Composite Materials – Science & Applications”, 2nd edition,
Springer Verlag, USA, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Daniel B. Miracle and Steven L. Donaldson, ASM Handbook, “Composites”, ASTM
International, Vol-21, 2001.
2. William. D. Callister, “Materials Science and Engineering-An Introduction”, John Wiley
and sons, 7thedition, USA, 2007.
213
(20BT60306) DESIGN OF TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Strength of Materials.
COURSEDESCRIPTION:
Helical, Bevel, Worm Gears; Stress analysis of gears; Gear box, Gear train; Working of gear
box and Gear train; Functions of Various gear box and gear train; Hydraulic controls for
Automatic transmission system; Hydrostatic, Hydrodynamic, Hydrokinetic drives;
Construction of drives; Working of drives and their performance; Automatic transmission
system; intelligent electronic control systems.
COURSEOUTCOMES:
CO1. Design Helical, Bevel and worm gears using strength and wear equations for
power transmitting applications.
CO2. Design gear box and determine speeds for machine tools applications.
CO3. Design gear trains for automatic transmission.
CO4. Analyze the performance of Hydrostatic, Hydrodynamic and Hydrokinetic
drives and determine the performance parameters.
CO5. Analyze functional characteristics of automatic transmission systems with
intelligent electronic control and hydraulic clutch activation systems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: HELICAL, BEVEL AND WORM GEARS: (9 Periods)
Parallel Helical Gears – Kinematics, Tooth proportions, Force analysis, Stresses in Helical
gear, Design of helical gear, Crossed Helical gears; Straight Bevel gears – Kinematics,
Force analysis, Stresses in straight bevel gear tooth, Design of bevel gear; Worm gearing
– Kinematics, Forces, Friction and Efficiencies, Stresses in worm gear tooth.
UNIT II: GEAR BOX: (9 Periods)
Need for a gear box in an automobile and types of Gear boxes – Construction and working
of Sliding mesh, Constant mesh gear box, Epi-cyclic gear box , over drive torque
converter, ray diagrams, Synchromesh gear box and principle of synchronizers; Design of
multi speed gear boxes for machine tools.
UNIT III: GEAR TRAINS : (8 Periods)
Construction and working Principle of Epi-cyclic gear train, Planetary gear box, Ford T Model
gear box, Wilson gear box, Cotal electromagnetic transmission and Automatic over drive.
Gear ratios for Wilson gear box and Automatic Over drive. Hydraulic control system for
Automatic transmission.
214
UNIT IV: HYDROSTATIC, HYDRODYNAMIC AND HYDROKINETIC DRIVES:
(10 Periods)
Hydrostatic drives: Introduction to hydrostatic drives, Working principle, types,
Advantages and limitations of Hydrostatic drives, Comparison of hydrostatic drive with
hydro dynamic drive, Construction and working of Janny Hydrostatic drive.
Hydrodynamic and Hydrokinetic drives: Introduction to fluid coupling, Fluid coupling –
Construction, Principle of operation and Performance characteristics, Drag torque and
various drag reducing devices of fluid coupling, Problems on design and torque capacity of
fluid coupling, Construction and working of Torque converter, converter coupling, Multistage
torque converter, and Poly phase torque converter - Performance characteristic of
multistage and poly phase torque converters.
UNIT V: AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION: (9 Periods)
Layout of Automatic transmission system, construction and working of Turbo glide
transmission, Power glide transmission, ECT- intelligent transmission, Automatic
transmission with intelligent electronic control systems, Hydraulic clutch actuation for
Automatic transmission. Chevrolet “Turboglide” Transmission, Continuously Variable
Transmission (CVT) – Types – Operations of a typical CVT.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Joseph Shigley, Charles Mischke, Richard Budynas and Keith Nisbett “Mechanical
Engineering Design”, 11th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2020.
2. Harald Naunheimer , Bernd Bertsche , Joachim Ryborz , Wolfgang Novak
"Automotive Transmission: Fundamentals, Selection, Design and Application", 2nd
Edition, Springer, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Robert L. Norton, “Machine Design”- an integrated approach, (5th Edition) Pearson
publisher, 2000.
2. Bhandari V, Design of Machine Elements, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Book Co,
2020.
1. Judge A. W., “Modern Transmission”, 3rd ed., Chapman & Hall Std., London, 1989.
2. CDX Automotive, "Fundamentals of Automotive Technology, Principles and practice",
Jones &Barlett Publishers, 2013.
3. Newton Steeds & Garrot, "Motor Vehicles", SAE International and Butterworth
Heinemann, 2001.
4. Malisa, “Hand Book of Gear Design”, Tata Mc Graw Hill, International Edition, 2000.
5. Mahadevan, k, Reddy, K. Balaveera, “Design Data Handbook for Mechanical
Engineering in SI and Metric Units”, CBS; 4th edition,2019.
215
III B. Tech – II Semester
(20BT60307) GAS TURBINES AND JET PROPULSION

30 70 100 3 - -- 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
A Course on Thermal Engineering-II
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Jet propulsion gas turbine; engine types; performance; turbojet and turbofan engines;
designs of compressor; combustor and turbines; Jet and Rocket propulsions.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze the gas turbine cycles using PV and TS diagrams and solve problems.
CO2. Analyze gas turbines and Air compressors for performance characteristics.
CO3. Analyze the combustion process in gas turbines and determine its performance
characteristics.
CO4. Apply the principles of Jet Propulsion and solve problems.
CO5. Demonstrate the knowledge of rocket propulsion systems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: ANALYSIS OF GAS TURBINE CYCLES (09 periods)
Development of gas turbine, Classification of gas turbines, Gas turbine vs. reciprocating I C
engine, Gas turbine vs steam turbine, Applications of gas turbines, the basic cycle Analysis
of simple gas turbine cycle, Effect of thermodynamic variables on the performance of simple
gas turbine plant, Improvements in simple gas turbine cycle, Actual gas turbine cycle,
Closed cycle gas turbine, Helium cooled, closed gas turbine for nuclear power plants , Total
energy system incorporating gas turbine, Semi-closed cycle gas turbine, Gas turbine plant
arrangement
UNIT II: Gas TURBINES AND AIR COMPRESSOR (09 periods)
Axial flow and radial flow turbines, impulse and reaction turbines, fundamental relations and
velocity triangles, elementary vortex theory, limiting factors in turbine design, blade
materials; blade attachments and blade cooling.
Centrifugal and Axial flow compressors, degree of reaction, design of impellers and Blading,
vortex theory, elementary air-foil theory and cascade theory, performance characteristics.
UNIT III: GAS TURBINE COMBUSTION CHAMBER (09 periods)
Introduction, Requirements, Combustion process in gas turbine, Types of combustion
chamber, Flow pattern in a combustion chamber, Performance and operating characteristics
of combustion chambers, Fuel injection in combustion chamber, Effect of incomplete
combustion.
216
UNIT IV: JET PROPULSION (09 periods)
Introduction, Thrust, Thrust vs. thrust horse power, Efficiencies, Airscrew, Turbojet, Thrust
augmentation, Turboprop engine, Bypass and ducted fan engines, Regenerative ducted fan
engine, Turbo shaft engine, Ram jet, Pulsejet, Comparison of various propulsion devices. Air
craft launch and recovery systems (EMALS and AAG).
UNIT V: ROCKET PROPULSION (09 periods)
Introduction, classification of rockets, Principle of rocket propulsion, Analysis of an ideal
chemical rocket, Optimum expansion ratio for rocket, The chemical rocket, Advantages of
liquid propellant rockets over solid propellant rockets, Free radical Propulsion, Nuclear
Propulsion, Ion propulsion, Plasma propulsion.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Mathur, M., and Sharma, R.P., “Gas Turbines and Jet & Rocket Propulsion”, Standard
Publishers, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Ganesan, V., Gas Turbines 3/e, Tata McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 2010
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Yahya. S.M., Fundamental of compressible flow with Aircraft and Rocket Propulsion”,
New Age International (p) Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
2. Cohen.H., Rogers R.E.C and Sravanamutoo, “Gas turbine theory”, Addison Wesley
Ltd., 1987.
3. Rathakrishnan. E., “Gas Dynamics”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2001.
217
(20BT60308) INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
A course on thermal Engineering-I
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Fuel air cycles and actual cycles of internal combustion engines; Combustion phenomena in
spark ignition engine; Combustion phenomena in compression ignition engines; Engine
friction and lubrication; Non conventional engine.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on internal combustion engine systems.
CO2. Analyze fuel air cycles and actual cycles to find the various heat losses.
CO3. Analyze the combustion phenomenon in SI Engines and study the effect of
variables on combustion phenomenon.
CO4. Analyze the combustion phenomenon in CI Engines and study the effect of
variables on combustion phenomenon.
CO5. Demonstrate the knowledge on advances in Internal Combustion engines.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE SYSTEMS: (9 periods)
I. C. ENGINES - Classification - Working principles; Engine systems –Fuel, Carburettor, Fuel
Injection, Ignition, Cooling and Lubrication System; principle of wankle engine, principles of
supercharging and turbo charging.
UNIT II: FUEL AIR CYCLES AND ACTUAL CYCLES: (9 periods)
Fuel Air Cycles: Assumptions for fuel–air cycles, Reasons for variation of specific heats of
gases, change of internal energy and enthalpy during a process with variable specific heats,
isentropic expansion with variable specific heats, effect of variable specific heats
dissociation, comparison of air standard and fuel air cycles,
Actual Cycles: Effect of operating variables, comparison of air standard and actual cycles,
effect of time loss, heat loss and exhaust loss in Petrol and Diesel engines.
UNIT III: COMBUSTION IN S.I. ENGINES (9 periods)
Stages of combustion in SI engines, combustion parameters, Flame front propagation,
Factors influencing the flame speed, abnormal combustion, Phenomenon of knock in S.I
engines, factors affecting knock in SI engine, Combustion chambers for SI Engines, Fuel
Requirements and Fuel Rating, Emission from SI Engines and its control..
218
UNIT IV: COMBUSTION IN C.I. ENGINES (9 periods)
Stages of combustion in C.I engines,combustion parameters, Factor affecting delay period;
Phenomenon of knock in C.I engine,factors affecting knock in CI engine, comparison of
knock in S.I and C.I engines, Combustion chambers for C.I engines, Fuel Requirements and
Fuel Rating, Emission from CI Engines and its control.
UNIT V: ADVANCED IC ENGINES (9 periods)
Introduction, Common Rail Direct Injection Engine, Dual fuel and Multi-Fuel engine, free
piston engine, Gasoline Direct Injection Engine, Homogeneous Compression Ignition Engine,
Lean burn Engine, Stratified engine, Variable Compression ratio engineand LHR engines.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. V. Ganesan, I.C. Engines, TMH, 3rd Edition, 2008.
2. R.K.Rajput, Thermal Engineering, Laxmi publications, 8th Edition, 2010
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. M.L Mathur&R.P.Sharma, Internal combustion engines, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 8th
Edition, 2014.
2. Mahesh M Rathore, Thermal Engineering, Tata Mcgrawhill Education, 2010.
219
(20BT60309) QUALITY MANAGEMENT AND RELIABILITY ENGINEERING

30 70 100 3 -- -- 3
PRE-REQUISITES:--
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to Quality, Quality Costs, Quality Circles, QC Tools, Statistical Quality Control,
Control Charts, Acceptance Sampling Evaluation, Reliability, Types of Failures, Reliability
Improvement.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on the concepts of standardization and bodies of
standardization for improvement of quality.
CO2. Apply quality control codes, standards, and techniques in controlling the quality
of a product/ process.
CO3. Analyze sampling plans for continuous quality in production.
CO4. Develop failure hazard models to improve reliability.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
Definition of Quality, Quality Control, Factors Affecting Quality, Stages of Evaluation, Quality
Management System, Quality Standards, Need for Standardization, Tools for Continuous
Improvement-Deming cycle, Poka-Yoke, and Kaizen; Quality related costs, contemporary
quality engineering philosophy, Quality systems and international standards, Quality Circles-
Concepts, Objectives and advantages, QC Tools, Introduction to Six Sigma Concept,
Advantages.
UNIT II: STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL (9 Periods)
Introduction to SQC, Causes of Variation, Control Charts for Variables- X and R Charts;
Interpretation of Control Charts, Control Charts for Attributes- P chart, C chart, U chart;
Quality Rating System.
UNIT III: ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING (9 periods)
Acceptance Sampling Plans for Attributes- Types of Sampling Plans, Advantages and
Disadvantages of Sampling Plans; Evaluation of Sampling Plans, OC Curve- Characteristics
of OC Curve, Producer Risk and Consumer Risk, AOQ, AQL, ATI, ASN; Brief Introduction to
Acceptance Sampling Plans for Continuous Production and Acceptance Sampling Plan for
Variables.
UNIT IV: CONCEPTS OF RELIABILITY (9 Periods)
Quality and Reliability, Importance of Reliability, Reliability Data Collection, Failure Data
Analysis- MTTF, MTBF, Failure Rate, Hazard Rate, Failure Rate Curve; Types of Failures-
220
Hazard Models (Exponential and Weibull); System Reliability with Components in Series, in
Parallel and Mixed configurations.
UNIT-V: RELIABILITY IMPROVEMENT (9 Periods)
Active and Standby Redundancies, Fault Tree Analysis, Reliability Optimization,
Maintainability and Availability and Application of Reliability in Maintenance Strategies.
(Total Periods: 45)

Topics for self-study are provided in lesson plan
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Dale H Bester field et al, Total Quality Management, Pearson Education,3rd edition,
2011.
2. 2. L S Srinath, Reliability engineering, East west press, 4th edition, 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Howard Giltow, Quality Management, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd edition,2008.
2. Amitava Mitra, Fundamentals of Quality Control and Improvement, Wiley, 3rd
edition,2013.
3. Grant E.L, Statistical Quality Control, McGraw Hill education (India) Pvt. limited, 7th
edition,2005.
4. Montgomery D. C., „Introduction to Statistical Quality Control’, John Wiley - 2010
5. Ebeling C., „An Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering’, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. - 2004
221
(20BT60310) AUTOMOTIVE FUELS AND COMBUSTION

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
A course on Thermal Engineering-I
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Basic idea of fuel production procedure, Effect on human health due to pollution caused by
I.C engine, Needs of alternative fuel, Types of alternative fuel used in petrol and diesel
engine.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge of automotive fuels and their storage and handling
systems.
CO2. Analyze the desirable characteristics of alternate fuels.
CO3. Analyze composition and characteristics of alternate fuels for enhancing the
performance and controlling the emission.
CO4. Demonstrate the knowledge of automotive emission, emission control methods
and emission standards.
CO5. Demonstrate the knowledge of automotive emission, emission control methods
and emission standards.
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I: ATOMOTIVE FUELS (9 periods)
Introduction, Classification of fuels, Solid Fuels - Origin of coal, Wood and Charcoal,
Composition of coal, Properties of different grades of coal, Preparation and storage of coal,
Coal washing, Briquetting; Liquid fuels - Introduction, Chemical structure of petroleum-
Paraffin Series, Olefin series, Napthalene series, Aromatic series, Production, composition,
Petroleum refining; Gaseous fuels -Gasification of liquid fuel, Synthetic fuels.
UNIT II: PROPERTIES OF ATOMOTIVE FUELS (9 periods)
Introduction, Desirable properties of IC engine fuel - Moisture Content, Particle Size and
Size distribution, Bulk Specific gravity,Calorific value, Specific gravity, flash and fire point,
pour point, metal content, ultimate analysis, proximate analysis, fly ash analysis, Hard
grove Grindeability Index, Density, Viscosity, Aromatic Content, Sulphur content, octane
number and cetane number.
222
UNIT III: ALCOHOLS AND VEGETABLE OILS AS ALTERNATE FUEL (9 periods)
Alcohols: Introduction to alcohols, Production methods, Properties, use of alcohols in CI
and SI engines, Reformulated gasoline for SI engine, Water Gasoline Mixture for SI engine,
Alcohol for CI engine, Surface Ignition of Alcohols in CI engine.
Vegetable oil: Introduction, Edible and Non Edible oils, Various methods of using
Vegetable oil in CI engine, Biodiesel-sources, Preparation of Biodiesel, Characteristics of CI
engine with Biodiesel as fuel, Biodiesel oxidation stability, Blending, Preheating,
emulsification.
UNIT IV: HYDROGEN AND BIOGAS AS ALTERNATE FUEL (9 periods)
Production methods of hydrogen, Hydrogen Engine, Combustive properties of hydrogen,
Problems in hydrogen as fuel, Techniques of using hydrogen in SI and CI engines. Hydrogen
storage – safety aspects of hydrogen fuel. Biogas-various production methods-properties,
Use in SI and CI engine, Performance and emission characteristics.
UNIT-V: IC ENGINE EMISSIONS AND CONTROL (9 Periods)
Engine Exhaust Emissions, Bharat stage emission standards (BSES), Euro norms, Flow in
crevices, Leakage Past the exhaust valve, Valve overlap, Deposit on walls, Thermal
Converters, Catalytic converters- Sulphur, Cold Start-Ups, CI engines-Particulate traps, Non
exhaust Emissions-Evaporative emissions, Emissions control Technique, Modern evaporative
emission control system, Crankcase Blowby, Intake manifold return PCV System, EGR, SCR.
Total Periods : 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Ayhan Demirbas, „Biodiesel A Realistic Fuel Alternative for Diesel Engines’, Springer-
Verlag London Limited, 2008.
2. Devaradjane. Dr. G., Kumaresan. Dr. M., “Automobile Engineering”, AMK Publishers,
13th Edition, 2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Gerhard Knothe, Jon Van Gerpen, Jargon Krahl, The Biodiesel Handbook, AOCS Press
Champaign, Illinois 2005.
2. Richard L Bechtold P.E., Alternative Fuels Guide book, Society of Automotive
Engineers, 1997 ISBN 0-76-80-0052-1.
223
(20BT60311) DESIGN OF PRESSURE VESSELS AND PIPING SYSTEMS
(Professional Elective–3)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Strength of Materials and Design of Machine Elements.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Material selection, Estimation of stresses; Formulation of fatigue models, Factor of safety;
Design of Heads, Covers, Nozzle, Gasket & End closure; Buckling phenomenon, buckling
problems and Design of piping layout.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Design cylindrical shells by applying conceptual knowledge of stresses in
field problems and selection of materials.
CO2. Analyze safety factors to find fatigue stresses in cylindrical plates to meet
ASME Boiler standards.
CO3. Design pressure vessel components such as end closures, bolted flanges and
supports to meet the applications.
CO4. Design the pressure vessel cylinders for protection against buckling effects
in thick walled cylinders considering the standard solutions.
CO5. Design piping layout system consists of Tees, bends, bellows and valves to
meet the piping ASME code standard requirements.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: DESIGN OF CYLINDRICAL SHELLS (09 periods)
Introduction to pressure vessels, Design Philosophy, Structural Integrity, material
considerations, Stresses in pressure vessels, shrink fit stresses in built up cylinders,
autofrettage of thick cylinders, thermal stresses and their significance, methods for
determining stresses.
Design of Cylindrical Shells: ASME equations - Thin shell equations - Thick shell
equations.
UNIT II: FATIGUE ASSESSMENT AND DISCONTINUITY STRESSES: (09 periods)
Fatigue Assessment: Introduction to theories of failure; Allowable stress limits in ASME
Boiler & Pressure Vessel, Design for cyclic loading, Protection against fracture, S–N curves,
Design curves, Cumulative damage. Fatigue, shock, high pressure, high temperature,
irradiation, corrosion, and other hostile environments.
Discontinuity Stresses -Beams on elastic foundation, Cutouts and Reinforcements. Stress
concentration in plate having circular hole due to bi-axial loading, excessive elastic
deformation, plastic instability, brittle, rupture and creep. Design of nozzle.
224
UNIT III: END CLOSURES, BOLTED FLANGES & SUPPORTS: (10 periods)
End Closures - Introduction to ASME equations for various types of heads – Hemispherical,
flat, ellipsoidal, torispherical, and conical heads.
Bolted Flanges - Introduction to bolted flanges, RF and FF flanges - Gasket loading
behavior - Application of ASME equations for flange analysis and bolt design.
Design of Supports: Design of base plate and support lugs, Support skirts. Types of
anchor bolt, its material and allowable stresses, Design for wind load- Design for seismic
load- Theory of reinforcement - Design of cone cylinder intersections - Use of codes
UNIT IV: DESIGN OF PRESSURE VESSELS FOR BUCKLING LOADS: (08 periods)
Introduction to Buckling, types of Buckling, Elastic Buckling of circular ring and cylinders
under external pressure, Collapse of thick walled cylinders or tubes under external pressure,
Effect of supports on elastic Buckling of Cylinders, Design of circumferential stiffeners,
Buckling under combined External pressure and axial loading.
UNIT V: DESIGN OF PIPING LAYOUT (09 periods)
Introduction to Piping layout, Flow diagram, piping layout and piping stress analysis;
Flexibility factor and stress intensification factor; Design of piping system as per B31.1
piping code.
Introduction to Piping components, bends, tees, bellows and valves.
Design and analysis of piping systems – Pipes and tubing under external and internal
pressure –design of tube-sheets and tube seats, and use of post-weld heat treatment to
affect residual stress in final rupture
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. John F. Harvey, “Theory and Design of Pressure Vessels”, CBS Publishers and
Distributors, 1987.
2. Somnath Chattopadhyay, Pressure Vessels: Design and Practice, 1st Edition, CRC
Press, 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Henry H. Bedner, “Pressure Vessels, Design Hand Book”, CBS publishers and
Distributors, 1987.
2. William. J., Bees, “Approximate Methods in the Design and Analysis of Pressure
Vessels and Piping”, Pre ASME Pressure Vessels and Piping Conference, 1997.
1. Stanley, M. Wales, “Chemical process equipment, selection and Design”,Buterworths
series in Chemical Engineering, 1988.
2. Pullarcot, Sunil Kumar, “Practical Guide to Pressure Vessel Manufacturing”, CRC
Press 2019.
3. Brownell L. E & Young. E. D , Process equipment design, Wiley Eastern Ltd.,
India,1959.
4. ASME Pressure Vessel and Boiler code, Section VIII Div 1, 2, and 3.
5. ASME B31.1-2016: Power Piping: ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31, ANSI,2016.
6. Ellenberger P. - „Pressure Vessels: ASME Code Simplified’ - McGraw Hill Company -
2004, 8th Edition.
225
(20BT60312) MECHANICAL BEHAVIOR OF MATERIALS

30 70 100 3 -- -- 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Material Science and Engineering and Design of Machine Elements
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Elastic and plastic behavior of materials. Strengthening mechanisms, fatigue and its factor
affecting, creep and fracture.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on mechanism involved in elastic and plastic
behavior of materials.
CO2. Apply strengthening mechanism for ferrous and non ferrous materials.
CO3. Analyze Fatigue behavior of components using S-N curve.

CO4. Analyze fractures and mechanics of fractures and determine its parameters.
CO5. Analyze the materials using creep tests for engineering applications.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: ELASTIC AND PLASTIC BEHAVIOUR (09 periods)
Elastic behavior of materials, Hooke‟s law, plastic behavior, dislocation theory, Burger‟s
vectors and dislocation loops, dislocations in the FCC, HCP and BCC lattice, stress fields and
energies of dislocations, forces on and between dislocations, dislocation climb, intersections
of dislocations, Jogs, dislocation sources, multiplication of dislocations, dislocation pile-ups,
Slip and twinning.
UNIT II: STRENGTHENING MECHANISMS (09 periods)
Elementary discussion of cold working, grain boundary strengthening. Solid solution
strengthening, Martensitic strengthening, Precipitation strengthening, Particulate
Strengthening, Dispersion strengthening, Fiber strengthening, Examples of above
strengthening mechanisms from ferrous and non-ferrous systems, Yield point phenomenon,
strain aging and dynamic strain aging.
UNIT III: FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR (09 periods)
Fatigue: Stress cycles, S-N curves, Effect of mean stress, Factors affecting Fatigue,
Structural changes accompanying fatigue, Cumulative damage, HCF / LCF, thermo -
mechanical fatigue, application of fracture mechanics to fatigue crack propagation, fatigue
testing machines- Pari‟s Equation, Residual life prediction under Fatigue. Macro,
Microstructural features of fatigue fracture.
226
UNIT IV:FRACTURE AND FRACTURE MECHANICS (09 periods)
Types of fracture, Basic mechanisms of ductile and brittle fracture, Griffith‟s theory of brittle
fracture, Orowan‟s modification. Izod and Charpy Impacts tests, Ductile to Brittle Transition
Temperature (DBTT), Factors affecting DBTT, Determination of DBTT.
Fracture mechanics-Introduction, Modes of fracture, Stress intensity factor, Strain energy
release rate, Fracture toughness and Determination of KIC, Introduction to COD, J integral.
UNIT V: CREEP BEHAVIOUR AND TESTING (09 periods)
Creep curve, Stages in creep curve and explanation, Structural changes during creep, Creep
mechanisms, Metallurgical factors affecting creep, High temperature alloys, Stress rupture
testing, Creep testing machines, Parametric methods of extrapolation. Deformation
Mechanism Maps according to Frost/Ashby.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Dieter, G. E., Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill Co., 3rd Edition, 2017.
2. Thomas H.Courtney, Mechanical Behavior of Materials”, McGraw-Hilll, 2nd edition,
2019.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Suryanarayana, A. V. K., Testing of Metallic Materials, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi.
2. Marc Andr‟e Meyers and Krishan Kumar Chawla, “Mechanical Behavior of Materials”
Cambridge University Press, 2009.
3. Prashant Kumar, Elements of Fracture Mechanics, McGraw-Hilll, 2009.
227
(20BT60313) NON-TRADITIONAL MACHINING PROCESSES

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Course on Engineering Workshop and Manufacturing Technology
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
The course details various non-conventional manufacturing processes. It consists of
manufacturing processes classification and necessity of non conventional manufacturing
processes. Also details about the working principle, mechanism of material removal, sources
of energy used for material removal, the set up/equipment and relative advantages and
disadvantages.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on chemical energy based machining processes.
CO2. Demonstrate the knowledge on electrochemical energy based machining
processes.
CO3. Demonstrate the knowledge mechanical energy based machining process
CO4. Demonstrate the knowledge on electrical energy based machining processes.
CO5. Demonstrate the knowledge on thermal energy based machining process.
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I: CHEMICAL ENERGY BASED PROCESSES (9 periods)
Need for non-traditional machining methods, Classification of modern machining processes,
Comparative study of different processes, Considerations in process selection, Materials and
its applications.
Chemical machining –Fundamentals - Etchants – Maskant - techniques of applying
maskants - Process Parameters – Surface finish and Material removal rate - Applications.
UNIT II: ELECTRO-CHEMICAL ENERGY BASED PROCESSES (9 periods)
Principles of ECM- Surface Roughness and Material removal rate- Process Parameters –
Electro Chemical Grinding - Electro Chemical Honing – Electro Chemical Deburring-
Applications.
UNIT III: MECHANICAL ENERGY BASED PROCESSES (9 periods)
Basic principles, Types of abrasives - Abrasive Jet Machining – Water Jet Machining –
Abrasive Water Jet Machining – Ultrasonic Machining.(AJM, WJM, AWJM and USM). Working
Principles – equipment used – Process parameters – Material removal mechanism -
Applications.
228
UNIT IV: ELECTRICAL ENERGY BASED PROCESSES (9 periods)
Electric Discharge Machining (EDM)- working Principle-Process Parameters-Surface Finish
and Material Removal Rate- electrode / Tool – Power and control Circuits-Mechanics of
metal removal in EDM, process parameters, Selection of tool electrode and dielectric fluids,
Methods of surface finish and machining accuracy, Characteristics of spark eroded surface
and machine tool selection,Wire EDM-principle & its applications.
UNIT V: THERMAL ENERGY BASED PROCESSES (9 periods)
Electron Beam Machining: Generation and control of electron beam for machining,
Theory of electron beam machining, Comparison of thermal and non-thermal processes,
Applications, Advantages, Limitations.
Laser Beam Machining: General principle and application of laser beam machining,
Thermal features, Cutting speed and accuracy of cut, Laser drilling.
Plasma Arc Machining: Principle, Metal removal mechanism, Process parameters,
Accuracyand surface finish, Applications, Advantages and limitations.
Total No. of Periods: 45

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Vijay.K. Jain “Advanced Machining Processes” Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2007
2. Pandey P.C. and Shan H.S. “Modern Machining Processes” Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Delhi, 2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Benedict. G.F. “Nontraditional Manufacturing Processes”, Marcel Dekker Inc., New
York, 1987.
2. Mc Geough, “Advanced Methods of Machining”, Chapman and Hall, London, 1998.
3. Paul De Garmo, J.T. Black, and Ronald. A. Kohser, “Material and Processes in
Manufacturing” Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 10thEdition, New Delhi, 2012.
229
(20BT60314) OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
(Professional elective 3)
(Common to CE, ME, CSE, CSSE, CSE(AI), CSE(DS) and CSBS)
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
A course on Differential equations and Multi variable calculus
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to optimization; classical optimization techniques; classification of optimization
problems; linear programming; Transshipment and Travelling salesman problem; non-linear
programming; un-constrained non-linear programming; constrained non-linear
programming; dynamic programming; Genetic Algorithm; Ant Colony Optimization.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Model and solve unconstrained optimization problems.
CO2. Apply LP Techniques and Conduct Sensitivity analysis for real life Problems
CO3. Apply Non-Linear Programming techniques for real life problems.
CO4. Analyze various complex problems by using Dynamic programming approaches.
CO5. Model and solve complex problems using evolutionary algorithms to optimize the
parameters.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: CLASSICAL OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (09 periods)
Introduction, Engineering applications of optimization, Statement of an optimization
problem, Design vector, Design constraints, Constraint surface, Objective function,
Classification of optimization problems, Single variable optimization, Multi variable
optimization without constraints, Multi variable optimization with equality constraints -
Lagrange multipliers method; Multi variable optimization with inequality constraint - Kuhn
Tucker conditions.
UNIT II: LINEAR PROGRAMMING (09 periods)
Introduction, Formulation, Primal Simplex method, Dual simplex method, Sensitivity
Analysis, Goal programming
UNIT III: NON-LINEAR PROGRAMMING (09 periods)
One dimensional minimization methods, classification - Fibonacci method, quadratic
interpolation method; classification of unconstrained minimization methods - Powell‟s
method, steepest descent method (Cauchy‟s method); classification of constrained
optimization techniques - interior and exterior penalty function methods.
230
UNIT IV: DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING (09 periods)
Multistage decision processes, Concept of sub optimization and Principle of optimality,
Computational procedure in dynamic programming - Calculus method, Tabular method;
Linear Programming problem by dynamic programming approach, Applications - reliability
problem, shortest path problem, and capital budgeting problem.
UNIT V: EVOLUTIONARY OPTIMIZATION ALGORITHMS (09 periods)
Introduction to Evolutionary optimization, genetic algorithm-Mathematical Modeling of
Genetic algorithm, Ant Colony Optimization, particle swarm Optimization and differential
evolution techniques.
Total No. of Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Singiresu S Rao, Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice, New Age
International, 3rdEdition, 2013.
2. A.Ravindran, K.M.Ragsdell, G.V.Reklaitis, Engineering Optimization: Methods and
applications, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Edition2006.
3. Dan Simon, Evolutionary Optimization Algorithms, John Wiley & Sons, 2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. C Mohan and Kusum Deep, Optimization Techniques, New Age International
Publishers, 1st Edition, 2010.
2. Hamdy A. Taha, Introduction to Operations Research, PHI, 10th edition, 2017.
231
(20BT60315) REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Thermal Engineering-II and Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machinery
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Refrigeration cycles; Application of thermodynamics; heat transfer to the refrigeration
cycles; Analysis and design of various refrigeration systems; Study of components of
refrigeration system; refrigerants selection; Psychrometry; Heat gain and Heat loss
calculations. Air conditioning equipment; load calculations; heat pump circuits.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze the performance of air and vapour compression refrigeration
systems and solve problems related to it.
CO2. Demonstrate the knowledge of desirable properties refrigerants and
constructional features of refrigeration equipment.
CO3. Demonstrate knowledge of constructional features and working of vapor
absorption refrigeration systems, steam jet refrigeration systems and non-
conventional refrigeration systems.
CO4. Design the air conditioning systems using psychrometric principles by
considering various heat loads.
CO5. Demonstrate knowledge of comfort air conditioning, air conditioning
equipment and heat pump circuits
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: AIR AND VAPOR COMPRESSION REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS (9 periods)
Air refrigeration cycle: Introduction, open and dense air refrigeration cycle, Energy
Efficiency Ratio (EER), BEE star rating Air refrigeration systems - Bell-Coleman cycle,
applications; Aircraft air refrigeration systems: Need for aircraft refrigeration, simple air
cooling system, simple air evaporative cooling system and bootstrap air cooling system;
vapor compression refrigeration cycle: Effect of liquid subcooling & superheating, effect
of evaporator and condenser pressures, Cascade refrigeration system.
UNIT II: REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT AND REFRIGERANTS (9 periods)
Refrigeration equipment: Introduction, working and applications of Compressors,
Condensers, Evaporators, Expansion devices.
Refrigerants: Classification, properties, ASHRAE numbering system for refrigerants,
selection of refrigerants, alternate refrigerants, impact of refrigerants on environment.
232
UNIT III: VAPOUR ABSORPTION REFRIGERATION SYSTEM AND EMERGING
TECHNOLOGIES (9 periods)
Classification, Working principle of NH3 – water system, Li Br – water (Two shells & four
shells) system, Calculation of maximum COP, Electrolux refrigeration system.
Steam jet refrigeration system: Working principle, basic components.
Non-conventional refrigeration system: Principle and operation of Thermo-electric
refrigerator, Thermoacoustic Refrigeration, Vortex tube.
UNIT IV: DESIGN OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS (9 periods)
classification of air-conditioning systems, summer, winter and year round air conditioning
systems; Different Heat sources: Adiabatic mixing of two air streams, Bypass factor, Room
Sensible Heat Factor (RSHF), Grand Sensible Heat Factor (GSHF), Effective Room Sensible
Heat Factor (ERSHF); cooling load calculations, sensible heat load, latent heat load.
UNIT V: COMFORT AIR CONDITION AND EQUIPMENTS (9 periods)
Comfort Conditions: need and requirements of comfort air conditioning, Thermal
exchange of body with environment, concept of effective temperature, Comfort chart.
Air Conditioning Equipment: Introduction, working and applications of Humidifiers,
Dehumidifiers; Air-filters, Fans, Blowers, Ducts.
Heat pump: Introduction, different heat pump circuits, air to air, water to air.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Domkundwar Arora Domkundwar, A Course in Refrigeration and Air conditioning,
Dhanpat Rai publication, 8th Edition, 2018.
2. C.P Arora, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, TMH, 8th Edition, 2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. P.L.Ballaney, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Khanna Publications, 15th Edition, 2012.
2. Manohar Prasad, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, New Age International, 3rd Edition,
2016
233
(20BT60316) ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND ROBOTICS
(Inter disciplinary elective – 1)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Design of machine elements, Kinematics of machinery and Dynamics of
machinery.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction of Artificial Intelligence; Introduction of Robots classifications; Components;
Robot drive mechanisms; Mechanical transmission methods aided in functioning of robots;
Forward kinematics; inverse kinematics; Manipulator dynamics; Trajectory planning and
avoidance of obstacles; Robot programming; Robot Application in Industry; Future
Application and Challenges and Case Studies.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on applications of AI, and select search strategies
based on application requirement.
CO2. Demonstrate the concepts involved in robot systems.
CO3. Analyze kinematics and dynamics of robots.
CO4. Analyze trajectory planning to avoid obstacles involving sensors and control.
CO5. Develop programming for robotic applications.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION OF AI (09 periods)
Artificial Intelligence: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence (AI), History. AI techniques, LISP
programming, AI and Robotics, LISP in the factory, sensoring and digitizing function in
machine vision, image processing and analysis, training and vision system.
Intelligent Agents: Agents and Environments, the Concept of Rationality, the Nature of
Environments, the Structure of Agents.
SLE: State of the Art of AI applications.
UNIT II: INTRODUCTION OF ROBOTICS (09 periods)
Robot, Brief History, Classifications, Laws of Robotics, Robotic system, Robot anatomy,
common robot configurations, coordinate system, Joint notation schemes, Work volume,
Degrees of freedom, Components, End effectors – Classification of End effectors, Tools as
end effectors; Teach pendant, sensors, Specification of robots, Applications, safety
measures.
234
UNIT III: MANIPULATOR KINEMATICS & DYNAMICS (10 periods)
Manipulator kinematics: Mathematical Preliminaries on Vectors & Matrices, Homogeneous
transformations as applicable to rotation and translation, (D-H) notation, Forward
kinematics, Inverse kinematics, Manipulators with two, Three degrees of freedom.
Manipulator dynamics: Introduction, Inertia of a Link, Lagrangian formulation for a planar
2R manipulator.
UNIT IV: TRAJECTORY PLANNING & SENSORS (10 periods)
Trajectory planning: Trajectory planning and avoidance of obstacles, Path planning, Skew
motion, Joint integrated motion, straight line motion.
Sensors: Position sensors, Velocity sensors, Tactile sensors, Proximity sensors, Machine
vision sensors, Fail safe hazard sensor systems and Compliance mechanism
UNIT V: ROBOT PROGRAMMING AND APPLICATIONS (07 periods)
Robot programming: Types, Features of languages and Software packages.
Robot application: Robot Application in Industry, Task programming, Robot Intelligence
and Task Planning, Modern Robots, Future Application and Challenges, and Case Studies.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Nowig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, PEARSON
Publication, 4th edition, 2020.
2. M.P.Groover, Industrial Robotics: Technology, Programming, and Applications, Tata
McGraw-Hill Edition 2008.
3. John. J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control, Edition 3,
Pearson/Prentice Hall, 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. DAN.W.Patterson, Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems , PHI,
2nd edition, 2009.
2. Richard. D.Klafter, Robotics Engineering: an integrated approach, Prentice-Hall
publisher, 1st Edition 1988.
3. K. S. Fu., R. C. Gonzalez, C. S. G. Lee , Robotics: Control Sensing, Vision and
Intelligence, International Edition, TATA McGraw Hill, 2008.
235
(20BT60317) AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
A course on thermal engineering-I
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Electronic control in various systems in automobile; Importance of microcontrollers; Sensors
and actuators used in automobile; Electronics engines; Automotive instrumentation in signal
conversion and lightening system.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on automotive systems, electronic controls in
automobiles.
CO2. Demonstrate the knowledge on automotive grade microcontrollers and
components of microcomputer in automobile.
CO3. Demonstrate the knowledge on sensors, actuators, signal conditioning
techniques, interfacing techniques and actuator mechanisms used in automotive
systems.
CO4. Analyze functional and operational characteristics of electronics interventions in
engines.
CO5. Demonstrate the knowledge on automotive instrumentation system.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT 1: AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEMS (9 periods)
Introduction, Need for electronic control in automobiles; various sub-systems of automobile:
Engine, Transmission System, Steering and Brake Systems; Classification and working of IC
engine: Gasoline, Diesel engines, 2-stroke, 4-stroke engines; Engine Control methods: Air-
fuel ratio control, Spark timing, Start of fuel injection.
UNIT II: MICROCOMPUTERS (9 periods)
Microcomputer: Buses, memory, timing, CPU registers; Microprocessor architecture:
Initialization, operation codes, program counter, branch and jump instructions, subroutine.
Analog to digital converters and Digital to analog converters, sampling, polling and
interrupts, digital filters, lookup table.
UNIT III: SENSORS AND ACTUATORS (9 periods)
Speed sensors, Pressure sensors: Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor, knock sensor,
Temperature sensors: Coolant and Exhaust gas temperature, Exhaust Oxygen level sensors,
Position sensors: Throttle position sensors, accelerator pedal position sensors and
crankshaft position sensors, Air mass flow sensors. Solenoids, stepper motors and relays.
236
UNIT IV: ELECTRONIC ENGINE AND VEHICLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (9 periods)
Electronic engine control: Input, output and control strategies, electronic fuel control
system, fuel control modes: open loop and closed loop control at various modes, EGR
control, Electronic ignition systems–Spark advance correction schemes, fuel injection timing
control. Cruise control system, Antilock braking system, electronic suspension system,
electronic steering control, traction control system, Transmission control, Safety: Airbags,
collision avoiding system, low tire pressure warning system.
UNIT V: AUTOMOTIVE INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM (9 periods)
Input and output signal conversion, multiplexing, fuel quantity measurement, coolant
temperature and oil pressure measurement, display devices- LED, LCD, VFD and CRT, On-
board diagnostics (OBD), OBD-II, off-board diagnostics.
Total No. of Periods:45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. William BRibbens, Understanding Automotive Electronics, Newne Butterworth-Heinermann,

2003.
2. Crouse W H, Automobile Electrical Equipment, McGraw Hill, New York 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bechhold “Understanding Automotive Electronics”, SAE, 1998.
2. Robert Bosch “Automotive Hand Book”, SAE 5/e, 2000.
3. Tom Denton, “Automobile Electrical and Electronic Systems” 3/e, Edward Arnold, London,
2004.
4. Eric Chowanietz, “Automotive Electronics”, SAE International, USA, 1995.
237
(20BT60318) INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS

30 70 100 3 -- -- 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Automation in Production System; Advanced Automation Functions; Material Handling
Systems; GT and Cellular Manufacturing; FMS; Industrial Control Systems; AI in
manufacturing.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on Industrial automation components and systems used
in automated manufacturing industries.
CO2. Design material handling systems for a manufacturing plant based on its working
principle and capabilities.
CO3. Analyze transfer lines in automation involving Manufacturing Cells, GT, Cellular
Manufacturing, FMS, and FMS.
CO4. Demonstrate the knowledge on control systems in manufacturing.
CO5. Develop mathematical models for manufacturing plants using AI.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO AUTOMATION: (07 periods)
Automation in Production System, Principles and Strategies of Automation, Basic Elements
of an Automated System, Advanced Automation Functions, Levels of Automations,
introduction to automation productivity.
UNIT II: MATERIAL HANDLING SYSTEMS (10 periods)
Overview of Material Handling Systems, Rotary feeders, oscillating force feeder, vibratory
feeder, elevator type and Centrifugal type feeders, Principles and Design Consideration,
Material Transport Systems, Storage Systems.
UNIT III: AUTOMATION IN MANUFACTURING (09 periods)
Components, Classification and Overview of Manufacturing Systems, Manufacturing Cells,
GT and Cellular Manufacturing, FMS, FMS and its Planning and Implementation, Flow lines
&Transfer Mechanisms, Fundamentals and Analysis of Transfer Lines, product design for
automatic assembly.
UNIT IV: CONTROL SYSTEM IN MANUFACTURING (09 periods)
Industrial Control Systems, Process Industries Verses Discrete - Manufacturing, Industries
Continuous Verses Discrete Control, Computer Process and its Forms. Sensors Actuators
and other Control System Components, Application of control system in manufacturing
238
UNIT V: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IN MANUFACTURING (10 periods)
Introduction/need for system Modeling, Building Mathematical Model of a manufacturing
Plant, ModernTools – Artificial neural networks in manufacturing automation, AI in
manufacturing, Fuzzy decision and control, robots and application of robots for automation.
(Total Periods: 45)

TEXTBOOKS:
1. R.C. Dorf, John Wiley and Sons, Hand book of design, manufacturing and
Automation, Wiley-Interscience; 1st edition, 1994.
2. M.P. Groover, Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated
Manufacturing, Pearson Education, 4th Edition, 2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. W.P.David, Industrial Automation, Wiley-Interscience, 1st Edition, 1991.
2. Krishna Kant, Computer Based Industrial Control, PHI, 2nd Edition, 2011.
239
III B Tech - II Semester
(20BT60319) MACHINERY FAULT DIAGNOSIS AND SIGNAL PROCESSING
(Inter Disciplinary Elective–1)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Basic Engineering Mechanics, Kinematics of Machinery and Dynamics of
Machinery.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to Condition Based Maintenance, Types and Benefits of Vibration Analysis;
Basic Signal Processing Techniques- visual monitoring, temperature monitoring, vibration
monitoring, lubricant monitoring, crack monitoring, thickness monitoring, noise and sound
monitoring; Fault Detection- Vibration Criteria- Use of Frequency Spectra- CPB Spectrum;
Diagnostic Techniques- Gear Diagnostics techniques- Bearing Diagnostics; Vibration
Monitoring- vibration data collection, instruments, measurement location, time domain
analysis, frequency domain analysis.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Apply maintenance and condition monitoring techniques to machines.
CO2. Apply signal processing techniques to components of machines.
CO3. Analyze and correct the Machinery faults using fault Trending and Prognostics
tools.
CO4. Analyze machine elements using various Diagnostic Techniques
CO5. Analyze characteristics of vibration using suitable monitoring techniques.
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I: CONDITION BASED MAINTENANCE (9 periods)
Introduction, Maintenance Strategies, Condition Monitoring Methods- Vibration Analysis- Oil
Analysis- Performance Analysis- Thermography; Types and Benefits of Vibration Analysis;
Vibration Transducers- Absolute vs Relative Vibration Measurement -Proximity Probes -
Velocity Transducers – Accelerometers -Dual Vibration Probes -Laser Vibrometers; Torsional
Vibration Transducers- Shaft encoders- Torsional Laser Vibrometers; Condition Monitoring -
Basic Problems.
UNIT II: SIGNAL PROCESSING TECHNIQUES (9 periods)
Basic concept, techniques - visual monitoring, temperature monitoring, vibration
monitoring,lubricant monitoring, crack monitoring, thickness monitoring, noise and sound
monitoring.Probability distribution and density, Fourier analysis, Hilbert Transform,
Cepstrum analysis,Digital filtering, Deterministic / random signal separation, Time-
frequency analysis.
UNIT III: FAULT DETECTION (9 periods)
Introduction, Rotating Machines - Vibration Criteria- Use of Frequency Spectra- CPB
Spectrum Comparison; Reciprocating Machines- Vibration Criteria for Reciprocating
240
Machines- Time–Frequency Diagrams- Torsional Vibration; Fault Trending and Prognostics-
Trend Analysis- Trending of Simple Parameters- Trending of Impulsiveness; Determination
of Spall Size in Bearings; Advanced Prognostics- Data-Driven Models- Hybrid Models.
UNIT IV: DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUES (9 periods)
Harmonic and Sideband Cursors; Minimum Entropy Deconvolution; Gear Diagnostics-
Techniques Based on the TSA- Transmission Error as a Diagnostic Tool- Separation of Spalls
and Cracks- Diagnostics of Gears with Varying Speed and Load; Rolling Element Bearing
Diagnostics- Signal Models for Bearing Faults- A Semi-automated Bearing Diagnostic
Procedure; Reciprocating Machine and IC Engine Diagnostics- Time–Frequency Methods-
Cylinder Pressure Identification.
UNIT V: VIBRATION MONITORING (9 periods)
Vibration Monitoring Introduction, vibration data collection, techniques, instruments,
measurement location, time domain analysis, frequency domain analysis, time-frequency
domain analysis and commonly witnessed machinery faults diagnosed by vibration analysis.
Vibration signals from rotating and reciprocating machines – signal classification, signals
generated by rotating machines, signals generated by reciprocating machines.
(Total Periods: 45)

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Robert Bond Randall, Vibration-Based Condition Monitoring – Industrial, Aerospace
and Automotive applications, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2011
DOI:10.1002/9780470977668
2. R.A.Collacot , Mechanical Fault Diagnosis, Chapman and Hall Ltd., 1977.
3. NOC: Machinery Fault Diagnosis and Signal Processing Prof. Amiya Ranjan Mohanty
Mechanical Engineering IIT Kharagpur.
4. R.C.Mishra, K.Pathak, Maintenance Engineering and Management, Prentice Hall
ofIndia Pvt. Ltd., 2002.
REFERENCES MATERIALS/BOOKS:
1. Dr. K. Balaveera Reddy, ISTE Summer School on Machinery Diagnostics and
Preventive Maintenance, KREC, Surathkal, 1995.
2. Dr. A. Ramachandra, ISTE-STTP on Maintenance of Machinery, 2000.
3. John S. Mitchell, Introduction to Machinery Analysis and Monitoring, PennWell Books,
1993.
241
(20BT60320) NON- CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:-
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Overview and importance of nonconventional energy sources; Solar Energy collection, solar
energy storage and applications; Wind energy conversion; Biomass energy conversion;
Geothermal energy Conversion; Ocean energy conversion: Ocean thermal energy
conversion, Wave energy and tidal energy conversion.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on energy resources, energy conservation and
solar energy.
CO2. Analyze the performance characteristics of solar heat collectors.
CO3. Demonstrate the knowledge on PV systems, energy storage and conversion
systems.
CO4 Demonstrate the knowledge on construction and working of wind energy and
bio-energy conversion systems.
CO5. Demonstrate the knowledge on construction and working of Geothermal and
Ocean Energy conversion systems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: ENERGY CONSERVATION AND SOLAR ENERGY (09 periods)
Energy sources and Conservation: Introduction, Conventional energy sources,
Classification, Importance of renewable energy sources, energy alternatives, need and
Principles of energy conservation.
Fundamentals of Solar Energy: Site selection for solar plant, Solar constant and solar
radiation geometry, Solar time and day length, Estimation of monthly average daily total
radiation on horizontal surface and tilted surface, Measurement of solar radiation -
Pyranometer, Pyrheliometer and Sunshine recorder.
UNIT II: SOLAR ENERGY COLLECTION DEVICES (09 periods)
Flat plate collector, Losses through flat plate collector; Transmissivity of the cover system,
Transmittance – Absorptance product, Parameters affecting the collector performance,
Efficiency of flat plate collector, Selective surfaces, Air collectors and types, Classification of
concentrating collectors.
UNIT III: SOLAR ENERGY APPLICATIONS (09 periods)
Solar Photo Voltaic Systems: Basic principle of PV cell, Arrangements of PV cells,
classification of PV cell, Solar PV Applications.
242
Solar Thermal Applications: Methods of storing solar energy - sensible heat storage,
latent heat storage, Applications -Solar water heating, Solar Refrigeration, Solar thermal
power generation, Solar distillation.
UNIT IV: WIND ENERGY AND BIOMASS ENERGY CONVERSION (09 periods)
Wind Energy Conversion: Introduction, Site selection for wind energy plant, General
formula - Betz limit - Lift and Drag - Basis of wind energy conversion - Effect of density,
frequency variances, angle of attack, and wind speed, classification and working of
horizontal axis wind turbine - vertical axis Wind turbines, Types of blades, Wind energy
conversion systems, environmental consideration.
Biomass Energy Conversion: Pyrolysis of Biomass to produce solid, liquid and gaseous
fuels , Classification of biogas plants, Types of Digesters – Floating drum, fixed dome type
biogas plants, comparison; variations of Biogas models – pragati biogas model, Jwala biogas
model, CAMATEC model and Deena bandhu biogas model, Factors affecting digester
performance.
UNIT V: GEOTHERMAL AND OCEAN ENERGY CONVERSION (09 periods)
Geothermal Energy Conversion: Introduction, geothermal sources - Hydro thermal
resources, geo pressurized resources, hot dry rocks, Power generation through liquid
dominated system, vapour dominated system, applications of geothermal energy,
environmental consideration.
Ocean Energy Conversion: Ocean thermal Energy conversion - Lambert‟s law, OTEC
conversion technologies- Claude cycle and Anderson cycle, Environmental impacts of OTEC;
Tidal energy conversion - Principles of tidal and wave power generation, tidal energy
conversion - single basin and double basin systems.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. G.D, Rai, Non-conventional Energy Sources, Khanna Publishers, 5th Editon, 2011.
2. B.H.Khan, Non-conventional Energy Sources, TMH, 3rd Edition, 2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. S.P.Sukhatme and J.K Nayak, Solar Energy Principles of Thermal Collection and
Storage, TMH, 3rd edition, 2008.
2. W.R.Murphy & G.Mckay, Energy Management, Butterworth, London, 2nd Edition,
2007.
243
III B. Tech. II-Semester
(20BT60321) PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER IN AUTOMATION

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
A course on Basic electrical and electronics engineering
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to Microprocessors; basic microcontrollers; Assembly language programming
concepts; Digital signal controls and processing; Controls for robots in automation.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge of the internal architecture of 8085 processor.
CO2. Demonstrate the architecture and capabilities of microprocessors and
microcontrollers.
CO3. Apply assembly language programs for interrupt and timer programming in
different modes.
CO4. Apply the concept of Z-Transform, digital filters and algorithms for digital control.
CO5. Demonstrate knowledge of automation using robotics for industrial Applications.
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS (9 periods)
Introduction: Number systems, codes. Digital electronics: logic gates, combinational
circuits design, flip-flops. Sequential logic circuits design: counters, shift registers.
Introduction to 8085: 8085 architecture, registers, ALU, bus systems, 8255 PPI, 8253
programmable timer, ADC and DAC, functional block diagram of 8085.
UNIT II: INTRODUCTION TO MICROCONTROLLERS (8 periods)
The 8051 architecture : Introduction, 8051 Micro controller hardware, input / output ports
and circuits, external memory, counter and timers, synchronous serial and asynchronous
serial communication, interrupts and priorities.
UNIT III: ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING AND APPLICATIONS (8 periods)
Basic Assembly Language Programming Concepts: Assembly language programming
process, addressing modes, instruction set of 8051 microcontroller, assembly language
programming, and introduction to C programming.
Applications: Interfacing with keyboards, D/A and A/D conversions, serial data
communication, programmable timers.
UNIT IV: DIGITAL CONTROL (8 periods)
Introduction to Digital Control: Sampling theorem, signal conversion and processing, Z-
Transform, digital filters, implementation of digital algorithm
244
UNIT V: AUTOMATION (12 periods)
Automation: Need for Automation, Robot components, control system concepts, analysis,
control of joints, adaptive and optimal control. End effectors, classification, mechanical,
magnetic, vacuum, adhesive drive systems and controls, force analysis and gripper design.
Direct and inverse kinematics for industrial robots.
(Total No. of Periods: 45)
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Michael D. Ciletti, M. Morris Mano, Digital Design, 4/e. Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Ramesh S. Gaonkar, Microprocessors, Architecture, Programming and
Applications with the 8085, 5/e, Penram, 2011.
3. Thomas R. Kurfess, Robotics And Automation Handbook, CRC Press, 2004, ISBN
0-8493-1804-1
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. William H. Gothmann, Digital Electronics: An Introduction to Theory and Practice, ,
PHI Learning Private Limited, 1982.
2. John.F.Wakerly, Microcomputer Architecture and Programming, John Wiley and
Sons 1981
3. Kenneth. J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller, 3/e, Cengage Learning, 2004.
4. Benjamin C. Kuo, Digital Control Systems, Oxford University Press 2/e, Indian
Edition, 2007.
5. Raj Kamal, The Concepts and Features of Microcontrollers, Wheeler Publishing,
2005.
6. Groover M.P. Weiss Mithell Nagel R.N., Odery N.G., “Industrial Robotics,
Technology, Programming and Applications”, McGraw Hill International Editions,
1986.
7. Klafter,”Robotics Engineering”, PHI Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
245
III B.Tech. II Semester
(20BT60331) COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING LAB

30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES:
A Course on Computer Aided Engineering Drawing.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Fundamental Concepts of CAD and Simulation; 2D and 3D Part Modeling, Manual Part
Programming, CNC Code Generation.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Develop part drawings for machine components using drafting software.
CO2: Model the machine components using 3D modeling software.
CO3: Develop part programming in CNC applications.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
any twelve experiments are to be conducted.
Exercises (2-D & 3-D) using design packages:
Part Modeling: Development of part drawings for various components in the form of
orthographic and isometric, Representation of dimensioning and tolerances scanning and
plotting.
List of exercises: (Minimum 4 exercises)
1. prepare the solid model1 of given figure with required dimensions in isometric
representation.
representation.
representation.
representation.
representation.
Assembly Modeling: Generation of various 3D models through protrusion, revolve, shell
sweep, Creation of various features, Study of parent child relation, Feature based and
Boolean based modeling surface and assembly modeling, Study of various standard
translators, Design simple components.
246
1. Develop the part drawing of Knuckle joint assembly
2. Develop the part drawing of Plumber block assembly
3. Develop the part drawing of Crank hook assembly
4. Develop the part drawing of connecting rod in the orthographic representation.
5. Develop the part drawing of four jaw chuck in the orthographic representation.
6. Develop the part drawing of revolving center
7. Development of the part drawing of foot step bearing
CNC machines:
1. Simulation of CNC Lathe and Milling Manual Part Programs.
2. Simulation of simple components on CNC Lathe.
3. Simulation of simple components on CNC Milling.
4. Simulation of simple components using CANNED CYCLE.
CAD Packages: SOLIDWORKS, CATIA, Unigraphics, Solid Edge, CREO.

CAM Packages: Master CAM, Sinu train.
247
III B. Tech – II Semester
(20BT60332) HEAT TRANSFER LAB

30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES:
A course on Engineering Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics and hydraulics Machinery
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Experimental studies on mechanisms of heat transfer; Film wise and drop wise
condensation; Steady and unsteady flow; Effectiveness of heat exchanger; thermal
conductivity; emissivity; Stefan - Boltzmann constant.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze the conduction heat transfer process by performing experiments on
composite systems, metal rod and transient heat conduction systems and
determine the heat transfer characteristics.
CO2. Analyze the convection heat transfer process by performing experiments on Pin
Fin, Horizontal tube and vertical tube systems and calculate heat transfer
characteristics.
CO3. Analyze the heat exchangers, boilers and condensers for heat transfer rates by
performing experiments and determine the heat transfer characteristics.
CO4. Analyze radiation heat transfer process by performing experiments on black
bodies and gray bodies and determine heat transfer characteristics.
CO5. Demonstrate the knowledge on heat transfer process in heat pipes and simulation
of heat flow systems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
1. Determination of Thermal conductivity of metal rod using thermal conductivity
Apparatus.
2. Determination of Thermal conductivity of insulating powder material through
concentric sphere apparatus.
3. Determination of Thermal conductivity of insulating material by lagged pipe
apparatus.
4. Determination of Overall heat transfer co-efficient through Composite Slab
Apparatus.
5. Determination of Temperature distribution and heat transfer rate in Transient heat
conduction mode using the Transient heat conduction apparatus.
6. Determination of Convective Heat transfer coefficient in natural convection using
natural convection apparatus.
248
7. Determination of Convective Heat transfer coefficient in forced convection using
forced convection apparatus.
8. Determination of Temperature distribution, efficiency and effectiveness of Pin- Fin
using pin-fin Apparatus.
9. Determination of overall heat transfer coefficient of Parallel and counter flow heat
exchanger using Parallel and counter flow heat exchanger Apparatus.
10. Determination of Critical heat flux using the Critical Heat flux apparatus.
11. Determination of Heat transfer in drop and film wise condensation using drop and
film wise condensation apparatus.
12. Determination of Stefan Boltzmann constant using the Stefan Boltzmann
Apparatus.
13. Determination of Emissivity of a gray body using the Emissivity apparatus.
14. Study of two-phase heat flow in heat pipes.
15. Study of simulation of heat flow systems using simulation tools.
NOTE: Student shall perform minimum of twelve experiments
1. R.C. Sachdeva, Fundamentals of Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer, New Age
International, 5th Edition, 2017.
2. SVEC20 Heat transfer Manual
249
(20BT60333) SIMULATION AND ANALYSIS LAB

30 70 100 - 1 2 2
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Computer aided design and manufacturing lab, Computer Aided Machine
Drawing.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Fundamental Concepts of geometric modeling; Analysis of Simple Structural, Thermal and
CFD problems.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Develop 3D solid model parts of mechanical systems and assemble the parts using
CAD software.
CO2. Analyze the simulation models and structural problems in mechanical engineering to
calculate stress and strains destitutions using FEM software.
CO3. Analyze the simulation models and thermal problems in mechanical engineering to
calculate temperature distribution using FEM and CFD software.
CO4. Analyze and simulate mechanical engineering systems using simulation software.
C05: Work independently or in teams to solve problems with effective communication
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Minimum TEN experiments should be conducted.
Structural Analysis:
1. Simulate the stress concentration phenomena on a flat plate with central hole under the
application of tensile load.
2. Determination of deflection and stresses in 2D trusses and beams.
3. Determination of deflections component and principal and Von-Mises stresses in simple
3D plane and axisymmetric components.
Thermal Analysis:
1. 2D problem with conduction and convection boundary conditions.
2. Conductive heat transfer Analysis of plane and axisymmetric components.
3. Convective heat transfer Analysis of 2D components.
4. Harmonic, transient and spectrum analysis of simple systems.
250
CFD Analysis:
1. Simple fluid flow and heat transfer problems.
2. Modeling Periodic flow and heat transfer.
3. Modeling external compressible flows.
4. Modeling transient compressible flows.
5. Modeling radiation and natural convection.
Simulation:
1. Simulation cam and follower mechanism
2. Simulate air conditioning systems
3. Simulation of heat transfer and fluid flow systems
Note: Any Two Software Packages from each of the module:
CAD Packages: SOLIDWORKS, CATIA, Unigraphics, Solid Edge, CREO.

Analysis Packages: HyperMesh, ANSYS, CFD, STAR-CD, Autodesk A360.
Simulation Packages: Matlab, SciLab, C language.
251
(20BT5MC01) PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
(Mandatory Course)
(Common to CE, ME, ECE, EEE & EIE)
30 - 30 2 - - -
PRE-REQUISITES:-
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Engineering Ethics; Professional Ideals and Virtues; Engineering as Social Experimentation;
Responsibilities and Rights; Global Issues.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge of Engineering Ethics, Senses of engineering ethics,
Moral dilemmas and theories in professional engineering practice
CO2. Analyze the concepts of Professional ideals to assess and to address societal,
health, safety, legal and cultural issues in discharging the professional
responsibilities
CO3. Apply the reasoning informed by the various aspects of Code of Ethics and its
provisions to assess societal issues and carry out Professional responsibilities
effectively
CO4. Practice Collegiality considering conflict of interests to safeguard professional
rights in professional engineering practice.
CO5. Provide professional engineering solutions considering distinct ethics to address
global issues.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: ENGINEERING ETHICS (5 periods)
Scope and aim of engineering ethics, Senses of engineering ethics, Variety of moral issues,
Types of inquiry, Moral dilemmas, Moral autonomy-Kohlberg‟s theory, Gilligan‟s theory,
Consensus and controversy.
UNIT II: PROFESSIONAL IDEALS AND VIRTUES (6 periods)
Theories about virtues, Professions, Professionalism, Characteristics, Expectations,
Professional responsibility, Integrity, Self-respect, Sense of responsibility, Self-interest,
Customs and religion, Self-interest and ethical egoism, Customs and ethical relativism,
Religion and divine command ethics, Use of ethical theories, Resolving moral dilemmas and
moral leadership.
UNIT III: ENGINEERING AS SOCIAL EXPERIMENTATION (7 periods)
Engineering as experimentation, Similarities to standard experiments, Learning from the
past and knowledge gained, Engineers as responsible experimenters, Conscientiousness,
252
Moral autonomy and accountability, The challenger case, Codes of ethics and limitations,
Industrial standards, Problems with the law of engineering.
UNIT IV: Rights and Responsibilities of an engineer (6 periods)
Collegiality and loyalty, Respect for authority, Collective bargaining, Confidentiality, Conflict
of interests, Occupational crime, Rights of engineers, Professional rights, Whistle-blowing,
The BART case, Employee rights and discrimination.
UNIT V: GLOBAL ISSUE (6 periods)
Multinational corporations, Professional ethics, Environmental ethics, Computer ethics,
Engineers as consultants, Witnesses, Advisors and Leaders, Engineers as Managers,
Managerial ethics applied to Engineering Profession, moral leadership.
Total Periods: 30
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger, Ethics in Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill,
3rdedition, 2007.
2. Govindarajan, M., Nata Govindarajan, M., Natarajan, S. and Senthilkumar, V.S.,
Engineering Ethics, Prentice Hall of India, 2004.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. S. Kannan and K. Srilakshmi, Human Values and Professional Ethics, Taxmann
Allied Services Pvt. Ltd., 2009
2. Edmund G. Seebauer and Robert L. Barry, Fundamental of Ethics for Scientists
and Engineers, Oxford University Press, 2001
253
IV B.Tech. - I Semester
(20BT5HS02) PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS ECONOMICS AND ACCOUNTANCY

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE REQUISITE: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Business economics and demand analysis; theory of production and cost analysis; markets
and pricing; principles of accounting and capital; final accounts and tally erp 9.0
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the principles of Business Economics and theories of Demand.
CO2. Apply the theories of Production and Cost for the managerial decision making of an
organization.
CO3. Determine the Price and Output relation in the different Market structures.
CO4. Demonstrate the principles of Accountancy and sources of Capital.
CO5. Analyse the profitability and soundness of an organization.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: BUSINESS ECONOMICS AND DEMAND ANALYSIS (9 periods)

Definition - Nature and Scope of Business Economics - Demand: Determinants of demand
– Demand function - Law of demand, assumptions and exceptions - Elasticity of demand –
Types of elasticity of demand - Demand forecasting and methods of demand forecasting.
UNIT II: THEORY OF PRODUCTION AND COST ANALYSIS (9 periods)
Production Function: Input-output relationship - Law of Variable proportion- Isoquants
and Isocosts
Cost Concepts: Total, Average and Marginal Cost - Fixed vs. Variable costs – Opportunity
Costs Vs Outlay Costs– Separable Costs Vs Joint Costs, Urgent Costs Vs Postponable Costs-
Avoidable Costs Vs Unavoidable Costs
Break Even Analysis (BEA) – Assumptions, Merits and demerits - Determination of Break
Even Point (Simple problems).
UNIT III: MARKETS AND PRICING (9 periods)
Market Structure: Types of Markets - Features of perfect competition - Monopoly and
monopolistic competition - Price and Output determination in perfect competition, monopoly
and monopolistic Markets.
Pricing: Objectives and policies of pricing – Sealed bid pricing - Marginal cost pricing - Cost
plus pricing - Going rate pricing – penetration Pricing –skimming Pricing - Block pricing –
Peak load pricing - Cross subsidization.
254
UNIT IV: PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING & CAPITAL (9 periods)
Accountancy: Introduction – Concepts – Conventions – Double Entry Book Keeping –
Journal – Ledger - Trial Balance (Simple problems)
Capital: Significance - Types of capital – Sources of Capital.
UNIT V: FINAL ACCOUNTS & TALLY ERP 9.0 (9 periods)
Introduction to Final Accounts - Trading account - Profit and Loss account and Balance
Sheet with simple adjustments (Simple problems)
Tally ERP 9.0: Introduction – Create a company – Create ledger – Posting vouchers –
Advantages of Tally.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. H L Ahuja, Business Economics (Thirteenth edition), S Chand Publishing, Jan 2016.
2. Larry M. Walther, Financial Accounting, Create Space Independent Publishing
Platform, July 2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Joseph G.Nellis and David Parker, Principles of Business Economics, Pearson
Education Canada, 2nd edition, 2016.
2. S.P. Jain and K.L. Narang, Financial Accounting, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana, 12th
edition, 2018.
255
IV B. Tech. I Semester
(20BT70301) OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITE:
A course on Operations Research
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to Operations Management, Services as a part of operations management;
Regression and correlation methods; Material Requirements Planning Logic; Capacity
Requirements Planning; Scheduling of Job Shops; Operational Control issues in Mass
Production systems; Continuous improvement Process.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Apply operations strategy through strategic means, measures and decisions for
attaining operational excellence.
CO2. Model demand forecasting problems and develop accurate forecasts.
CO3. Apply aggregate production planning techniques to order optimal material
quantities.
CO4. Apply operation scheduling and control issues for smooth production.
CO5. Demonstrate lean management strategies for creating a stable workflow based
on actual customer demand.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: OPERATIONS STRATEGY (08 periods)
Introduction to Operations Management, Services as a part of operations management,
Relevance of Operations Strategy, Strategy formulation process, Measures of operational
excellence, Options for strategic decisions in operations, World-class manufacturing
practices, Emerging trends and implications for operations
UNIT II: DEMAND FORECASTING (09 periods)
Forecasting techniques- causal and time series models, moving average, exponential
smoothing, trend and seasonality; Regression and correlation methods; Accuracy of
forecasts, Application and control of forecasts.
UNIT III: AGGREGATE PRODUCTION PLANNING (10 periods)
Need for Aggregate Production Planning, Alternatives for managing demand and supply,
Strategies for Aggregate Production Planning, Master Production Scheduling, Material
Requirements Planning Logic, Capacity Requirements Planning, Distribution Requirements
Planning, Enterprise Resource Planning and Supply Chain Management.
UNIT IV: OPERATIONS SCHEDULING (09 periods)
256
Need for Scheduling, Scheduling rules and performance criteria, Scheduling of Flow Shops –
Johnson‟s rule; Scheduling of Job Shops, Operational Control issues in Mass Production
systems, Operations Planning and Control based on Theory of Constraints.
UNIT V: LEAN MANAGEMENT (09 periods)
Philosophy of Lean Management, Elements of JIT Manufacturing, Production Planning and
Control in JIT, Continuous improvement Process, Organizational challenges in Lean
Management, Six-Sigma approach to Quality Control, Six-Sigma Methodology, and Lean
Six-Sigma
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. B.Mahadevan, Operations Management, Pearson education, 3rd edition, 2014.
2. Lee J Krajewski, M K Malhotra and Larry P Ritzman, Operations management –
Processes and Supply Chains, 12th edition, 2019.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Monks J.G., Operations Management, Schaums outline series, McGrawHill, 2nd
edition, 2020.
2. R Pannerselvam, Production and Operations Management, PHI learning, 3rd edition,
2012.
257
IV B. Tech. I-Semester
(20BT70302) COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Multi-Variable Calculus and Differential Equations and Fluid Mechanics and
Machines and Heat Transfer.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics(CFD); Various Numerical methods; Solution
methods for governing equations; Finite difference method and its application to heat
transfer problems; Errors and stability analysis; Finite Volume method; Study flow analysis;
Simple CFD techniques.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Apply governing equations of fluid dynamics for solving fluid mechanics and heat
transfer problems.
CO2. Apply Discretization Techniques to solve algebraic equation of Grids With
Appropriate Transformation.
CO3. Analyze numerical models of the Fluid flow and Heat transfer phenomenon using
finite difference method as discretization and grid generation techniques for
Parabolic Partial Differential Equations.
CO4. Analyze numerical models of the Fluid flow and Heat transfer phenomenon using
finite difference method as discretization and grid generation techniques for
elliptic and hyperbolic equations.
CO5. Analyze mathematical models of fluid dynamics using Finite volume approach.
UNIT I: GOVERNING EQUATIONS (9 periods)

Introduction, applications of CFD in diverse fields, Governing equations of fluid dynamics –
Continuity, Momentum and energy equations; Generic differential and integral form for
governing equations, Initial and Boundary conditions, Differences between Finite element
method, Finite difference method and Finite volume method, Classification of partial
differential equations – Hyperbolic, Parabolic, Elliptic and Mixed types; Applications and
relevance.
UNIT II: DISCRETIZATION TECHNIQUES (9 periods)
Basic Aspects of Discretization: Introduction to finite differences, Finite difference
equations using Taylor series expansion and polynomials, Explicit and implicit approaches,
Uniform and unequally spaced grid points.
Grids With Appropriate Transformation: General transformation of the equations,
Metrics and Jacobians, The transformed governing equations of the CFD, Boundary fitted
coordinate systems, Algebraic and elliptic grid generation techniques, Adaptive grids.
258
UNIT III: FINITE DIFFERENCE FORMULATIONS (9 periods)
Parabolic Partial Differential Equations: Finite difference formulations, Explicit methods
– FTCS, Richardson and DuFort-Frankel methods, Implicit methods – Laasonen, Crank-
Nicolson and Beta formulation methods, Approximate factorization, Fractional step methods,
Consistency analysis, Linearization.
Stability Analysis: Discrete Perturbation Stability analysis, von Neumann Stability
analysis, Error analysis, Modified equations, Artificial dissipation and dispersion.
UNIT IV: ELLIPTIC AND HYPERBOLIC EQUATIONS (9 periods)
Elliptic Equations: Finite difference formulation, solution algorithms: Jacobi-iteration
method, Gauss-Siedel iteration method, point- and line-successive over-relaxation methods,
alternative direction implicit methods.
Hyperbolic Equations: Explicit and implicit finite difference formulations, splitting
methods, multi-step methods, applications to linear and nonlinear problems, linear
damping, flux corrected transport, monotone and total variation diminishing schemes, tvd
formulations, entropy condition, first-order and second-order TVD schemes, introduction to
modern tools.
UNIT V: FINITE VOLUME METHOD (9 periods)
Introduction, Finding the flux at interface, Central schemes - Lax-Friedrichs Method, Lax-
Wendroff Method, Two-Step Lax-Wendroff Method and MacCormack Method; Upwind
Method in Finite Volume methods - Flux Splitting Method Steger and Warming, vanLeer,
Roe's Method and finding Roe's Averages; Numerical procedure for SIMPLE algorithm,
Boundary conditions for the pressure correction method; Stream function, Vorticity method,
introduction to modern tools.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. John. D. Anderson, Computational Fluid Dynamics, the Basics with Applications, Mc
Graw Hill.6th Edition, 1995.
2. Hoffman, K.A., and Chiang, S.T., Computational Fluid Dynamics, Vol. I, II and III,
Engineering Education System, Kansas, USA, 2000.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Tapan K. Sengupta, Fundamentals of Computational Fluid Dynamics, 1st Edition,
Universities Press, 2004.
2. Suhas V. Patankar, Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow, 1st Edition, CRC, 1980.
259
IV B. Tech. – I Semester
(20BT70303) FINITE ELEMENT METHOD

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Design of Machine Elements, Heat Transfer.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Discretization; Formulation of finite element expression; Finite Element approach to solve 1-
D problems; beams; trusses; CST problems; Heat transfer problems and Dynamic analysis
problems.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Apply FEM techniques and approaches for solving One-dimensional field problems.
CO2. Analyze element stiffness matrices and shape functions for formulation of
mathematical models to find stresses in trusses and beams.
CO3. Analyze CST element andaxi-symmetric element for formulationof mathematic
models and solve by using Finite Element Methods.
CO4. Analyzeiso-parametric elements and heat transfer problems for formulations
mathematic models and solve byusing Finite Element Methods.
CO5. Analyze Lumped mass matrix and Eigen vectorsfor formulation of models and
solve vibration analysis problems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO FINITE ELEMENT METHOD (09 periods)
Introduction to Finite Element Method for solving field problems, Stress and Equilibrium,
Strain - Displacement relations, Stress - strain relations,
One-dimensional finite element method: Bar elements, Finite element modeling,
coordinates and shape functions, Element matrices, assembling of global stiffness matrix
and load vector, Principle of minimum potential energy, Application of boundary conditions,
Elimination and penalty approaches, solution for displacements, reaction, stresses,
temperature effects, Quadratic Element.
UNIT II: TRUSSES & BEAMS (09 periods)
Trusses: Plane trusses, local and global coordinate systems, formulation for direction
cosines, Element matrices, assembling of global stiffness matrix, solution for displacements,
reaction, stresses, and temperature effects.
Beams: Element matrices, assembling of global stiffness matrix, solution for displacements,
reaction, stresses.
260
UNIT III: TWO-DIMENSIONAL & AXI-SYMMETRIC MODELS (09 periods)
Two dimensional problems: Basic concepts of plane stress and plane strain, stiffness
matrix of Constant Strain Triangle (CST) element, finite element solution of plane stress
problems.
Axi-symmetric model: Finite element modelling of axi-symmetric solids subjected to axi-
symmetric loading with triangular elements.
UNIT IV: ISO-PARAMETRIC FORMULATION & HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS
(11 periods)
Iso-parametric formulation: Sub parametric, super parametric and iso-parametric
elements, 2 dimensional 4 noded iso-parametric elements, numerical integration.
Heat transfer problems: One-dimensional finite element formulation of heat transfer with
conduction, convection and Heat transfer through fins, Two-dimensional finite element
formulation.
UNIT V: DYNAMIC ANALYSIS (07 periods)
Introduction to dynamic considerations, Hamilton‟s principle, Dynamics of spring mass
system, consistent mass matrix, Formulation of FEM model, element matrices, One-
dimensional bar, truss, CST elements, Lumped mass matrices, Evaluation of Eigen values
and Eigen vectors for a stepped bar and beam element. List of FEM software packages.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Tirupati R. Chandrupatla& Ashok D. Belegundu, Introduction to Finite Elements in
Engineering, PHI learning, 3rd Edition, 2011
2. Daryl L. Logan, First course in the Finite Element Method, Cengage Learning, 4th
Edition 2007
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. S. S. Rao, Finite Element Methods in Engineering, Elsevier, 5th Edition, 2012.
2. J. N. Reddy, An Introduction to Finite Element Method, Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 3rd Edition,
2005.
261
(20BT70304) MATERIAL PROCESSING TECHNIQUES

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Materials Science and engineering , Manufacturing Technology, Engineering
Metrolgy and Machine Tools.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Metal forming and its types; Micromachining and its measuring techniques; fundamentals of
laser and its applications; advanced welding processes and testing; advanced finishing
processes.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on advances in metal forming processes, process
parameters and their techniques.
CO2. Demonstrate the knowledge on micro-machining process and its measuring
techniques.
CO3. Analyze the functional characteristics of laser processing for diverse
applications.
CO4. Demonstrate the knowledge on advanced welding process and tests to
enhance the quality of welds
CO5. Apply appropriate finishing techniques and explore the mechanisms involved.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: ADVANCES IN METAL FORMING (9 periods)
Conventional processes-High Energy Rate Forming techniques-Explosive forming, Electro
hydraulic forming, Magnetic pulse forming, Super plastic forming, Rubber forming, Flow
forming - Principles and process parameters- Advantages -Limitations and Applications.
Overviews of powder metal forming technique-Advantages- Applications-Powder perform
forging- Hot and cold Isostatic pressing- Powder rolling-Tooling and process parameters.
UNIT II: MICRO-MACHINING (9 periods)
Introduction to micromachining technologies, Microelectro discharge Machining: Principles of
micro-EDM, Micro-EDM by Die-sinking and WEDG, Micro-WEDM, Micro-WEDG, Micro-ECM,
Principles of micro-turning, Micro-drilling and Micro-milling, Micro grinding, Hybrid micro-
machining method, On-line measurement by machine vision and integratedprobe,
Measuring Techniques in micro-machining, Surface integrity and other related
measurements.
262
UNIT III: LASER MATERIALS PROCESSING (9 periods)
Fundamentals of industrial lasers - Laser materials interaction theories - Laser processing
for various industries such as metals, non-metals, photovoltaic, bio-medical applications.
Laser optics- Heat flow theory, Pulsed lasers, Pulsed laser heating, Laser cutting, Laser
welding, Laser surface modifications. Diffusion Modelling, Laser cladding, Laser texturing,
Laser bending, Laser safety and Laser micromachining.
UNIT IV –ADVANCED FABRICATION PROCESSES (9 periods)
Introduction, Advancements in Fabrication Techniques -Thermit welding, Electro slag
welding, Electron beam welding, laser beam welding, forge welding, friction welding,
diffusion welding, explosion welding, ultrasonic metal welding, destructive & non-destructive
testing of welds.
UNIT V-ADVANCED FINE FINISHING PROCESS (9 periods)
Abrasive Flow Machining; Magnetic Abrasive Finishing; Magneto Rheological Abrasive
Finishing: Principle, Process equipment; Analysis and modelling of finishing mechanism;
Parametric analysis; Applications.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. M P Groover, “Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing: Materials, Processes, and
Systems, John Wiley & Sons,3rdEdition, India, 2007.
2. Pandey, P.C., and Shan, H.S., “Modern Machining Processes”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, New Edition, UK, 2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. SeropeKalpakjian, “Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials”, Pearson
Education, 5th Edition, UK, 2017.
2. PeterSchaaf, “Laser Processing of Materials: Fundamentals, Applications and
Developments”, Springer Publishers, 1st Edition, 2010.
263
(20BT70305) POWER PLANT ENGINEERING

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Engineering Thermodynamics, Thermal Engineering-II and Heat transfer.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Energy sources; Types of Power Plants; Thermal power plant; Study of various systems of
thermal power plant; Combustion and Firing Methods; Diesel Power plant; Gas Turbine
Power Plants; Hydroelectric power plants and Nuclear power plants; Power generation and
recovery systems; Various conventional and nonconventional sources of energy with power
plant economics.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on construction and working principles of various
subsystems and pollution control methods in thermal power plant,
CO2. Demonstrate the knowledge on various components, working principle and
Performance improvements in diesel and gas power plants.
CO3. Demonstrate the knowledge on hydroelectric power plant and nuclear power
Plant and its pollution control methods.
CO4 Demonstrate the knowledge on working principles of non-conventional power
generation units and direct energy conversion systems.
CO5. Calculate the cost of power generation for various power plants using different
types of tariff systems
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: THERMAL POWER PLANT (09 Periods)
Introduction to the sources of energy, Plant layout, selection of site for power plant, Coal
handling systems, Overfeed and under feed stoker principles, Traveling grate stokers,
Spreader
stokers, Multi retort stokers, Pulverized fuel firing – Pulverized fuel handling, Pulverizing
mills, Pulverized fuel burners; Ash handling systems, Dust collectors. Thermal Power plant
pollution.
UNIT II: DIESEL ENGINE AND GAS TURBINE POWER PLANTS (09 periods)
Diesel Power Plant: Essential components of diesel powerplant, Operation of diesel power
plant, Plant layout with auxiliaries.
Gas Turbine Plant: Requirements, Functions, Classification, Construction, and Layout with
auxiliaries.
264
UNIT III: HYDRO ELECTRIC AND NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS (9 periods)
Hydro Electric Power Plant: Selection of site for power plant, Typical layouts, Elements of
plant, Classification of dams, Spillways, Surge tank, Draft tube, Classification of
Hydroelectric
power plants, Hydrology, Hydrological cycle, Hydrographs;
Nuclear Power Plants: Requirements, Functions, Nuclear fuel, Breeding and Fertile
materials, Nuclear reactor, React or operation, Types of Reactors - Pressurized water
reactor, Boiling water reactor, Sodium-Graphite reactor, Fast breeder reactor,
Homogeneous reactor, Gas cooled reactor; Nuclear power plant pollution.
UNIT IV: NON CONVENTIONAL POWER GENERATION ANDDIRECT ENERGY
CONVERSION SYSTEMS (9 periods)
Non-Conventional Power Generation: Solar, Wind, Tidal, Ocean energy conversion,
Geothermal, and biogas power plants.
Direct energy conversion systems: Thermoelectric conversion system, Thermionic
conversion system, Photovoltaic power systems, Magneto Hydrodynamic systems, Electro
static mechanical generators, Electro gas-dynamic generators, and Fuel cells.
UNIT V – POWER PLANT ECONOMICS (9 periods)
Load curves, Load duration curve, Definitions of connected load, Maximum demand,
Demand factor, Load factor, Plant capacity factor, Plant use factor, Diversity factor, Cost
Analysis.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. R.K.Rajput, A Textbook of Power Plant Engineering, Laxmi Publications, 3rd edition,
2014.
2. Arora and S. Domkundwar, A Course in Power Plant Engineering, Dhanpat Rai and
Co, 3rd Edition, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. P.K.Nag, Power Plant Engineering, TMH, 2nd edition, 2006.
2. K.K Ramalingam, Power Plant Engineering, Scitech Publishers, 2nd edition, 2010.
3. Dr.P.C Sharma, Power Plant Engineering, Sk Kataria andsons publishers, 8th Edition,
2011.
265
IV B. Tech. I Semester
(20BT70306) SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
(Common to ME and CSBS)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Fundamentals of Supply Chain Management; Supply Chain Decisions; Achieving Strategic
fit; Drivers and Metrics of Supply Chain; Inventory management in a supply chain; Supply
chain integration; Distribution Resources Planning; Bullwhip Effect; Role of information
technology in SCM; Designing and planning transportation networks through infrastructure
and strategies; International and Contemporary issues in SCM; Demand and Supply
planning; Mass customization; Global issues and Outsourcing problems; Supply Chain
Operations Reference Model; Third party logistics; Retailer-Supplier Partnership; Emerging
trends in SCM.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on the supply chain and supply chain management
concepts.
CO2. Analyze and provide strategies for inventory management in SCM
CO3. Develop appropriate and customized strategies and policies for managing the
supply chain by leveraging information.
CO4. Design and plan efficient and responsive transportation networks.
CO5. Demonstrate knowledge on international and contemporary issues in managing
supply chains effectively and efficiently
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO SCM (08 Periods)
Supply Chain - Definition, Objectives; Global optimization, Importance of Supply Chain
Decisions, Decision Phases in a Supply Chain, SCM- objectives, Competitive and Supply
Chain Strategies, Achieving Strategic fit, Obstacles to achieve strategic fit, Supply Chan
Drivers and Metrics
UNIT II: INVENTORY MANAGEMENT IN SCM (09 Periods)
Role of cycle inventory and safety inventory in a supply chain, Economic lot size model,
Effect of demand uncertainty, Risk pooling, centralized and decentralized system, Managing
inventory in the supply chain, Distribution Channel Management, Distribution Resource
Planning (DRP).
266
UNIT III: VALUE OF INFORMATION (09 Periods)
Bullwhip effect, Information and supply chain technology, Supply chain integration- Push,
Pull and push-pull system; Demand driven strategies, Role of Information Technology in
SCM - Impact of Internet on SCM; Decision support systems for SCM - Goals,
Standardization and Infrastructure.
UNIT IV: DESIGNING AND PLANNING TRANSPORATATION NETWORKS
(09 Periods)
The role of transportation in a Supply chain, Modes of transportation and their performance
characteristics, Transportation infrastructure and Policies, Design options for a
transportation network, Trade-offs in transportation design, Third party logistics and
Tailored transportation.
UNIT V: INTERNATIONAL& CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN SCM (09 Periods)
Sales and Operations Planning, Mass customization, Global issues and Outsourcing
problems, Aligning the Supply Chain with Business Strategy – Supply Chain Operations
Reference (SCOR)Model, Retailer-Supplier Partnership, Collaborative Planning, Forecasting
and Replenishment (CPFR), Vendor Managed Inventory, Distributors integration, Emerging
trends in SCM.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Sunil Chopra & Peter Meindl, Supply Chain Management - Strategy, Planning &
Operation, 6thEdition, Pearson Education Asia, 2016.
2. Janat Shah, Supply Chain Management:Text and Cases, 2ndEdition, Pearson Education,
2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Thomas E Vollman and Clay Whybark D, Manufacturing Planning and Control for Supply
Chain Management, Fifth Edition,Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2005
2. Simchi – Levi Davi, Kaminsky Philip and Simchi-Levi Edith, Designing and Managing the
Supply Chain,Third Edition Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2007.
267
(20BT70307) SUSTAINABLE MANUFACTURING

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:--
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Concept of sustainability; metrics of green manufacturing; economic and social dimensions
of sustainability; Principles of green manufacturing; Principles of green manufacturing;
Green supply chain
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge of sustainable manufacturing tools and techniques
for sustainable product development
CO2. Apply sustainability assessment tools and techniques to infuse and manage the
sustainability of a product.
CO3. Analyze the environmental impact of a product through its life cycle
encompassing extraction and processing of the raw materials, manufacturing,
distribution, use, recycling, and final disposal.
CO4. Demonstrate the knowledge on green manufacturing techniques for renewal of
production processes and the establishment of environmentally-friendly
operations within the manufacturing field
CO5. Demonstrate the knowledge on sustainability assessment and green supply
chain in infusing sustainability.
.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO SUSTAINABLE MANUFACTURING (09 periods)
Concept of sustainability, manufacturing, operations, processes, practices, Resources in
manufacturing, five Ms, system approach to manufacturing, environmental, economic and
social dimensions of sustainability, Environmental Impact of Manufacturing, Strategies for
Green Manufacturing, Metrics for Green Manufacturing, Metrics Development Methodologies.
UNIT II: TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES (09 periods)
Principles of green manufacturing and its efficiency, Green manufacturing and sustainability,
System model architecture and module, Design and planning, control or tools for green
manufacturing (Qualitative Analysis), Consumption Analysis, Life Cycle Analysis, Efficiency,
Sustainability tools). Standards for green manufacturing (ISO 14000 and OHSAS 18000),
Waste stream mapping and application, Design for environment and for sustainability –
Discuss the Product Life Cycle of manufactured goods.
268
UNIT III: LIFE CYCLE ANALYSIS (09 periods)
Remanufacture and disposal , tools for LCA, Concept of design for recycling, Green
manufacturing Lean models, value analysis, carbon footprint, analysis for carbon footprint
Green manufacturing- sustainability framework, Green manufacturing techniques- factors
effecting sustainability.
UNIT IV: GREEN MANUFACTURING TECHNIQUES (09 periods)
Dry and near-dry machining, edible oil based cutting fluids Green manufacturing
techniques: cryogenic machining for eco-efficiency Green manufacturing, Lean
manufacturing, Lean techniques for green manufacturing, Waste assessment and strategies
for waste reduction in green manufacturing.
UNIT V: SUSTAINABILITY ASSESMENT AND GREEN SUPPLY CHAIN (09 periods)
Methods to infuse sustainability in early product design phases, concept models and various
approaches in assessment, product sustainability and risk/benefit assessment, Green supply
chain- techniques and implementation, Logistics management, Green Supply Chain as
Product Life Cycle Management
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. G.Atkinson,S.Dietz,E.Neumayer,HandbookofSustainableManufacturing‖.Edward Elgar
Publishing Limited,2007.
2. Klemes, J., 2011. Sustainability in the process industry. McGraw-Hill.2011
3. M.Karpagam, Geetha Jaikumar, Green Management , Ane Books Pvt.Ltd.2010
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. M.K. Ghosh Roy, Design for Environment: A guide to sustainable Product
Development Sustainable Development, Ane Books Pvt.Ltd,2009.
2. Dornfeld, D.A. ed., Green manufacturing: fundamentals and applications. Springer
Science & Business Media,2012.
3. Ashby, M. F. Materials and the environment: eco-informed material choice. Elsevier,
2012.
4. D. Rodick, Industrial Development for the 21 st century, sustainable development
perspectives, UN New York, 2007
269
IV B. Tech – I Semester
(20BT70308) CRYOGENICS
(Program Elective-5)

30 70 100 3 0 -- 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
A Course on Thermal Engineering-II
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Necessity of Low temperature, Multi stage refrigeration, Cascade system, Applications of low
temperature, Properties of cryogenic fluids, Liquefaction of air, hydrogen and helium, gas
separation and gas purification systems, Low temperature insulation, Storage systems and
Cryogenic fluid transfer systems
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge of cryogenic systems for low temperature
applications.
CO2. Analyze the properties of cryogenic fluids for low temperature application.
CO3. Analyze the various refrigeration and liquefaction systems for low temperature
application.
CO4. Analyze the various gas separation and gas purification systems for low
temperature application.
CO5. Demonstrate the knowledge of cryogenic insulation for suitable storage and
handling systems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I: CRYOGENIC SYSTEMS (09 periods)
Introduction to Cryogenic Systems, Cryogenics – Definition, Historical development,
Necessity of Low temperature, Limitations of vapour compression system for the production
of low temperature, Multi stage refrigeration system - Cascade system.
Applications of Cryogenics: Applications in space, Food Processing, super conductivity,
Electrical Power, Cryobiology, Medicine-Cryosurgery, Electronics and Cutting Tool Industry.
UNIT II: PROPERTIES OF CRYOGENIC FLUIDS (09 periods)
Effects on the properties of metals - Low Temperature properties of Engineering Materials-
Mechanical properties, Thermal properties, Super conductivity and Super fluidity, Electric
and magnetic properties
T-S diagram of a cryogen; Properties of cryogenic fluids - Liquid Methane, Liquid Neon,
Liquid Nitrogen, Liquid Oxygen, Liquid Argon, Liquid Air, Liquid hydrogen and helium.
270
UNIT III: REFRIGERATION AND LIQUEFICATION (09 periods)
Manufacture of Dry ice, Joule‟s Thomson effect, Liquefication of air - Linde system, Claude
system, Cascaded System, Liquefaction of neon, Hydrogen and Helium, Stirling Cycle Cryo
Coolers, Gifford Mcmahon Cryo- refrigerator, Pulse tube refrigerator, Solvay cycle
refrigerator, Vuillimier refrigerator.
UNIT IV: GAS SEPARATION AND GAS PURIFICATION SYSTEMS (09 periods)
The thermodynamically ideal separation system properties of mixtures, Principles of gas
separation, air separation systems, Hydrogen, Argon, Helium air separation systems, Gas
purification methods.
UNIT V: LOW TEMPERATURE INSULATION (09 periods)
Types of Insulation - Reflective insulation, Evacuated powders, Rigid foams; Super
insulation; Dewar vessels; Hazards in cryogenic engineering. Cryogenic fluid transfer
systems. Transfer through un-insulated lines, vacuum insulated lines, porous insulated lines
etc.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Randal F.Barron, Cryogenic systems, McGraw Hill, 2nd edition, 1986
2. Klaus D.Timmerhaus and Thomas M.Flynn, Cryogenic Process Engineering, Plenum
Press, New York, 1989.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Traugott H.K. Frederking and S.W.K. Yuan, Cryogenics, Low Temperature
Engineering and Applied Sciences, Yutopian Enterprises, 2005.
2. A. R. Jha, Cryogenic Technology and Applications, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2005
271
(20BT70309) DESIGN OF AUTOMOTIVE COMPONENTS

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Course on Strength of Materials and Design of Machine Elements.
COURSEDESCRIPTION:
Design of cylinder, piston, connecting rod, crank shaft, Center and over hung cranks; Clutch
applications in automobile, Working of Fluid Coupling; Propeller Shaft; Differential and Axles;
Types of lubrication, Performance parameters of bearings; Classification of brakes; Hydraulic,
Pneumatic Brakes and Power Brakes, Anti-Lock Brake system; Performance of gear box in
vehicles, traction and tractive effort calculations; design of three and four speed gear box; Types of
Front Axle;
COURSEOUTCOMES:
CO1. Design Cylinder, Piston, connecting rod, crank shaft and Center and over
hung cranks for automobile vehicles considering safety standards.
CO2. Design Power drive lines and calculate performance parameters.
CO3. Design Bearings and Brakes systems for automobile vehicles considering
safety standards.
CO4. Design gear box for automobile vehicles and calculate its performance
characteristics.
CO5. Design front axle and steering linkages and determine optimum dimensions
and proportions for steering linkages ensuring minimum error in steering
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: DESIGN OF IC ENGINE PARTS: (9 Periods)
Introduction to I.C engine parts, design of cylinder, design of piston, piston rings, piston pin;
Connecting rod, Working Principle and Essential loads on the connecting rod; Crank shaft,
Working Principle and design of Crankshaft, determination of loads at Center and over hung
cranks.
UNIT II: POWER DRIVE LINE: (9 Periods)
Introduction to Clutch - Types and Construction, Fluid Coupling, Transmissions, design details of
roller and sprag type of clutches - Manual, Semi and Automotive Transmission, Continuously
Variable Transmission, Overdrives, Torque Converter, Propeller Shaft, Differential and Axles, Front
and All Wheel Drive Vehicles.
UNIT III:DESIGN OF BEARINGS AND BRAKING SYSTEMS : (9 Periods)
Introduction to Lubrication, Viscosity, Classification; Introduction to Bearings , Hydrodynamic &
Hydrostatic Lubrication, Pressure distribution - eccentricity and minimum film thickness, Thick &
272
Thin film lubrication, Bearing materials, choice of bearings, determination of loads at kingpin
bearings, wheel spindle bearings.
Braking Systems - Hydraulic, Pneumatic Brakes and Power Brakes; Anti-Lock Brake system.
UNIT IV: DESIGN OF GEAR BOX: (8 Periods)
Introduction to gear box, Performance of vehicle, total resistance to motion, Forces and Couples,
traction and tractive effort, acceleration, calculation of gear ratio, design of three speed gear box,
design of four speed gear boxes.
UNIT V: DESIGN OF FRONT AXLE AND STEERING: (10 Periods)
Types of Front Axle, Analysis of loads, moments and stresses at different sections of front axle;
Differential and Axles, Front and All Wheel Drive Vehicles. Steering Geometry and Types, Steering
Linkages, Power Assisted Steering; Determination of optimum dimensions and proportions for
steering linkages ensuring minimum error in steering.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Bhandari V, Design of Machine Elements, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Book Co,
2020.
2. Harald Naunheimer , Bernd Bertsche , Joachim Ryborz , Wolfgang Novak
"Automotive Transmission: Fundamentals, Selection, Design and Application", 2nd
Edition, Springer, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Joseph Shigley, Charles Mischke, Richard Budynas and Keith Nisbett “Mechanical
Engineering Design”, 11th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2020.
2. Judge A. W., “Modern Transmission”, 3rd ed., Chapman & Hall Std., London, 1989.
3. CDX Automotive, "Fundamentals of Automotive Technology, Principles and practice",
Jones &Barlett Publishers, 2013.
4. Newton Steeds & Garrot, "Motor Vehicles", SAE International and Butterworth
Heinemann, 2001.
5. Mahadevan, k, Reddy, K. Balaveera, “Design Data Handbook for Mechanical
Engineering in SI and Metric Units”, CBS; 4th edition,2019.
273
(20BT70310) HYBRID AND ELECTRIC VEHICLES

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Thermal Engineering-I.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
History of hybrid and electric vehicles; Drive trains; Configuration and control of electric
components; Types of energy storage devices; Sizing the drive systems; Energy
management strategies in hybrid and electric vehicles.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze the performance characteristics of transmission systems in hybrid and
electric vehicle (HEVs).
CO2. Demonstrate the knowledge of electric propulsion incorporated in HEVs.
CO3. Analyze the dimensional features drive systems for optimal matching of electric
machine and the internal combustion engine.
CO4. Analyze and select the energy storage devices of hybrid and electric vehicle for
the given applications.
CO5. Demonstrate the knowledge of the energy management strategies and
implementation issues in hybrid and electric vehicles.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS (9 periods)
INTRODUCTION: History of hybrid and electric vehicles, Social and environmental
importance of hybrid and electric vehicles, Comparison of transmission systems, Impact of
modern drive trains on energy supplies.
DRIVE TRAINS FOR HYBRID AND ELECTRIC VEHICLES: Basic concept of traction,
Types of drive – train topologies, power flow control, fuel efficiency analysis.
UNIT II: ELECTRIC PROPULSION UNIT (9 periods)
Introduction to electric components used in hybrid and electric vehicles, Configuration and
control - DC motor drives, induction motor drives, permanent magnet motor drives, switch
reluctance motor drives, drive system efficiency.
UNIT III: SIZING THE DRIVE SYSTEM (9 periods)
Matching the electric machine and the internal combustion engine, Sizing the propulsion
motor, Sizing the power electronics, Selecting the energy storage technology, Supporting
sub systems.
274
UNIT IV: ENERGY STORAGE (9 periods)
Introduction to energy storage, Requirements in hybrid and electric vehicles, Types of
energy storage and its analysis - Battery based, Fuel cell based, Super capacitor based, Fly
wheel based, Hybridization of different energy storage devices.
UNIT V: ENERGY MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES (9 periods)
Introduction to Energy Management Strategies used in hybrid and electric vehicles,
Classification of different Energy Management Strategies, Comparison of different Energy
Management Strategies, Implementation issues of Energy Management Strategies.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. IqbalHussain, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals, CRC Press, 2003.
2. MehrdadEhsani, YimiGao, Sebastain E, Gay, Ali Emadi, Modern Hybrid Electric and
Fuel cell Vehicles: Fundamentals Theory and Design, CRC Press, 2004.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. James Larminie, John Lowry, Electric Vehicle Technology Explained, Wiley, 2003.
2. Tom Denton, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles, Routledge, 2016.
275
IV B.Tech - I Semester
(20BT70311) PROJECT MANAGEMENT
(Professional Elective -5)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
A course on Industrial Engineering and Management.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Project Characteristics; Project Selection; Economics; Feasibility Assessment and
Evaluation; Project integration; Project Implementation; Agile project management; Scrum
framework; Project scope management; Project time and cost management; Organizational
and Work Breakdown; Scheduling; Budgeting; Project Control; Project Auditing; Financing
for projects; Project investment evaluation.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completion of this course, a successful student will be able to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge of project characteristics, selection, and various stages
of a project.
CO2. Apply project implementation strategies involving resource constraints to manage
and execute projects in a hassle-free manner.
CO3. Apply information systems to monitor, control and execute the projects
effectively.
CO4. Analyze projects for auditing and appraisal with appropriate procedures
considering technical, financial, and socio-economic issues.
CO5. Apply project financing concepts and tools to the financing decisions.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: PROJECT SELECTION AND PLANNING (9 periods)
Project identification and formulation; Needs analysis: Resource surveys, Market research;
Identification of investment opportunities; Feasibility analysis: Technical feasibility;
Technology forecasting: Choice of technology, Techno economic analysis, Appropriate
technology; Project environment: Nature, and Characteristics of projects; Projects
screening: Project selection, Project portfolio process; Project life cycle; Work content: Work
breakdown structure; Systems integration; Interface coordination; Social Cost Benefit
Analysis.
UNIT II: PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION (9 periods)
Estimating Project Budgets; Process of cost estimation; Project Scheduling tools;
Developing Project Plan (Baseline); Project cash flow analysis; Project scheduling with
resource constraints: Resource Leveling and Resource Allocation; Project Execution and
Administration; Project contracting: Contract pricing, project time monitoring and cost
monitoring, Project over runs, Agile project management, Scrum framework.
276
UNIT III: MONITORING AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS (9 periods)
Information needs and the reporting process; computerized project management
information system; Earned value analysis; Planning- Monitoring-Controlling cycle;
Project control: types of control processes, design of control systems, control of change and
scope.
UNIT IV: PROJECT APPRAISAL AND PROJECT AUDITING (9 periods)
Project Appraisal: Objectives, essentials of a project methodology, Market appraisal,
Technical appraisal, Financial appraisal, Socio-economic appraisal, Management appraisal;
Post-Project analysis: Construction and use of audit report, Project audit life cycle,
Essentials of audit and evaluation, Varieties of project termination, the termination process.
UNIT V: PROJECT FINANCING (9 periods)
Rationale of Project Financing; Essential elements of project financing; Analysis of project
viability and risk management; Ownership and Financial Structuring; Legal Documentation;
Project financing in India and abroad: Source, schemes, and various incentives for new
projects.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Prasanna Chandra, Projects: Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing,
Implementation and Review, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 8th
edition, 2014.
2. Jack R. Meredith, and Samuel J. Mantel Jr., Project Management - A Managerial
Approach, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 8th Edition, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Harold Kerzner, Project Management - A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling
and Controlling, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 10th Edition, 2013.
2. Larry Richman, Project Management: Step-by-Step, PHI Learning Private Limited,
2011.
277
(20BT70312) RAPID PROTOTYPING
(Program Elective-5)

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing and Manufacturing Technology.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
History of RP systems; Stereo; Datafiles and machine details; Solid Ground Curing; LOM,
DMLS, Principle of operation, Machine details; Applications; Thermal jet printer; Indirect
Rapid tooling, Direct Tooling; Quick cast process; Rapid Tool; Software For RP; STL files;
Rapid manufacturing process optimization; Vacuum Casting, Surface digitizing; data
transfer to solid models, Reverse Engineering.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the working of different RPT techniques for producing various
products.
CO2. Analyze the functional characteristics of stero lithography systems, SLS and FDM
for complex applications.
CO3. Analyze the functional characteristics of SGC, LOM and concept modelers for
complex engineering applications.
CO4. Demonstrate the knowledge on rapid tooling to manufacture intricate
components.
CO5. Apply software tools for rapid prototyping and reverse engineering concepts in
production for Industrial applications.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: FUNDAMENTALS OF RAPID PROTOTYPING (9 periods)
Definition, Types of prototypes, Classification of RP Systems, Need for the compression in
product Development, History of RP systems, Applications survey, Development of RP
industry.
UNIT II: STEREOLITHOGRAPHY SYSTEMS, SLS AND FDM (9 periods)
Stereolithography: Principle; Process parameters; Process details; Data preparation; Data
files and machine details; Application.
Selective laser sintering: Machine types, Operating principle, Process parameters, Data
preparation for SLS, Applications.
Fused deposition modeling: Principle, Process parameters, Path generation, Applications
278
UNIT III: SOLID GROUND CURING (SGC), LOM AND CONCEPT MODELERS
(9 periods)
SGC: Principle, Machine details, Applications.
Laminated Object Manufacturing: Principle, LOM materials, Process details, Application.
Concept modelers: Principle, Thermal jet printer, Sander‟s model market, 3-D printer,
GenisysXs printer HP system – 5, Object Quadra systems.
UNIT IV: RAPID TOOLING (9 periods)
Laminate tooling- soft Tooling and Hard tooling.
Indirect Rapid tooling, Silicon rubber tolling, Aluminium filled epoxy tooling, Spray metal
tooling, Cast kirksite, 3D Keltool.
Direct Rapid Tooling - Direct AIM, Quick cast process, Copper polyamide, Rapid Tool,
Prometal, Sand casting tooling, DMLS
UNIT V: SOFTWARE FOR RAPID PROTOTYPING AND REVERSE ENGINEERING
(9 periods)
STL files, Overview of Solid view, Magics, Magic communicator, Internet based software,
Rapid Manufacturing Process Optimization.
Allied processes: Vacuum casting, Surface digitizing, Surface generation from point cloud,
Surface modification, Data transfer to solid models.
Reverse Engineering: Capturing and reading the scan data, Align point clouds and
simplify data, Polygon meshing and editing, Defining surface boundaries, applying nurbs,
Exporting data, Reverse engineering update.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Paul F. Jacobs, Stereo lithography and other RP and MTechnologies, SME, New York,
3rdedition, 1996.
2. Frank W. Liou, Rapid Prototyping and Engineering Applications, CRC Press Taylor and
Francis Group, New York,Special Indian Edition, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. C. K. Chua, K. F. Leong, C. S. Lim, Rapid Prototyping -Principles and Applications,
Yesdee publications Pvt. Ltd.,Mumbai, India, 2nd edition, 2010.
2. Hari Prasad, K.S. Badarinarayan, Rapid Prototyping andTooling, SIP PageTuners,
Bangalore, 1stEdition, 2013.
3. Fiham D.T, Dinjoy S. S, Rapid Manufacturing, Verlog, London, 4th edition, 2002.
279
(20BT70313) SURFACE ENGINEERING

30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Materials Science and Engineering, Strength of Materials and Engineering
Metrology and Machine Tools.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Mechanisms of wear; Metal cleaning; Techniques for surface modification or deposition of
protective coatings; Rationale behind employing coatings; Quality assurance & testing.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge of surface engineering processes.
CO2. Analyze functional and operational characteristics of thermal spraying and electro
deposited coatings for different applications.
CO3. Analyze functional and operational characteristics of hot dip and diffusion
coatings for engineering applications.
CO4. Analyze functional and operational characteristics of non-metallic and conversion
coatings for different surfaces.
CO5. Apply testing procedures for qualitative assessment of different coating.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO SURFACE ENGINEERING (10 periods)
Importance and necessity of surface engineering, past, present and future scenario of
surface engineering , classification of surface engineering process, substrates and their
pretreatments; coating characteristics: coating thickness, continuity, hardness, adhesion,
porosity, and bond strength, General cleaning process for ferrous and non-ferrous metals,
selection of cleaning process, alkaline cleaning, emulsion cleaning, ultrasonic cleaning and
abrasive bath cleaning.
UNIT II: THERMAL SPRAYING AND ELECTRODEPOSITED COATINGS (9 periods)
Thermal spraying materials, characteristics of thermal spray process, Spray fused coatings,
principles of electro plating, properties and applications of electrodeposits, Principles of Non
aqueous and electro less deposition, Plasma spraying, flame spraying, detonation spray
coating.
UNIT III: HOT DIP COATING AND DIFFUSION COATING (9 periods)
Surface preparation, Batch coating and continuous coating process, coating properties and
applications, principles of cementation, cladding-vacuum deposition, sprayed metal coating,
structure of diffusion coatings, Chemical vapour deposition (CVD), Physical vapour
deposition (PVD),Thin film Characterization techniques- Scanning Electron Microscopy and
Energy dispersive X-ray analysis
280
UNIT IV: NON-METALLIC COATING OXIDE AND CONVERSION COATINGS
(9 periods)
Plating coating, lacquers, rubbers and elastomers, vitreous enamels, anodizing Chromating,
application to aluminum, magnesium, tin, zinc, cadmium, copper and silver, Phosphating
primers.
UNIT V: TESTING AND SELECTION OF COATINGS (8 periods)
Quality assurance, the quality plan, design testing and inspection, thickness and porosity
measurement, selection of coatings, Industrial applications of engineering coatings,
Performance assessment of engineered surfaces- wear and corrosion.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. S. Grainger, Engineering Coatings-design and application, Jaico Publishing House,
2nd Edition, 1998.
2. D.R. Gabe, Principles of Metals surface treatment and protection, Pergamon,
2nd Edition, 2014.
3. K.G Budinski, Surface Engineering for wear resistance, Prentice Hall, 1998.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. N.V Parthasarathy, Electroplating Handbooks, Prentice Hall, 1989.
2. Niku-Lavi, Advances in surface treatment, Pergamon, 1984.
281
(20BT60410) MICROELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS
(Inter Disciplinary Elective - 2)
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
A Course on Applied Physics.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Overview of Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS), working principles of microsensors
and microactuators, materials, micro fabrication processes, MEMS accelerometers,
packaging of Microsystems and applications over different fields.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate MEMS Components like microsensors and microactuators.
CO2. Understand working methodologies of MEMS accelerometers.
CO3. Use micro fabrication techniques and device packaging methods in manufacturing
MEMS devices.
CO4. Analyze various MEMS devices for engineering applications.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO MEMS AND MICROSYSTEMS (09 Periods)
Introduction to MEMS, Energy domains and transducers, sensors and actuators,
Microsystems versus MEMS, miniaturization, MEMS materials.
UNIT II: MICROSENSORS & ACTUATORS (09 Periods)
Microsensors: Classification of physical sensors, Integrated, Intelligent or Smart sensors,
Sensor Principles and Examples: Thermal sensors, Pressure, Flow, Inertial, Gyro sensors,
Bio Sensors.
Microactuators: Electromagnetic and Thermal microactuation, Mechanical design of
microactuators, Microactuator examples, microvalves, micropumps, micromotors.
UNIT III: MEMS ACCELEROMETERS (07 Periods)
Micro accelerometers for MEMS, Temperature and Damping analysis, Piezoelective
accelerometer, Piezoresistive accelerometer, Piezocapacitive accelerometer technology.
UNIT IV: MEMS FABRICATIONAND PACKAGING (12 Periods)
Review of Fabrication process-Photolithography, ion implantation, diffusion, oxidation,
chemical vapor deposition, physical vapor deposition, deposition by Epitaxy, Czochralski
process.
Micromachining technology of MEMS, Microstereolithography; Introduction to microsystem
packaging, objectives and general considerations in packaging design, three levels of
microsystem packaging.
282
UNIT-V: MEMS APPLICATIONS (08 Periods)
Applications of MEMS in the automotive industry, avionics and space applications and
commercial applications, RF MEMS, optical MEMS, Introduction to Bio MEMS and
microfluidics.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOK:
1. Tai-Ran Hsu, MEMS & Microsystems, Design and Manufacture, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Pvt. Ltd., 27th reprint, 2018.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. G.K.Ananthasuresh, K.J.Vinoy, Micro and Smart Systems, New Delhi publication, 1st
edition, 2011 Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2. Nitaigour Premchand Mahalik, MEMS, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd., 11th
reprint, 2016.
283
(20BT70314) HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Fluid Mechanics and Machines and Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Basic fluid power system; Hydraulic components and its use; Hydraulic circuits and its
application; Fundamentals of pneumatics; Pneumatic components and its use; Pneumatic
circuits; Application; Design of hydraulic and pneumatic systems for various applications;
Logic gates, PLC in Pneumatics.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on basic components and mechanisms of fluid power
systems.
CO2. Analyze functional characteristics of valves and conditioners used in industrial

applications.
CO3. Design the pneumatic and hydraulic circuits for domestic and industrial problems.
CO4. Apply suitable logic gates to control the fluid power system
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I : FUNDAMENTALSOF FLUID POWER (08 Periods)
Fluid power, Fluid power systems, Fluid power physics; Pumps: Pumps, pumping theory, pump
classification: Rotary, Reciprocating pumps, gear pumps (internal and external Gear pumps) and
piston pumps.
Actuators: Cylinders and its classification.
Pressure Control Valves: Relief valves, Pilot operated relief valve, Poppet relief valve,
Pressure sequence valve, Pressure reducing valve, unloading valve, Counter balance valve,
Brake valve
UNIT II: VALVES & CONDITIONERS (08 Periods)
Directional control valves (DCVs): Poppet valve, Spool valves, Check valves, Two-way
Direction Control Valves, Four-way valves, Pilot operated DCV.
Flow Control valves: Classification of flow control valves, Flow control methods: Meter-in
circuit, Meter-out circuit and Bleed-off circuit.
Fluid Conditioner: Filters, Heat exchangers, Reservoirs,
Accessory Components: Accumulators, Pressure switches, Pressure gauges, Flow meters,
manifolds, Pressure intensifier.
284
UNIT III: HYDRAULIC & PNEUMATICS (12 Periods)
Hydraulic Symbols: Flow lines, Reservoirs, Pumps, Directional Control Valves, Flow control
valves, Pressure Control valves, Motors, Check valves, Cylinders, Filters, Heat exchanges and
accumulator, Basic hydraulic circuits of single and double acting cylinder circuit.
Pneumatics: Units, Fundamentals of air, Air compressors and its types, Reservoirs or Air
receiver, Safety relief valve, Pressure switches, Air dryers, Air distribution, Air filters, Air
regulators, Air lubricators.
UNIT IV: PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS AND CIRCUITS (10 Periods)
Pneumatic actuators: Actuators and Output devices, Direction Control Valves(DVC): 2/2 way
valve, 3/2 –Way valve, 4/2-Way valve, 4/3- valve, 5/2 –way valve, and 5/3-way valve, Non-
Return Valve(NRV), Flow control valves, Mufflers.
Circuits: Control of single acting cylinder, Manual controlled double acting cylinder, Air pilot
control of double acting actuator, Semi automatic control of a double acting actuator.
UNIT V: LOGIC CONTROLS IN FLUID POWER SYSTEMS (07 Periods)
Position sensors, Back pressure sensors, Proximity sensors, Pneumatic limit valves, limit
switches, pressure sensor, Switching elements - Pneumatic valve functions of AND, NOT,
and OR GATE, Applications of Fluidics, Examples of Pneumatic Cylinder sequencing circuit
using logic gates.PLC in fluid power applications (block diagram of PLC only)
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Srinivasan.R, Hydraulic and Pneumatic controls, McGraw Hill Education, 2nd Edition,
2006.
2. ShanmugaSundaram. K, Hydraulic and Pneumatic Controls, S. Chand & Co, 1st
Edition, 2019
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Majumdar S. R., Oil Hydraulics Systems Principles and Maintenance, McGrawHill
Education, 1st Edition, 2000.
2. Majumdar S.R., Pneumatic systems–Principles and Maintenance, McGraw Hill
Education, 2nd Edition, 2001.
285
IV B. Tech. - I Semester
(20BT70315) INDUSTRIAL INTERNET OF THINGS
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to the Industrial Internet; IIoT Reference Architecture ; Design of Industrial
Internet Systems; Modern Communication Protocols, Wireless Communication Technologies,
The Access Network, Access Networks Connecting, Defining Industry 4.0,Introducing the
Smart Factory, Smart Factories in Action, IOT – A Market Perspective, Technical Design
constraints
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze the functional, informational, and operational characteristics of IoT and
IIOT architectures.
CO2. Design industrial internet systems encompassing access network technology and
protocols.
CO3. Apply design principles, characteristics, and building blocks of Industry 4.0. for
innovative manufacturing applications.
CO4. Demonstrate knowledge of IoT market perspective and Security issues in smart
manufacturing.
CO5. Apply real-world design constraints for solving problems encountered in smart
manufacturing.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: IOT AND IIOT REFERENCE ARCHITECTURE (09 Periods)
Introduction: Introduction to the Internet of Things (IoT). Architecture, Enabling
Technologies, Applications.
IIoT Reference Architecture: Introduction, Functional View, Information View,
Deployment and Operational View, Other Relevant architectural views.
UNIT II: DESIGN OF INDUSTRIAL INTERNET SYSTEMS AND ACCESS NETWORK
TECHNOLOGY & PROTOCOLS (09 Periods)
Design of Industrial Internet Systems: The Concept of the IIoT, The Proximity Network,
WSNEdge Node, Legacy Industrial Protocols, Modern Communication Protocols, Wireless
Communication Technologies, Proximity Network Communication Protocols, Gateways.
Access Network Technology and Protocols: The Access Network, Access Networks
Connecting Remote Edge Networks.
286
UNIT III: INDUSTRY 4.0 AND SMART FACTORIES (09 Periods)
Industry 4.0: Defining Industry 4.0, Four Main Characteristics of Industry 4.0, The Value
Chain, Industry 4.0 Design Principles, Building Blocks of Industry 4.0, Smart Manufacturing.
Smart Factories: Introducing the Smart Factory, Smart Factories in Action, Importance of
Smart Manufacturing, Real-World Smart Factories - GE‟s Brilliant Factory, Airbus: Smart
Tools and Smart Apps, Siemens‟ Amberg Electronics Plant (EWA), Industry 4.0: The Way
Forward
UNIT IV:IOT MARKET PERSPECTIVE AND SECURITY ISSUES IN MANUFACTURING
(09 Periods)
IoT Market perspective: M2M to IoT – A Market Perspective– Introduction, Some
Definitions, M2M Value Chains, IoT Value Chains, emerging industrial structures for IoT, The
international driven global value chain and global information monopolies.
Security issues in Manufacturing: PLCs and DCS, Securing the OT, Network Level:
Potential Security Issues, System Level: Potential Security Issues, Identity Access
Management
UNIT V: REAL WORLD IOT DESIGN CONSTRAINTS AND INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(09 Periods)
Real-World IOT Design Constraints- Introduction, Technical Design constraints-
hardware components, Data representation and visualization, Interaction and remote
control.
Industrial Automation- Service-oriented architecture-based device integration,
SOCRADES: realizing the enterprise integrated Web of Things, IMC-AESOP: from the Web of
Things to the Cloud of Things,
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOK:
1. Alasdair Gilchrist, Industry 4.0: The Industrial Internet of Things, Apress
Publications, 2016.
2. Jan Holler, VlasiosTsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stefan Avesand, Stamatis
Karnouskos, David Boyle, “From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things:
Introduction to a New Age of Intelligence”, 1st Edition, Academic Press, 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Giacomo Veneri and Antonio Capasso, Hands-on Industrial Internet of Things: Create
a powerful Industrial IoT infrastructure using Industry 4.0,Ingram Academic
Services, 2018.
2. Vijay Madisetti and Arshdeep Bahga, Internet of Things A Hands-On- Approach,
Orient Blackswan Private Limited, 2015.
3. Francis daCosta, Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach
toConnecting Everything”, 1stedition, Apress Publications, 2014.
287
(20BT70316) INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Engineering Physics, Manufacturing Technology and Engineering Metrology and
Machine Tools.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Basic Principles of Measurement, Measurement of Displacement, Measurement of
Temperature and Pressure, Measurement of Speed, Acceleration, Vibration, force, torque,
Power, Stress, Strain, Level And Flow Measurement, Elements of Control systems
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on methods and instruments used for the
measurement of Displacement
measurement of Temperature and Pressure
measurement of Speed, Acceleration, Force, Torque and Power
CO4. Demonstrate the knowledge on stress and strain measurements Level and Flow
measurements.
CO5. Demonstrate the knowledge of control systems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: BASIC PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT (09 periods)
Measurement: Definition - Basic principles of measurement - Measurement systems,
generalized configuration and functional descriptions of measuring instruments - examples.
Dynamic performance characteristics - sources of error and uncertainity analysis,
Classification and elimination of error.
Measurement of Displacement: Theory and construction of various transducers to
measure displacement - Piezo electric, Inductive, capacitance, resistance, ionization and
Photo electric transducers, Calibration procedures.
UNIT II: MEASUREMENT OF TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE (09 periods)
MEASUREMENT OF TEMPERATURE: Classification - Ranges - Various Principles of
measurement - Expansion, Electrical Resistance - Thermistor - Thermocouple - Pyrometers -
Temperature Indicators.
MEASUREMENT OF PRESSURE: Units - classification - different principles used-
Manometers, Piston, Bourdon pressure gauges, Bellows - Diaphragm gauges. Low pressure
measurement - Thermal. conductivity gauges - ionization pressure gauges, McLeod pressure
gauge.
288
UNIT III: SPEED, ACCELERATION, VIBRATION, FORCE, TORQUE AND POWER
MEASUREMENT (09 periods)
Measurement of Speed: Mechanical Tachometers - Electrical tachometers - Stroboscope,
Noncontact type of tachometer .
Measurement of Acceleration and Vibration: Different simple instruments - Principles of
Seismic instruments - Vibrometer and accelerometer.
Measurement of Force, Torque and Power: Elastic force meters, load cells, Torsion
meters, Dynamometers.
UNIT IV: STRESS, STRAIN, LEVEL AND FLOW MEASUREMENT (09 Periods)
Stress & Strain Measurements: Various types - electrical strain gauge - gauge factor -
method of usage of resistance strain gauge for bending, compressive and tensile strains -
usage for measuring torque, Strain gauge Rosettes.
Measurement of Level: Direct method - Indirect methods - capacitative, ultrasonic,
magnetic, cryogenic fuel level indicators - Bubler level indicators.
Flow Measurement: Magnetic, Ultrasonic, Turbine flow meter, Hot - wire anemometer
Laser Doppler Anemometer (LDA).
UNIT V: SYSTEMS AND THEIR REPRESENTATION (09 periods)
ELEMENTS OF CONTROL SYSTEMS: Basic elements in control systems – Open and closed
loop systems – Electrical analogy of mechanical and thermal systems – Transfer function –
Synchros – AC and DC servomotors – Block diagram reduction techniques – Temperature,
speed & position control system
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. D. S. Kumar, Mechanical Measurements and Control, Metropollitan Book, 5th edition,
2015.
2. S. Bhaskar, Basic Principles Measurements, Instrumentation and control systems,
Anuradha Agencies, 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. R.K. Jain, Mechanical and Industrial Measurements, Khance Publications, 12th edition,
2015.
2. Ernesto. Doebelin, Measurement systems application and design, Mc Grawhill
Companies, 5th edition, 2003.
3. Bechwith, Marangoni, Lienhard, Mechanical Measurements, Pearson, 6th edition, 2006.
289
(20BT70317) MECHATRONICS
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering and kinematics of machinery
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Mechatronics system; Sensors; Transducers; Pneumatic and hydraulic actuation system,
Mechanical and electrical actuation systems, signal conditioning and process controllers
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Design mechatronic systems considering components, control systems and
ethics as design constraints.
CO2. Demonstrate the knowledge on hydraulic, pneumatic actuation systems used in
automation circuits.
CO3. Demonstrate the knowledge on mechanical and electrical actuation systems
CO4. Demonstrate the knowledge of sensors and transducers to monitor and control
the behavior of a process.
CO5. Demonstrate the knowledge on signal conditioning and process controllers used
in mechatronics.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS (07 periods)
Definition, Elements of mechatronics System, Difference between Traditional and
mechatronics system, Measurement systems, Control systems, Examples of Automatic
control systems: Examples - Automatic car parking gate system, Washing machine,
Automatic Camera, Pick and Place Robot arm, Advantages and Disadvantages of
mechatronics systems. Mechatronics approach to design, Ethics as design constraint.
UNIT II: PNEUMATIC AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION SYSTEMS (09 Periods)
Actuation systems, Pneumatic and hydraulic systems, Directional control valves, Pressure
control valves, Cylinders, Process control valves, Rotary actuators
UNIT III: MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ACTUATION SYSTEMS (09 Periods)
Mechanical Actuation systems-Mechanical Systems, Types of motion, Kinematic chains,
CAMS, Gear Trains, Ratchet and Pawl, belt and Chain drives, bearingss.
Electrical Actuation systems - Switches, Solenoids, Relays, DC motors, AC motors,
Stepper motors.
UNIT IV: SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS (09 periods)
Sensors: Introduction, Types of and sensors and transducers, Performance terminology:
Range, span, error, accuracy, sensitivity, hysteresis error, non linear error, repeatability,
stability and resolution. Static and dynamic Characteristics; Displacement sensors-
Potentiometer, Strain gauge, Linear Variable Differential Transformer; Position sensors- Hall
290
effect sensor, Optical Encoder; Proximity- Inductive, Capacitive; Acceleration-Piezoelectric
accelerometer; Temperature- Bimetallic strips, Resistance Temperature Detectors (RTD);
Light sensors- photo diodes, photo electric transducer; Selection of Sensors.
UNIT V: SIGNAL CONDITIONG AND PROCESS CONTROLLERS (11 Periods)
Signal conditioning - Operation Amplifiers : Inverting and non-inverting amplifier,
Filtering: Ideal filter characteristic, Low Pass, High Pass, Band pass, Band stop filters and
notch filter, Bridge circuits, Analog to digital converter, Digital to analog Converter, Data
Acquisition System.
Process Controller - Principles, Two position controller, Proportional (P) controllers,
Integral (I) controllers, Derivative (D) controllers; Composite controller Modes –
Proportional Integral (PI), Proportional Derivative (PD), Three mode controller (PID);
Selection of controllers, Syllabus
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. K.P.Ramachandran, Mechatronics Integrated Mechanical Electronic Systems, Wiley,
2012.
2. W. Bolton, Mechatronics Electronics Control systems in Mechanical and Electrical
Engineering, Pearson, 4th edition, 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. N.P. Mahalik, Mechatronics Principles Concepts and Applications, McGraw Hill
Education (India) Private Limited, 2012.
2. Devdas Shetty, Richard, Mechatronic System Design, Cengage Learning, 2nd edition,
2012.
291
(20BT70318) SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to Soft computing techniques; Genetic Algorithm; Fuzzy Logic; neural Network;
Hybrid soft computing techniques; Application in Mechanical Engineering.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on soft computing techniques and their applications.
CO2. Apply the genetic algorithms and their applications in Mechanical Engineering.
CO3. Model the fuzzy systems.
CO4. Analyze various neural network architectures.
CO5. Apply the hybrid soft computing techniques in real life applications.
.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO SOFT COMPUTING (08 periods)
Evolution of Computing - Soft Computing Constituents – From Conventional AI to
Computational Intelligence - Machine Learning Basics
UNIT II: GENETIC ALGORITHM (10 periods)
Introduction, Working cycle of a Genetic Algorithm, Basic operators and Terminologies like
individual, gene, encoding, fitness function and reproduction, Genetic modeling: Significance
of Genetic operators, Inheritance operator, cross over, inversion & deletion, mutation
operator, Bitwise operator, GA optimization problems, JSPP (Job Shop Scheduling Problem),
TSP (Travelling Salesman Problem), Differences& similarities between GA & other traditional
methods, Applications of GA.
UNIT III: FUZZY LOGIC (09 periods)
Introduction, Crisp Sets, Fuzzy Sets – Operations on Fuzzy Sets – Fuzzy Relations –
Membership Functions- Fuzzy Rules and Fuzzy Reasoning – Fuzzy Clustering, C-Means
clustering, Entropy-based Fuzzy Clustering.
UNIT IV: NEURAL NETWORKS (09 periods)
Introduction, Static Vs Dynamic Neural Networks, training of neural networks, Multi-Layer
Feed-Forward Neural Network (MLFFNN), Radial Basis Function Network (RBFN), Self
Organizing Map (SOP), Recurrent Neural Networks (RNN).
UNIT V:HYBRID SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES (09 periods)
Working principle of Genetic-Fuzzy systems, Genetic-Neural system, Neuro-fuzzy hybrid
systems based on Mamdani Approach, Takagi and Sugeno‟s approach.
Total Periods: 45
292
TEXTBOOKS:
1. D. K. Pratihar, Soft Computing, Narosa Publications, Revised Edition, 2018
2. S, Rajasekaran& G.A. Vijayalakshmi Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic & Genetic
Algorithms, Synthesis & applications, PHI Publication, 1st Edition, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. S.N.Sivanandam, S.N.Deepa, “Introduction To Genetic Algorithms”, Springer, 2007.
2. Bart Kosko, Neural Network & Fuzzy System, PHI Publication, 1st Edition, 2009.

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106046/
293
(20BT70331) INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION AND ROBOTICS LAB

30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES:
A course on Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This laboratory is intended to provide hands-on experience on industrial robotics,
manufacturing automation, mobile robotics, and dynamics and control of field robots. The
students experiment with various automation systems, learn to program, implement
planning and control algorithms.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Apply different motion commands of various configurations of robot and perform
different tasks relative to its degrees of freedom using programming.
CO2. Design various combinations of gripper design with the robot configuration
suitable for industrial applications.
CO3. Develop virtual robot in the Robot simulation software , which will perform all the
functions of a 3R Manipulator in real-time.
CO4. Demonstrate the knowledge of automation process , robotic end effectors and
robotic arm configurations.
List of Exercises/List of Experiments: (9)

1. Demonstration of robot configuration
2. Demonstration of robot with 2 dof, 3 dof, 4 dof etc.
3. Design/modeling of any two different types of grippers.
4. Two assignments on programming the robot for applications
5. Two programming exercises for robots
6. Exercise on welding robot in robot simulation software
7. Exercise on pick and place robot in robot simulation software
8. Exercise on robotic simulation software
9. Two case studies of applications in industry
10. Study of automation processes such as Distribution station, Testing station, Pick and
place, Fluidic muscle press, and Storing.
11. Study of PLC on Automation production system
12. Study of robotic end effectors, robotic arm and its configurations.
294
13. Design and testing of hydraulic circuits
14. Design and testing of pneumatic circuits
15. Simulation of basic hydraulic and pneumatic circuits
SOFTWARE/Tools used:
.Offline robot programming software
. Aristo Robotic Simulation Software
295
(20BT70332) MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT LAB
30 70 100 - - 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Numerical Methods, Probability and Statistics, Operations Research and
Industrial Engineering and Management.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Exercises on Regression and Hypothesis Testing; ANOVA; DOE; Simplex method;
Transportation and assignment problems; Inventory models; Network models; Statical
analysis.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Apply simulation tools for operations management.
CO2. Apply software tools in solving operation research problem.
CO3. Develop codes and use software tools in solving statical problems.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Any twelve experiments are to be conducted.
Operation Management Exercises:
1. Exercises on job scheduling using simulation software.
2. Design and simulation of a simple manufacturing system
3. Build simulation models for manufacturing operations with layout and transport
system
4. Line balancing using manufacturing systems simulation software
5. Simulation of Service Operations
6. Develop a JIT model using Kanban tool.
Operations Research:
7. Solve linear programming problem using simplex method.
8. Solve Transportation and assignment problems
9. Solve Inventory Models
10. Solve Network Models
Statistical Exercises:
11. Correlation: How to calculate the correlation between two variables. How to make
scatter plots. Use the scatter plot to investigate the relationship between two
variables with R programming
296
12. Estimating a Linear Relationship: A Statistical Model for a Linear Relationship, Least
Squares Estimates, The R Function lm and Scrutinizing the Residuals with R
programming.
13. Solve a problem on regression, ANOVA and hypothesis testing.
14. Test the Goodness of fit for the given quality characteristic
15. Analysis of DoE results using statistical software
Software’s used:
Promodel, Matlab, Arena, Quest, Witness, Extend, Simio, Opensource ware, ARENA,
Minitab; SPSS, SYSTAT, Kanban, Excel, FlexSim and Simcad
297
(20BT70333) HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING LAB

30 70 100 - 1 2 2
PRE-REQUISITES:
A course on Thermal Engineering -II
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Performing fundamental operations required for refrigeration and Air conditioning, getting
knowledge of principles of refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Determining the coefficient of
performance of refrigerator, vapor absorption system, Ice plant, cooling tower and Air
Conditioning System
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze the refrigeration systems for performance characteristics.
CO2. Design and simulate HVAC systems and assess their performance.
1. Perform fundamental operations like Cutting, bending and joining of copper tubing
by brazing.
2. Perform Fundamental operations Flaring, Swaging and silver soldering.
3. Study the mechanical components of refrigerator and their types (Compressor/
Expansion devices/heat exchangers/evaporators).
4. Study different control devices of a refrigeration system.
5. Performance test on vapor compression refrigeration system by using different
expansion devices.
6. Performance test on Water cooler.
7. Performance test on vapor absorption test rig
8. Study various components of room/central air conditioning system.
9. Study electrical circuits, leak testing, gas charging, Trouble shooting of refrigeration
& air-conditioning system
10. Study the Complete Guide to ASHRAE Standards for Commercial HVAC
Manufacturers
11. Find the performance parameters of Ice Plant.
12. Performance test on Air conditioning system.
13. Find the performance parameter of cooling tower.
14. Perform the experiment & calculate various Performance parameters on a blower
apparatus (Air handling unit)
298
15. Design of Air conditioning Systems and ducts for a given space
16. Simulate air conditioning systems for the given application.
Software‟s used:
NOTE: Student shall perform minimum of twelve experiments
299
IV B.Tech. - I semester
(20BT70334) SUMMER INTERNSHIP-II
- 100 100 - - - 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Expose students to the industrial environment; Create competent professionals for the
industry; sharpen the real time technical / managerial skills required at the job; Gain
professional experience and understand engineer„s responsibilities and ethics; Familiarize
with latest equipment, materials and technologies; Gain exposure to technical report
writing; Gain exposure to corporate working culture.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Analyze latest equipment, materials and technologies that are used in industry to
solve complex engineering problems following relevant standards, codes, policies
and regulations.
CO2. Analyze safety, health, societal, environmental, sustainability, economical and
managerial factors considered in industry in solving complex engineering
problems.
oral and graphical forms on practicing engineering.
300
(20BT703AC) 3D Printing and Design

- - - 2 - - -
PRE-REQUISITES:
Courses on Manufacturing Technology and Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Classifications, Advantages, Additive v/s Conventional Manufacturing processes,
Applications, Material science aspects in additive manufacturing, CAD Data formats, Data
translation, Data loss, STL format, Additive Manufacturing Application Domains,
Stereolithography, LOM, DMLS, Principle of operation, Machine details; Applications;
Thermal jet printer; Indirect Rapid tooling, Direct Tooling; Quick cast process; Rapid Tool;
Software For RP; STL files; Rapid manufacturing process optimization; Vacuum Casting,
Surface digitizing; data transfer to solid models, Reverse Engineering.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on 3D printing for developing complex
components.
CO2. CO2. Develop CAD models for 3D printing and generate .stl files for simple to
complex components.
CO3. CO3. Demonstrate the knowledge on additive manufacturing techniques, and
processes for various applications.
CO4. CO4. Apply material selection techniques for specific processes considering post
processing and quality challenges.
CO5. CO5. Analyze the functional characteristics of 3D printing and reverse
engineering techniques for engineering applications.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I:3D PRINTING (6 periods)
Introduction, Process, Classifications, Advantages, Additive v/s Conventional Manufacturing
processes, Applications, Material science aspects in additive manufacturing.
UNIT II: CAD FOR ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING (6 periods)
CAD Data formats, Data translation, Data loss, STL format.
Additive Manufacturing Application Domains: Aerospace, Electronics, Health Care, Defence,
Automotive, Construction, Food Processing, Machine Tools
UNIT III: ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNIQUES (6 periods)
Introduction, Types- Stereo- Lithography, LOM, FDM, SLS, SLM and Binder Jet technology-
Design and Process parameters, Process Selection for various applications.
301
UNIT IV: MATERIALS, POST PROCESSING AND PRODUCT QUALITY (6 periods)
Materials: Polymers, Metals, Non-Metals, Ceramics Process, Process parameter, Process
Selection for various applications, Support Materials
Various forms of raw material- Liquid, Solid, Wire, Powder; Powder Preparation and their
desired properties, Polymers and their properties.
Post Processing: Support Removal, Sanding, Acetone treatment, polishing
Product Quality: Inspection and testing, Defects and their causes
UNIT-V: REVERSE ENGINEERING WITH 3D PRINTING TECHNOLOGY (6 periods)
3D printing software: STL files, Overview of Solid view, Magics, Magic communicator,
Internet based software.
Allied processes: Vacuum casting, Surface digitizing, Surface generation from point cloud,
Surface modification, Data transfer to solid models.
Reverse Engineering: Capturing and reading the scan data, Align point clouds and
simplify data, Polygon meshing and editing, Defining surface boundaries, applying nurbs,
Exporting data, Reverse engineering update.
Total Periods: 30
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Paul F. Jacobs, Stereo lithography and other RP and M Technologies, SME, New York,
3rd edition, 1996.
2. Frank W. Liou, Rapid Prototyping and Engineering Applications, CRC Press Taylor and
Francis Group, New York, Special Indian Edition, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. C. K. Chua, K. F. Leong, C. S. Lim, Rapid Prototyping - Principles and Applications,
Yesdee publications Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai, India, 2nd edition, 2010.
2. Hari Prasad, K.S. Badarinarayan, Rapid Prototyping and Tooling, SIP PageTuners,
Bangalore, 1st Edition, 2013.
3. Fiham D.T, Dinjoy S. S, Rapid Manufacturing, Verlog, London, 4th edition, 2002.
302
IV B.Tech. - II semester
(20BT80331) PROJECT WORK
100 100 200 - - - 12
PREREQUISITES: -
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Identification of topic for the project work; Literature survey; Collection of preliminary data;
Identification of implementation tools and methodologies; Performing critical study and
analysis of the topic identified; Time and cost analysis; Implementation of the project work;
Preparation of thesis and presentation.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1. Create/Design mechanical engineering systems or processes to solve complex
mechanical engineering and allied problems using appropriate tools and
techniques following relevant standards, codes, policies, regulations and latest
developments.
CO2. Consider society, health, safety, environment, sustainability, economics and
project management in solving complex mechanical engineering and allied
problems.
oral and graphical forms on mechanical engineering systems or processes.
303

Svec 20 Regulations Me b Tech Syllabus (1)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Svec 20 Regulations Me b Tech Syllabus (1)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Svec 20 Regulations Me b Tech Syllabus (1)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

B.TECH REGULAR FOUR YEAR DEGREE PROGRAM

(For the batches admitted from 2020-2021)

FOR B.TECH LATERAL ENTRY PROGRAM

(For the batches admitted from 2021-2022)

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM

SREE VIDYANIKETHAN ENGINEERING COLLEGE

To be one of the Nation‟s premier Engineering Colleges by achieving the

 To foster intellectual curiosity, pursuit and dissemination of knowledge.

Sree Vidyanikethan Engineering College strives to establish a system of

To become and be recognized as a nationwide center of excellence in Mechanical

 Department of Mechanical Engineering is established to provide students with a

 Maintain a collegial, supportive, and diverse environment that encourages students,

 Serve the community and industry through proactive knowledge exchange.

1. Pursuing further education in Mechanical Engineering, business administration, or

1. Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an

2. Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering

3. Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system

4. Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of

5. Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern

6. Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health,

9. Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams,

10. Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering

11. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (SVEC-20)

B.Tech. Regular Four Year Degree Program

Passed either Intermediate Public Examination (I.P.E.) conducted by the Board of

(a) By the Convener, EAMCET, (for Category-A Seats).

(b) By the Management (for Category-B Seats).

Origin (PIO)/Foreign Nationals (FN)/ Children of Indian Workers in Gulf

Countries/ Overseas Citizen of India (OCI)

4. Programs of study offered leading to the award of B.Tech. Degree:

5. Duration of the Program:

the Degree of Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech) of the JNTUA, Ananthapuramu. The

5.2. Maximum Duration:

6. Structure of the Program:

Each Program of study shall consist of:

(i) HS (Humanities and Social Sciences) Courses

S.No Course Category Course Type

All Courses are to be registered by a student in a Semester to earn Credits. Credits

8. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS):

 Student centred learning

A Student has a choice of registering for courses comprising program core,

9. Course Enrollment and Registration

9.5. Elective courses shall be offered by a Department only if a minimum of 40 students

11. Examination System:

Two mid-term examinations each for 20 marks

The examination shall be conducted by the faculty

The evaluation shall be done by the Internship

At the end of semester the student should submit

11.2 Mandatory Course/ Audit Course Evaluation:

11.2.1. Mandatory Courses:

Mandatory courses carry "ZERO" credits. There shall be NO Semester-end

11.3 Massive Open Online Course (MOOC)

MOOC is a web-based learning aimed at unlimited participation and open access.

and notified by the Chairman, BOS and Head of the Department.

11.4. Summer Internship

11.4.2 The progress of the Internship is monitored by the supervisor periodically.

Evaluation of the summer internships shall be conducted by the Internship